Outstanding Paper - Emerald

www.emeraldinsight.com/literati 

2011 Awards for 

Excellence 

ww2.emeraldinsight.com/ebookseries 

Research you can use 

1

Contents 

The importance of being an award winner 

Rebecca Marsh 1 

Emerald Literati Network Awards for Excellence 2011: 

overview of the awards by Jim Bowden 2 

Outstanding Papers 3 

Highly Commended Awards 2011 101 

Outstanding Author Contribution 2011 143 

Best Practical Implications Award 2011 152 

Social Impact Award 2011 153 

Impact of Research Award 2011 154 

Best New Journal Award 2011 155 

Outstanding Special Issue Award 2011 156 

Leading Editor Awards 2011 159 

Leading Books Series Editor Awards 2011 162 

Outstanding Service Awards 2011 – Journals 164 

Outstanding Service Awards 2011 – Books 165 

Outstanding Reviewers 2011 167 

Aslib-Emerald Award 2011 176 

Emerald Partnership Award – Publishing Partner 2011 177 

Emerald Partnership Award – Licensing Partner 2011 178

111

The importance of being an award winner 

Welcome to Emerald’s 2011 Awards for Excellence brochure. The publication celebrates 

excellence in research published in the 2010 volumes of Emerald’s journals and books. It 

provides a useful survey of the very highest quality research that is being undertaken 

across the globe and who is leading in their fields. 

One of the core objectives of Emerald’s publishing philosophy is to promote the impact of 

research in its widest sense (in the classroom, in practice, in policy and in society at 

large). Emerald has been committed to the notion of impact and the connection between 

what is happening in research and what is happening in practice since the company’s 

foundation. However, demonstrating impact is not easy or straightforward. We hope that 

the awards selected by our editorial teams enable authors to demonstrate impact in a very 

important way. More common measures of impact serve slightly different purposes: 

citation is useful because it provides a snapshot of how often a piece of research has 

been referenced; usage indicates how many people have actually read, or at least 

opened, a paper. However, an award signals something else which is equally, if not more, 

important. The research has been fully evaluated, normally by a panel of experts within 

the specific field of the title, and has been considered to offer something outstanding. In 

general, we look for research that is rigorous but also pushes boundaries, presents 

something original or helps us to see an aspect of the field of study in a new light. 

You will see that we have added a new award for the 2010 volumes: the research impact 

award. Through assessing how the research has affected practice and further research 

over a longer period of time, we can provide a great indicator of how the work has 

genuinely had impact. The new award complements the best practical implications award 

which was introduced last year. This again serves to reflect our publishing philosophy and 

to offer our authors and winners an opportunity to capture messages about the impact and 

importance of their work. 

Emerald continues to strengthen its position as the leading publisher in management 

research. We too have significant portfolios in education, sociology, economics, 

engineering and linguistics. The awards to our book authors highlight these new areas of 

strength in particular. 

We hope you enjoy leafing through the brochure and congratulate all the winners who 

have been awarded a certificate for the 2010 volume. Lastly, I would like to sincerely 

thank the hundreds of editors and reviewers who have taken many hours to evaluate the 

research contained in the journals and books. 

Rebecca Marsh 

Publishing Director 

1

Emerald Literati Network 

Awards for Excellence 2011 

With almost 100,000 authors worldwide, the Emerald Literati Network continues to be in a 

class of its own. The geographical demographic of our authors is also matched by the 

global spread of our users. Emerald’s unstinting effort to bring our authors’ work to a wider 

audience has resulted in a potential readership of 17 million users worldwide, from 

Australia to Zimbabwe. 

There are over 160,000 full-text journal articles alone online and, if you include Emerald’s 

books, book series, reviews and abstracts, there are very nearly 1 million pieces of 

content available from Emerald. And this information is not simply available online; it is 

used online. For example, our most downloaded article in 2010 was downloaded almost 

40,000 times. 

We anticipate that we will have both 100,000 authors and 1 million pieces of content 

towards the end of 2010 and we will be letting you know over the coming months about 

our plans to celebrate these achievements. Thank you to each and every one of you who 

has contributed to this story of success. 

2011 is also seeing some important changes to benefits for Emerald Literati Network 

members. I think the most exciting change is that all journal authors now receive three 

months’ complimentary online access to our journals immediately following publication of 

their work. Our book and book series’ authors also become Emerald Literati Network 

members and are notified as soon as their book is published and receive a complimentary 

copy. 

However, we are always looking to improve the Emerald Literati Network and what it 

offers to you in terms of services and benefits. With this in mind, please help us later this 

year with a survey we will be conducting to gather your views on how we can improve our 

services to our authors. 

One other major change for 2011 is a change to the prestigious Citations of Excellence 

Awards. Every year, Emerald Management Reviews rewards authors of exceptional 

papers covered in its extensive database with a Citation of Excellence Award. For 2011 

Emerald is adopting a new approach to selecting the winners of these prestigious awards 

in order to reflect the changing perceptions and assessment of quality in the publishing 

world. Emerald is delighted to be working with Professor Anne Wil-Harzing, using the 

Publish or Perish software program (www.harzing.com/pop.htm), to select the winners 

using a two-tier system based on citations and research impact. Winners will be 

announced in June. 

Finally, I would like to take this opportunity to thank all of our authors for choosing to 

publish in an Emerald journal. It is only through your efforts that we can continue to 

provide world-class journals of the highest quality. 

Please do remember to check our web site regularly to read all the latest news, catch up 

on our calls for papers and advice on promoting your work at: www.emeraldinsight.com/ 

authors 

Jim Bowden 

Emerald Literati Network Manager 

2

Accounting, 

Auditing & 

Accountability 

Journal 

Mary Parker Follett Award 

Named in memory of a pioneering woman in the field of 

management and accountability literature, who was 

international and interdisciplinary in her focus. 

Outstanding Paper 

Neoliberalism, deregulation and Sarbanes-Oxley: 

the legitimation of a failed corporate governance 

model 

Barbara D. Merino 

University of North Texas, Denton, Texas, USA 

Alan G. Mayper 


Thomas D. Tolleson 

Texas Wesleyan University, Fort Worth, Texas, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The paper aims to use a neoliberal ideology to frame an 

analysis of how the power of ideas can be used to maintain a failed 

corporate governance model based on stockholder primacy. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper employs the concept 

of corporate hegemony to provide an understanding of the 

conditioning environment in the USA in the 1990s. It examines the 

tactics that neoliberals used to gain consensus for their ideology 

and to skillfully deflect criticism in the face of significant policy 

failures that have had a global impact. 

Findings – The paper highlights the power of ideology to create a 

desired outcome. It finds that Sarbanes-Oxley represented a 

neoliberal victory in that it legitimated shareholder primacy and 

continued use of a failed corporate governance model. 

Practical implications – Sarbanes-Oxley did not address the 

systemic problems associated with deregulation; it will not resolve 

the basic problem of how to prevent corporate malfeasance in an 

economic environment that rewards arbitrage capitalism, high risk 

and a focus on short-term profits. 

Originality/value – If shareholder primacy weakens accountability, 

as the paper suggests, then accounting researchers need to 

develop models that focus on deregulation rather than on regulatory 

capture and the use of state power to promote private interests. 

Accounting academics need to assume the role of public 

intellectuals and to reject Milton Friedman’s focus on negative 

freedom as the sole objective of economic activity and examine 

economic well being in terms of positive freedom. 

Keywords Corporate governance, Shareholders, 

United States of America 

www.emeraldinsight.com/10.1108/09513571011065871 

AAAJ 

Volume 23 Number 6, 2010, pp. 774-92 

Editor: Lee Parker 

3 

Accounting Research 

Journal 


Australian evidence on the accuracy of 

analysts’ expectations: the value of consensus 

and timeliness prior to the earnings 

announcement 

Xiaomeng Chen 

Department of Accounting and Finance, 

Macquarie University, North Ryde, Australia 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to use Australian analysts’ forecast data 

to compare the relative accuracy of consensus and the most recent 

forecast in the month before the earnings announcement. 

Design/methodology/approach – Cross-sectional regression is 

used on a sample of 4,358 company-year observations of annual 

analyst forecasts to examine whether the number of analysts 

following and the timeliness of an individual analyst’s forecast is 

more strongly associated with the superior forecast measure. 

Findings – The results suggest that whilst in the late 1980s the 

most recent forecast was more accurate than the consensus, since 

the early 1990s the accuracy of the consensus forecast has 

outperformed the most recent forecast in 15 out of 17 years, and the 

differences are significant for nine out of 15 years. The forecasting 

superiority of the consensus can be attributed to the aggregating 

value of the consensus outweighing the small timing advantage of 

the most recent forecast over the short forecast horizon examined in 

this paper. 

Research limitations/implications – Given the consistent use of 

analysts’ forecasts as proxies for expected earnings in Australian 

research, this paper provides insights to what extent the expected 

level of forecast accuracy is realised and the reasons for the greater 

accuracy in the superior forecast measure. 

Practical implications – The findings confirm market practitioners’ 

views that the consensus forecast is a better measure of the 

market’s earnings expectations. 

Originality/value – This paper provides direct evidence of the 

accuracy of alternative forecast measures and the importance of 

diversifying idiosyncratic individual error across analyst forecasts. 

Keywords Australia, Earnings, Financial analysis, 

Financial forecasting 


ARJ 


Editors: Gerry Gallery and Natalie Gallery

African Journal of 

Economic and 

Management Studies 


Work engagement among managers and 

professionals in Egypt: potential antecedents 

and consequences 

Ronald J. Burke 

York University, Toronto, Canada 

Ghada El-Kot 

Arab Academy for Science and Technology and 

Maritime Transport, Alexandria, Egypt 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine potential 

antecedents and consequences of work engagement in a sample of 

male and female managers and professionals employed in various 

organizations and industries in Egypt. 

Design/methodology/approach – Data were collected from 242 

respondents, a 48 percent response rate, using anonymously 

completed questionnaires. Engagement was assessed by three 

scales developed by Schaufeli et al., vigor, dedication, and 

absorption. Antecedents included personal demographic and work 

situation characteristics as well as measures of need for 

achievement and workaholic behaviors; consequences included 

measures of work satisfaction and psychological well-being. 

Findings – The following results are observed. First, both need for 

achievement and one workaholic job behavior are found to predict 

all three engagement measures. Second, engagement, particularly 

dedication, predict various work outcomes (e.g. job satisfaction, 

intent to quit). Third, engagement, again, particularly dedication, 

predicted various psychological well-being outcomes but less 

strongly than these predicted work outcomes. 

Research limitations/implications – Questions of causality cannot 

be addressed since data were collected at only one point in time. 

Longitudinal studies are needed to determine the effects of work life 

experiences on engagement. 

Practical implications – Organizations can increase levels of work 

engagement by creating supportive work experiences (e.g. control, 

rewards, and recognition) consistent with effective human resource 

management (HRM) practices. But caution must be exercised 

before employing North American practices in the Egyptian context. 

Originality/value – This paper contributes to the understanding of 

work engagement among managers and professionals and HRM 

more broadly in a large Muslim country. 

Keywords Career development, Egypt, Job satisfaction, Managers 


AJEMS 


Editor: John Kuada 

4 

Agricultural Finance 

Review 


Evidence of land hoarding behavior in US 

agriculture 

Adesoji O. Adelaja 

Yohannes G. Hailu 

Ahadu T. Tekle 

Land Policy Institute, Michigan State University, 

East Lansing, Michigan, USA 

Saichon Seedang 

Institute of Water Resources, Michigan State University, 

East Lansing, Michigan, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of the study is to test how land owners 

respond to the appreciation of land values in the presence of 

speculation. This paper introduces the concept of ‘‘land hoarding’’, 

which is land owners’ response to higher land prices by selling more 

land up to a point beyond which accelerated land price appreciation 

would lead to land hoarding. Specifically, this paper examines the 

effect of land value appreciation higher than the opportunity cost of 

selling the land (measured by treasury-bill (T-bill) rate) on land sale 

and land hoarding. 

Design/methodology/approach – A theoretical framework is 

developed to understand the demand for agricultural land retention 

with and without speculation, the former informing land hoarding 

behavior. A linear regression model was introduced and estimated 

using ordinary least square (OLS) method. A panel data model and 

analysis is also introduced, and following appropriate model 

selection tests, a fixed effect panel data estimation method is 

implemented. Data from 48 states, spanning from 1950 to 2004, are 

utilized. 

Findings – An inverse relationship is found between the rate of land 

value appreciation and the demand for land by farmers, suggesting 

that the standard direct relationship between appreciation and land 

supplied to development holds. However, the additional finding of an 

inverse relationship between the rate of land value appreciation in 

excess of the risk-free rate of return and agricultural land 

development confirms the existence of an identifiable speculative 

demand component that involves land hoarding. 

Practical implications – To the extent to which the findings are 

broadly applicable, one policy implication is that enhanced land 

retention can be achieved through market mechanisms. For 

example, the notion that reduced T-bill rates can actually result in 

market triggered land preservation is an interesting policy related 

finding. Equally interesting is the notion that policies that can trigger 

increases in the rate of appreciation of farmland may also potentially 

result in the agricultural hoarding of land. Obviously, enhanced 

profitability in agriculture due to programs targeting viability, 

commodity price support, reduction of regulation or market 

expansion programs can potentially affect land retention. 

Originality/value – This paper introduces the ‘‘land hoarding 

hypothesis’’. High rates of land appreciation can be expected to 

signal that holding the land may yield better returns than selling it, 

suggesting that if rates of land appreciation become significantly 

high enough, farmers may begin to hoard land, not sell it, to 

maximize long-term returns. This concept can be valuable to 

market-based agricultural land retention programs at the urban 

fringe. By linking speculative behavior, land demand and existence 

of a hoarding behavior under some conditions, this paper adds 

value and originality to the literature. 

Keywords Farms, Land, Financial risk, United States of America 


AFR 


Editor: Calum G. Turvey

Anti-Corrosion 

Methods 

and 

Materials 


Investigation of gas turbine material 

performance in high CO2 and steam 

atmospheres 

S.J. Mabbutt 

University of Northampton, Northampton, UK 

N.J. Simms 

Cranfield University, Cranfield, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The use of CO2 as a replacement for conventional air in 

combustion gas streams of gas turbine power-generation 

equipment is a novel idea and a potential method of providing an 

almost pure CO2 stream for subsequent disposal/sequestration. 

The purpose of this paper is to investigate the effects of this novel 

gas environment on conventional gas turbine component part 

materials over the same range of temperatures found in service. 

Design/methodology/approach – Test samples of candidate 

materials were tested in simulated environments using controlled 

gas and steam supplies to sealed horizontal laboratory furnaces. 

Conventional weight change tests, metal loss tests and electron 

microscope examination were used to assess the performance of 

the materials and compare the oxidation morphology. Spectra of the 

oxidation products were also used to determine the nature of the 

oxides formed on selected materials. 

Findings – It is found that changes in the percentage of steam in 

the novel gas environment made little difference to the performance 

of the selected alloys. However, when the results of the program are 

compared with typical data from previous works, where the same 

alloys are exposed in air, there is a distinct trend. Comparison 

between the data from air exposed samples and data from those in 

this paper show the high CO2 environment, envisaged for the 

GAS-ZEP concept, to be more aggressive to all of the alloys tested. 

Originality/value – This paper describes the first investigation into 

the performance of candidate materials for the various components 

around a GAS-ZEP system in the novel operating environments 

anticipated. The work has shown that current power plant materials 

can be considered for use in first generation GAS-ZEP systems, but 

that care is required in their selection at the higher operating 

temperatures. 

Keywords Gas technology, High temperatures, 

Oxidation resistance, Parts, Physical properties of materials, 

Turbines 


ACMM 


Editor: William Cox 

5 

Asia Pacific Journal of 

Marketing and 

Logistics 


Reconceptualization of price mavenism: 

do Chinese consumers get a glow when they 

know? 

Sang-Eun Byun 

College of Human Sciences, Auburn University, Auburn, 

Alabama, USA 

Brenda Sternquist 

College of Communication and Arts, 

Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – Buyers in China often communicate positive and 

negative purchasing experiences through word-of-mouth (WOM), 

which creates special problems and opportunities for marketers. 

Price mavenism, which is associated with price-information 

searching and price-sharing behavior, is often considered a 

negative dimension of price. The purpose of this paper, however, is 

to propose price mavenism as an outcome variable arising from 

both positive perceptions of price (prestige sensitivity) and negative 

perceptions (price and value consciousness) and examine that the 

‘‘know’’ (price mavenism) will positively impact the ‘‘glow’’ (shopping 

hedonism) among the Chinese. 

Design/methodology/approach – Data were collected through a 

survey in Shanghai, China. The conceptual model was tested using 

structural equation modeling. 

Findings – This study found that prestige sensitivity, price 

consciousness and value consciousness shaped price mavenism 

among the Chinese, supporting the idea that price mavenism arises 

from both positive and negative perceptions of price. In addition, for 

the Chinese, being a source of price information and sharing the 

knowledge with their social groups fulfill a hedonic motivation for 

shopping. While value consciousness was positively associated 

with shopping hedonism, price consciousness per se was not. 

Research limitations/implications – This study challenges the 

idea that price mavenism is mainly explained by a negative 

perception of price. 

Practical implications – By understanding the drivers of price 

mavenism and their impacts on shopping hedonism, international 

marketers can fine-tune their marketing strategies to appeal more 

effectively to price mavens in China. 

Originality/value – This study highlights the importance of cultural 

perspectives in understanding the structure of price mavenism and 

its theoretical and marketing foundations. 

Keywords China, Consumer behaviour, Influence, Perception, 

Pricing, Shopping 


APJML 


Editor: Ian Phau

Asia-Pacific Journal 

of Business 

Administration 


Patterns and motivations of successful women 

pursuing their careers in New Zealand call 

centres 

Vivienne Hunt 

University of Auckland Business School, 

University of Auckland, Auckland, New Zealand 

Erling Rasmussen 

Faculty of Business, Auckland University of Technology, 

Auckland, New Zealand 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to report on the experience 

of women working in New Zealand call centres after finding contrary 

evidence in the international research which suggests call centre 

work does not offer career opportunities for its mainly female 

workforce. The research seeks to explore the career progress of 

women in a selection of call centres to determine whether the New 

Zealand employment relations context contributed to outcomes 

different to those reported in the international research. 

Design/methodology/approach – Case study methodology and 

six different call centre types were used to find 32 women who had 

experienced career progress. Semi-structured in-depth interviews 

were held with the women and senior management representatives 

at each organisation. Analysis of interview transcripts identified 

common themes and patterns across the case studies. Insights 

were gained from survey responses from 60 entry-level workers, 

many of whom were return-to-work mothers, new immigrants or 

students. 

Findings – The findings demonstrated that women were achieving 

considerable career success in the call centres investigated. 

Management practices accommodated their different labour market 

needs and respondents spoke about their passion and enjoyment of 

call centre work. The entry-level workers reported that being part of 

the call centre workplace, allowed them to meet people, develop 

new skills and confidence while enhancing their career prospects. 

At many levels, call centre processes seemed to have enabled 

respondents to become competent, connected and confident 

workers. 

Originality/value – Contrary to the international portrayal of call 

centre work and the career prospects for female workers the paper 

highlights the need for researchers to link employment outcomes to 

particular employment contexts. 

Keywords Women workers, Call centres, Career development, 

Job satisfaction, New Zealand 


APJBA 


Editors: Yvon Dufour and Peter Steane 

6 

Asian Journal on 

Quality 


Environmental quality index (EQI) for industrial 

ventilation and occupational safety and health 

evaluation in manufacturing plant 

A.M. Leman 

M.Z.M. Yusof 

Faculty of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering, 

Universiti Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia (UTHM), 

Batu Pahat, Malaysia 

A.R. Omar 

Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, 

Universiti Teknologi MARA (UITM), Shah Alam, Malaysia 

W. Jung 

College of Engineering, Reliability Technology Research 

Centre, Department of Automotive, Industrial and 

Mechanical Engineering, Daegu University, Gyeongsan, 

South Korea 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to define an environmental 

quality index (EQI) for a clean manufacturing process. The 

categorized clean and sustainable manufacturing process in a small 

and medium enterprise, and the indoor air quality (IAQ) parameter 

and air pollution in manufacturing were monitored and evaluated 

using the EQI index. 

Design/methodology/approach – Two main methods of 

measurements used are subjective measurements and physical 

measurements. Questionnaires were used to gauge subjects’ level 

of understanding in issues related to IAQ and to determine types of 

activities, process and material involved in each working section. 

Physical measurements and testing methods employed were based 

on widely used and accepted scientific practice, as described in 

standards. The Malaysian code of practice on IAQ was also used as 

a reference. 

Findings – The EQI in various workstations was calculated and 

ranged between four and 16 (i.e. four to 16, from good to unhealthy) 

depending on the nature of activities taking place in those work 

stations. 

Research limitations/implications – In this paper, the monitoring 

of pollutants used a scale of one to five to denote the level of 

pollution by individual pollutants and assumed those pollutants are 

additive in the mixture of the EQI. The working environment is 

important to productivity and has a direct impact on human health. 

Originality/value – The paper shows how the EQI will have a 

significant impact on occupational safety and health in the 

workplace and how an uncondusive work environment will be a 

potential health hazard and result in less productivity. 

Keywords Environmental regulations, Air pollution, 

Occupational health and safety, 

Operations and production management, Manufacturing industries 


AJQ 


Editor: Soo Wook Kim

Asian Review of 

Accounting 


Corporate governance and earnings forecasts 

accuracy 

Nurwati A. Ahmad-Zaluki 

Wan Nordin Wan-Hussin 

College of Business, Universiti Utara Malaysia, Kedah, 

Malaysia 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to extend the research on the 

Malaysian initial public offering (IPO) management earnings 

forecasts by examining the impact of corporate governance 

mechanisms and earnings forecasts accuracy. It seeks to 

investigate whether effective corporate governance is a credible 

signal of improving the quality of financial information. 

Design/methodology/approach – A sample of 235 IPO companies 

that went public during the period 1999-2006 was used. Absolute 

forecast error was used to proxy for earnings forecast accuracy and 

to represent financial disclosure quality. 

Findings – Companies with a higher percentage of non-executive 

directors in the audit committees and larger audit committee size 

exhibit greater forecast accuracy. The accuracy of IPO earnings 

forecast is also positively influenced by the use of brand-name 

auditor. 

Practical implications – The results suggest that effective 

corporate governance is a credible signal of improving the quality of 

financial information. The role of audit committee as financial 

monitors as suggested by the agency theory supports this paper. 

Originality/value – The results are consistent with the belief that 

effective corporate governance is associated with higher financial 

disclosure quality. The results also support the decisions made by 

Malaysian regulators such as the Securities Commission to 

enhance the quality of financial disclosure by revising the Malaysian 

Code on Corporate Governance to encourage public companies to 

implement good governance practices such as audit committee 

independence. 

Keywords Corporate governance, Earnings, Forecasting, Malaysia, 

Managers 


ARA 


Editor: Jeffrey Faux 

7 

Aslib Proceedings 

New information perspectives 


Semantic targeting: past, present, and future 

David Crystal 

Department of Linguistics, University of Bangor, 

Bangor, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper seeks to explicate the notion of ‘‘semantics’’, 

especially as it is being used in the context of the internet in general 

and advertising in particular. 

Design/methodology/approach – The conception of semantics as 

it evolved within linguistics is placed in its historical context. In the 

field of online advertising, it shows the limitations of keyword-based 

approaches and those where a limited amount of context is taken 

into account (contextual advertising). A more sophisticated notion of 

semantic targeting is explained, in which the whole page is taken 

into account in arriving at a semantic categorization. This is 

achieved through a combination of lexicological analysis and a 

purpose-built semantic taxonomy. 

Findings – The combination of a lexical analysis (derived from a 

dictionary) and a taxonomy (derived from a general encyclopedia, 

and subsequently refined) resulted in the construction of a ‘‘sense 

engine’’, which was then applied to online advertising, Examples of 

the application illustrate how relevance and sensitivity (brand 

protection) of ad placement can be improved. Several areas of 

potential further application are outlined. 

Originality/value – This is the first systematic application of 

linguistics to provide a solution to the problem of inappropriate ad 

placement online. 

Keywords Advertising, Electronic media, Semantics 


AP 

Volume 62 Number 4/5, 2010, pp. 355-65 

Editor: David Nicholas

Assembly 

Automation 

Gunter Wittenberg Award 

Gunter Wittenberg (d. 1995), a dedicated engineer, who 

made his knowledge of assembly automation available in 

simple, clear and concise papers. He received the 

Nuffield Silver Medal for services to the Institute of 

Production Engineers. He worked for Amnesty 

International and charities, using his engineering skills in 

harnessing technical advances to help the disabled. 


Measurement assisted robotic assembly of 

fabricated aero-engine components 

Nirosh Jayaweera 

Department of Mechanical, Materials and Manufacturing 

Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, 

University of Nottingham, Nottingham, UK 

Phil Webb 

University of Cranfield, Cranfield, UK 

Craig Johnson 

Advanced Engineering, Rolls-Royce PLC, Derby, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to describe the 

measurement-assisted assembly of aero-engine fabricated 

components and evaluate its capability. 

Design/methodology/approach – The system described in this 

paper uses in-process measurement sensors to determine the 

component’s exact location prior to the assembly operation. The 

core of the system is a set of algorithms capable of best fitting 

measurement data to find optimal assembly of components. 

Findings – The paper demonstrates that with a combination of noncontact 

metrology systems and mathematical processing, standard 

industrial robot can be used to assemble fabricated components. 

Scanning parts after it has been picked up was very effective as it 

compensates for possible components deformation during previous 

manufacturing processes and robot handling errors. 

Originality/value – The paper introduces techniques for 

compensating the deformation that occurs in aero-engine fabricated 

components and potential component handling errors. The 

developed system reduces the reliance on part holding fixtures and 

instead uses a laser-guided robot. This ensures that the system is 

highly flexible and re-configurable. 

Keywords Aerospace engineering, Aircraft engines, Assembly, 

Robotics, Component manufacturing 


AA 


Editor: Clive Loughlin 

8 

Baltic Journal of 

Management 


The extended business case for childcare and 

leave arrangements in Western and Eastern 

Europe 

Laura den Dulk 

Department of Public Administration, 

Erasmus University Rotterdam, Rotterdam, 

The Netherlands 

Pascale Peters 

Erik Poutsma 

Paul E.M. Ligthart 

Institute for Management Research, 

Radboud University Nijmegen, Nijmegen, 


Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to propose an ‘‘extended 

conceptualization of the business case’’ including both 

organizational characteristics and institutional conditions to analyse 

employer involvement in extra statutory childcare and leave 

arrangements. Special attention is given to Central and Eastern 

European (CEE) countries. 

Design/methodology/approach – The (multi-level) multinomial 

regression analyses included company-level data on humanresource 

practices of 2,865 firms nested in 19 countries, 

representing all European welfare state regimes. 

Findings – The extended business case appeared fruitful in order 

to explain variations in employer involvement. Particularly, state 

support was found to be negatively related to employer involvement. 

In the liberal regime, employer involvement was high, but variations 

across organizations were significant. In CEE-countries, employer 

involvement was lowest, and did not vary by organizational 

business-case factors. 

Research limitations/implications – The paper used data from a 

cross-sectional survey. To capture the long-term trends, dynamics 

and nuances in employer involvement within and across various 

institutional contexts, a longitudinal in depth study is needed. 

Practical implications – While state support in many CEE 

countries is declining, the analyses showed that employers will not 

automatically step in by providing additional work-family 

arrangements. Social partners could use institutional pressure to 

stimulate a balance between state support and employer 

involvement. 

Originality/value – The extended business-case perspective 

contributes to the theory on the institutional embeddedness of 

decision making of employers. Moreover, it adds to the knowledge 

on employer involvement in institutional contexts which have hardly 

been studied before. 

Keywords Child care, Eastern Europe, Employers, 

Human resource management, Western Europe 


BJM 


Editor: Asta Pundziene

Benchmarking 

An International Journal 


Integration of supply chain IT and lean 

practices for mass customization: 

benchmarking of product and service focused 

manufacturers 

Paul C. Hong 

Department of Information, Operations, and Technology 

Management, College of Business, University of Toledo, 

Toledo, Ohio, USA 

David D. Dobrzykowski 

Department of Computer Information Systems, 

College of Business, Eastern Michigan University, 

Ypsilanti, Michigan, USA 

Mark A. Vonderembse 

Department of Information, Operations, and Technology 

Management, College of Business, University of Toledo, 

Toledo, Ohio, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine the use of 

specific supply chain information technologies (IT) for e-commerce, 

e-procurement, and enterprise resource planning (ERP), when 

implementing lean practices to achieve mass customization (MC) 

performance. The study further investigates how these technologies 

may be deployed differently in product and service focused 

contexts. ‘‘Best practices’’ of high performing MC firms are also 

explored. 

Design/methodology/approach – Survey method was employed 

to collect data from 711 firms in 23 countries. Exploratory factor 

analysis was employed to establish simple factor structure and 

construct validity. Hierarchical multiple regression was used to 

analyze relationships between lean practices, IT use, and MC 

performance in aggregated and bifurcated samples of product and 

service focused manufacturers. T-tests were used to examine 

differences between the practices employed by high and low MC 

performers. 

Findings – Findings suggest that lean practices can reasonably 

predict MC performance. In this context, of lean practices, 

e-commerce and e-procurement reasonably predict MC 

performance. ERP is not shown to predict MC performance. Results 

suggest that e-commerce use is a better predictor of performance 

than e-procurement or ERP for service focused manufacturers. 

E-commerce and e-procurement appear to be reasonable 

predictors of MC performance in product manufacturers, while ERP 

is not. ‘‘Best practices’’ related to lean practices, e-commerce, 

e-procurement, and ERP emerge among high MC performers. 

Originality/value – This paper describes what is believed to be the 

first study to examine these three IT approaches in the context of 

lean practices and supply chain MC performance. This paper also 

contributes to the growing interest in differences among product and 

service focused manufacturing firms. Finally, specific ‘‘best 

practices’’ are provided to add value for practitioners. 

Keywords Best practice, Communication technologies, 

Electronic commerce, Lean production, Quality improvement, 

Supply chain management 


BIJ 


Editor: Angappa Gunasekaran 

9 

British Food Journal 


A tale of two crises: the Belgian and Irish dioxin 

contamination incidents 

Donal K. Casey 

James S. Lawless 

School of Law, University College Dublin, Dublin, Ireland 

Patrick G. Wall 

School of Public Health and Population Sciences, 

University College Dublin, Dublin, Ireland 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to provide a focused overview of two 

dioxin incidents, with particular emphasis on regulatory successes 

and failures and their respective causes. The paper seeks to adopt 

a comparative approach to the case studies, with considerable use 

made of primary sources such as parliamentary debate, 

government reports and EC legislation. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper is a review of the 

strengths and weaknesses in the management of the Belgian and 

Irish dioxin contanimation incidents. 

Findings – It is concluded that open, transparent and decisive risk 

management, based on robust risk assessment, is paramount in 

ensuring confidence in both the food supply chain and, in the feed 

and food safety regulatory process. It is also concluded that the 

2008 Irish dioxin incident tested the reforms prompted by previous 

food scares. 

Practical implications – It is important that the lessons from these 

two incidents are learnt if they are not to be repeated in other 

jurisdictions. 

Originality/value – This is the first academic study of the 2008 Irish 

dioxin incident, one of the most significant recent food scares in the 

European Communities. The incident emphasises the vital role of 

open, transparent and decisive decision making in managing risk. In 

addition, through a comparative analysis of the Belgian and Irish 

incidents, the utility of the reforms prompted by previous food scares 

is demonstrated. In particular, the study highlights the important role 

played by the European Food Safety Authority in one of its first 

major tests as a risk assessor and risk communicator. 

Keywords Belgium, Contamination, European Union, Food safety, 

Ireland, Risk management 


BFJ 


Editor: Christopher J. Griffith

Business Process 

Management 

Journal 


Service process analysis using process 

engineering and the theory of constraints 

thinking process 

Daniel Pacheco Lacerda 

Centro de Technologia, Universidade Federal do Rio de 

Janeiro – COPPE/UFRJ, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 

Ricardo Augusto Cassel 

Luis Henrique Rodrigues 

Universidade do Vale do Rio dos Sinos – UNISINOS, 

São Leopoldo, Brazil 

Abstract 

Purpose – The paper aims to present a case of integration between 

process engineering and the thinking process of the theory of 

constraints (TP-TOC) through the analysis of an organization’s 

processes, pointing out the complementary aspects between the 

two theories and their benefits for the organization. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper has used an 

Institution of Higher Education as its case study. The research has 

started by identifying the processes of the institution and choosing 

one to model according to the process engineering approach. The 

process was then analyzed through the elaboration of the current 

reality tree technique. After the analysis, the evaporating clouds 

technique was applied in order to breach the assumptions that were 

avoiding the problems to be solved. Finally, the process has been 

redesigned based on the results of the previous steps. 

Findings – The analysis of this case contributes towards 

understanding and identifying the causes of the current problems in 

the studied processes, providing a systemic and systematic view 

through the proposed approach. 

Originality/value – The paper proposes an approach that enables a 

systematic and systemic analysis of organizations’ processes 

through the use of process engineering and the TP-TOC. 

Keywords Higher education, Process analysis, Process planning, 

Systems analysis, Thinking 


BPMJ 


Editor: Majed Al-Mashari 

10 

Campus-Wide 

Information Systems 


The SNAP platform: social networking for 

academic purposes 

Keith Kirkwood 

School of Learning Support Services, VU College, 

Victoria University, Melbourne, Australia 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to introduce an enterprise-wide Web 2.0 

learning support platform – SNAP, developed at Victoria University 

in Melbourne, Australia. 

Design/methodology/approach – Pointing to the evolution of the 

social web, the paper discusses the potential for the development of 

e-learning platforms that employ constructivist, connectivist, and 

participatory pedagogies and actively engage the student 

population. Social networking behaviours and peer-learning 

strategies, along with knowledge management through guided 

folksonomies, provide the back-bone of a social systems approach 

to learning support. 

Findings – The development of a cloud-based read-write enterprise 

platform can extend the responsiveness of the learning institution to 

its students and to future e-learning innovations. 

Originality/value – The full potential of e-learning platforms for the 

development of learning communities of practice can now be 

increasingly realised. The SNAP platform is a step in this direction. 

Keywords Australia, Communities, Educational innovation, 

E-learning, Knowledge sharing, Students 


CWIS 


Editor: Glenn Hardaker

Career 

Development 

International 


Understanding non-work relationships in 

developmental networks 

Wendy Marcinkus Murphy 

Department of Management, College of Business, 

Northern Illinois University, DeKalb, Illinois, USA 

Kathy E. Kram 

Department of Organizational Behavior, 

School of Management, Boston University, Boston, 

Massachusetts, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this study is to explore the different 

contributions of work and non-work relationships that comprise 

individuals’ developmental networks to career success. 

Design/methodology/approach – A multi-method approach 

provides a rich understanding of how work and non-work 

developmental relationships combine to support individuals’ 

careers. Survey data were analyzed from 254 working adults who 

were also part-time MBA students. Semi-structured interviews were 

conducted with 37 participants. 

Findings – Quantitative results indicate that non-work developers 

provide more overall support than work developers. Support from 

non-work developers is positively associated with career 

satisfaction and life satisfaction. In contrast, support from work 

developers is positively associated with salary level and career 

satisfaction. Qualitative data indicate differences in the 

sub-functions and quality of support offered by work versus 

non-work relationships, particularly in terms of role modeling. 

Research limitations/implications – Developmental relationships 

from different domains emphasize different sub-functions of support 

and differentially affect career outcomes. While broad functions – 

career support, psychosocial support, and role modeling – are 

identifiable across domains, non-work relationships provide some 

distinct sub-functions from work relationships. 

Practical implications – Practicing managers should develop and 

maintain developmental networks that extend beyond the 

boundaries of their current organization. Human resource 

professionals will want to consider how well their initiatives 

encourage individuals to enlist a variety of potential developers into 

their networks. 

Originality/value – The findings indicate that non-work 

relationships are a critical part of developmental networks and 

individuals’ career success. 

Keywords Career development, Employee relations, 

Interpersonal relations, Part time students, Social networks, 



CDI 


Editor: Hetty van Emmerik 

11 

Circuit World 


Laser processing of materials: a new strategy 

toward materials design and fabrication for 

electronic packaging 

Rabindra N. Das 

Frank D. Egitto 

Voya R. Markovich 

Endicott Interconnect Technologies, Inc., Endicott, 

New York, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – Material formulation, structuring and modification are 

key to increasing the unit volume complexity and density of next 

generation electronic packaging products. Laser processing is 

finding an increasing number of applications in the fabrication of 

these advanced microelectronic devices. The purpose of this paper 

is to discuss the development of new laser-processing capabilities 

involving the synthesis and optimization of materials for tunable 

device applications. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper focuses on the 

application of laser processing to two specific material areas, 

namely thin films and nanocomposite films. The examples include 

BaTiO3-based thin films and BaTiO3 polymer-based 

nanocomposites. 

Findings – A variety of new regular and random 3D surface 

patterns are highlighted. A frequency-tripled Nd:YAG laser 

operating at a wavelength of 355 nm is used for the micromachining 

study. The micromachining is used to make various patterned 

surface morphologies. Depending on the laser fluence used, one 

can form a ‘‘wavy’’, random 3D structure, or an array of regular 3D 

patterns. Furthermore, the laser was used to generate freestanding 

nano and micro particles from thin film surfaces. In the case of 

BaTiO3 polymer-based nanocomposites, micromachining is used to 

generate arrays of variable-thickness capacitors. The resultant 

thickness of the capacitors depends on the number of laser pulses 

applied. Micromachining is also used to make long, deep, multiple 

channels in capacitance layers. When these channels are filled with 

metal, the spacings between two metallized channels acted as 

individual vertical capacitors, and parallel connection eventually 

produce vertical multilayer capacitors. For a given volume of 

capacitor material, theoretical capacitance calculations are made for 

variable channel widths and spacings. For comparison, calculations 

are also made for a ‘‘normal’’ capacitor, that is, a horizontal 

capacitor having a single pair of electrodes. 

Research limitations/implications – This technique can be used 

to prepare capacitors of various thicknesses from the same 

capacitance layer, and ultimately can produce variable capacitance 

density, or a library of capacitors. The process is also capable of 

making vertical 3D multilayer embedded capacitors from a single 

capacitance layer. The capacitance benefit of the vertical multilayer 

capacitors is more pronounced for thicker capacitance layers. The 

application of a laser processing approach can greatly enhance the 

utility and optimization of new materials and the devices formed 

from them. 

Originality/value – Laser micromaching technology is developed to 

fabricate several new structures. It is possible to synthesize nano 

and micro particles from thin film surfaces. Laser micromachining 

can produce a variety of random, as well as regular, 3D patterns. As 

the demand grows for complex multifunctional embedded 

components for advanced organic packaging, laser micromachining 

will continue to provide unique opportunities. 

Keywords Lasers, Capacitors, Thin films, Packaging processes, 

Polymers 


CW 


Editor: Martin Goosey

Clinical Governance 


Getting NICE guidelines into practice: 

can e-learning help? 

Kieran Walsh 

BMJ Learning, London, UK 

John Sandars 

University of Leeds, Leeds, UK 

Susheel S. Kapoor 

Department of Pharmacology & Therapeutics, Byramjee 

Jeejeebhoy Medical College & Sassoon General 

Hospitals Pune, India 

Kamran Siddiqi 

Leeds Institute of Health Sciences, Leeds, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The aim of this paper is to assess the impact of 

e-learning resources based on NICE guidelines in improving 

knowledge and changing practice among health professionals. 

Design/methodology/approach – NICE in collaboration with BMJ 

Learning developed a series of e-learning modules based on NICE 

recommendations relating to osteoarthritis, irritable bowel 

syndrome, urinary tract infection in children, and antibiotic 

prophylaxis against infective endocarditis. The impact of these 

modules was evaluated by looking at the knowledge and skills of the 

learners before and after they did the modules and also asking the 

learners about resultant practice change. 

Findings – A total of 5,116 users completed the modules. 

Completing them enabled users to increase their knowledge and 

skills score from the pre-test to the post-test by a statistically 

significant amount (p < 0.001): from a mean of 65 per cent to 85 per 

cent. Qualitative feedback to the modules was overwhelmingly 

positive. To test long-term effectiveness, users were e-mailed six 

weeks after they had completed the modules to assess practice 

change. The response rate to the survey was 22.2 per cent. In total 

88.6 per cent of those who had cared for patients with these 

problems since completing the module said that it had helped them 

put NICE guidelines into practice. 

Research limitations/implications – E-learning modules have 

high uptake, are popular and effective at helping health 

professionals learn about NICE guidelines and help them to put 

these guidelines into practice. 

Originality/value – The study is valuable as it shows how 

interactive and multimedia resources help health professionals learn 

about guidelines. No previous studies have been identified. 

Keywords Auditing guidelines, Clinical governance, E-learning, 

Electronic media, Health and medicine 


CGIJ 


Editor: Nick Harrop and Alan Gillies 

12 

Collection 

Building 


How to evaluate library collections: 

a case study of collection mapping 

Merja Hyödynmaa 

Aniita Ahlholm-Kannisto 

Hannele Nurminen 

Tampere University Library, Tampere, Finland 

Abstract 

Purpose – This article aims to illustrate a technique to map, 

evaluate and describe subject-based collections. The method was 

designed in collaboration among Finnish university libraries. The 

case study seeks to describe the application of this method in a 

multidisciplinary university library. 

Design/methodology/approach – This case study presents the 

collection mapping method and its application in Tampere University 

Library, and shows how to gather data on subject-based collections 

and their usage. 

Findings – The case study shows that the method can provide 

useful information on a library’s subject-based collections. Using 

this information the library can describe and develop its collections 

and also present the results on the subject-based collections to the 

faculties concerned. 

Originality/value – The article describes Tampere University 

Library’s application of the method which makes it possible to map, 

evaluate and describe the library’s collections. 

Keywords Academic libraries, Case studies, 

Collections management, Finland 


CB 


Editor: Kay Ann Cassell

Competitiveness 

Review 

An International Business Journal 


Industrial cluster involvement and 

organizational adaptation: an empirical study 

in international industrial clusters 

Keui-Hsien Niu 

California State University, Sacramento, California, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The research of industrial cluster and organizational 

adaptation can be traced back to early strategic management and 

organization theory. This paper initiates an attempt to empirically 

examine the relationship between a firm’s involvement in an 

industrial cluster and its adaptive outcomes. 

Design/methodology/approach – Field survey research method 

was used and data were collected from four international industrial 

clusters which consist of 188 company responses. Regression 

analysis and path analysis were used to analyze the data. 

Findings – The paper found that the degree of a firm’s involvement 

in an industrial cluster affects its adaptation outcomes. But the 

nature of the adaptation benefits depends, to a large degree, on the 

type of cluster involvement. 

Research limitations/implications – Using self-reported data 

could be a potential limitation of this paper. It would be preferable to 

have other forms of data for a study. 

Practical implications – Industrial clusters are widely considered a 

network-based industrial system with the aim of adapting to fastchanging 

markets and technologies as an organized whole. Firms 

within a cluster can work together to co-evolve for the purpose of 

enhancing competitiveness and adapting to the environmental 

change. As the sum of the benefit of a cluster is of greater value 

than each individual company or institution, whether to involve in an 

industrial cluster to have effective adaptation is worthy of managers’ 

consideration. 

Originality/value – The major contribution of this work is the first 

attempt to operationalize the construct ‘‘industrial cluster’’ and to 

create a coherent model that logically links industrial clusters and 

organizational adaptation to tests that have not been covered 

sufficiently in the literature. 

Keywords Competitive advantage, Organizational development, 

Strategic management 


CR 


Editor: Abbas J. Ali 

13 

Construction 

Innovation 

Information, Process, Management 


Contractor selection innovation: examination 

of two decades’ published research 

Gary Holt 

Department of Civil and Building Engineering, 

Loughborough University, Loughborough, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The ‘‘problem’’ of selecting a contractor has attracted 

significant academic research endeavour over the last two decades. 

The principal aim here is to examine that research via published 

academic outputs for the period circa 1990-2009. 

Design/methodology/approach – A sample of published 

contractor selection (CSn) research is critically appraised. Aspects 

highlighted include: stated aims and research justification; 

methodological approaches employed; research tools used; and 

products of CSn research. 

Findings – Main research foci are observed as: modelling the CSn 

process; studying selection criteria; and ‘‘interrogation’’ of existing 

CSn systems. Foci justifiers are linked mainly to the ‘‘importance’’ 

and ‘‘difficulties’’ of CSn decision making. Deterministic modelling of 

CSn is the favoured methodological approach, followed by 

documentary synthesis then questionnaire surveys. Preferred 

research tools are found to be system interrogation, rank order 

analysis and Likert scale/importance indices, with hypothesis 

testing and ‘‘other’’ methods used less so. Almost two-thirds of 

research products are CSn models, with derived or proffered 

processes, and knowledge relating to CSn criteria, between them 

representing approximately the remaining third of output. 

Research limitations/implications – It is suggested that many of 

the CSn models exhibit as much complexity as the original 

‘‘problem’’ they sought to resolve, while the reliability and longevity 

of suggested ‘‘cocktails’’ of CSn criteria (in practice), might be 

questioned. A call for future research products to more closely 

consider end-user impact and potential for ‘‘take-up’’ by industry is 

made. An empirical follow-on study to assess (inter alia) practitioner 

use and ‘‘value’’ of CSn research is proposed. 

Practical implications – The paper signals a possible need for 

greater industrial engagement in the research domain. 

Originality/value – The findings are novel to this paper. 

Keywords Procurement, Contractor workers, Tendering, 

Subcontractoring, Clients 


CI 


Editors: Jack Goulding and Mustafa Alshawi

Corporate 

Communications 

An international Journal 


Institutionalization of corporate social 

responsibility within corporate communications: 

combining institutional, sensemaking and 

communication perspectives 

Friederike Schultz 

Institute for Media and Communication Studies, 

Free University Berlin, Berlin, Germany 

Stefan Wehmeier 

Institute for Marketing and Management, 

Syddanskuniversitet Denmark, Odense, Denmark 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of the paper is to develop a new framework 

depicting the incorporation of concepts such as corporate social 

responsibility (CSR) within corporate communication as a process 

that called ‘‘institutionalization by translation’’. The paper aims to 

develop a micro-meso-macro-perspective to analyze why and how 

organizations institutionalize CSR with which effects. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper brings together 

institutional, sensemaking and communication theories. The paper 

builds on neo-institutionalism to frame the external conditions that 

foster or hinder the institutionalization of CSR on the macro- and 

meso-level. And the paper uses sensemaking and communication 

theories to describe this process on the meso- and micro-level. The 

paper illustrates the analysis by describing the CSR strategies of a 

large European energy company. 

Findings – CSR can be regarded as an empty concept that is 

based on moral communication and filled with different meanings. 

The analysis describes how CSR is internally translated 

(moralization and amoralization), which communication strategies 

are developed here (symbolic, dialogic, etc.) and that CSR 

communications are publicly negotiated. The analysis shows that 

the institutionalization of CSR bears not only opportunities, but also 

risks for corporations and can, therefore, be described as a 

‘‘downward spirale of legitimacy and upward spiral of CSR 

institutionalization’’. Finally, alternative ways of coping with external 

demands are developed (‘‘management by hypocrisis’’ and 

‘‘defaulted communication’’). 

Practical implications – The paper shows risk and explains more 

effective ways of building organizational legitimacy. 

Originality/value – The originality lays in the macro-meso-microperspective 

on the institutionalization of CSR. It allows the 

description of this process and its effects from the background of 

constraints and sensemaking and offers a new perspective on 

organizational legitimacy building. 

Keywords Corporate communications, 

Corporate social responsibility, Trust 


CCIJ 


Editor: Wim J.L. Elving 

14 

Corporate 

Governance 

The international journal of business in society 


Inside the ‘‘black box’’: the performance of 

boards of directors of unlisted companies 

Duncan Neill 

Victor Dulewicz 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore two underdeveloped 

areas of board research: the corporate governance of 

unlisted companies; and board behaviour, focusing on process 

factors that contribute to a board performing effectively. 

Design/methodology/approach – The Board Effectiveness 

Questionnaire was completed by 67 directors, to gather views on 

how their board currently operates and how they think it should 

operate, across various behavioural areas relating to the 

relationships, decision making, the working climate and 

predispositions. Analysis of ‘‘process losses’’, the pattern of 

sub-optimal board behaviour, allowed the testing of four hypotheses 

concerning board effectiveness. 

Findings – The 18 most important and five least important 

behaviours were identified, plus 12 showing the greatest ‘‘process 

loss’’. Quality of team ‘‘relationships’’ is the main cause of loss 

whereas evidence for the impact of leadership style is mixed. Size 

of the board is related to overall performance of the board but 

number and proportion of non-executive directors are not. 

Research limitations/implications – This is a ‘‘purposive, 

judgmental’’ sample of all unlisted companies, derived from those 

who were willing and able to respond. Only one director’s view of 

each board was sought. 

Practical implications – The picture of the ‘‘ideal’’ board provides a 

checklist for a company wishing to assess its board’s performance 

as a working group, highlighting key characteristics that should be 

reflected on when discussing director/ board performance. The 

gaps in board behaviour identified could help other boards assess 

their own performance and researchers to focus on these areas. 

Originality/value – The paper explores two under-researched 

areas. 

Keywords Boards of Directors, Group dynamics, Directors, 

Corporate governance 


CG 


Editors: Andrew Kakabadse and 

Nada K. Kakabadse

critical perspectives 

on international 

business 


Internationalization of management, 

neoliberalism and the Latin America challenge 

Alex Faria 

Brazilian School of Public and Business Administration, 

Getulio Vargas Foundation (EBAPE/FGV), 

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 

Eduardo Ibarra-Colado 

Department of Institutional Studies, Autonomous 

Metropolitan University, Cuajimalpa, Mexico 

Ana Guedes 

Brazilian School of Public and Business Administration, 

Getulio Vargas Foundation (EBAPE/FGV), 

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to problematize the lack of different 

worldviews on international management (IM), and the virtual 

silence in Latin America regarding this field within the context of the 

ongoing crisis of neoliberal policies and discourse. 

Design/methodology/approach – This paper embraces a 

decolonial Latin American perspective based on developments in 

international relations (IR). A major reason for this dialogue is that 

critical debates within IR have been overlooked by both mainstream 

and critical literature on management, despite the intrinsic relation 

between decolonial arguments and IR and the increasing 

importance of management, and IM, within the realm of international 

relations to both ‘‘centers’’ and ‘‘peripheries’’. 

Findings – The interdisciplinary dialogue put forward in this paper 

goes beyond those borders established by the ‘‘center’’ and 

imposed on subalterns. Accordingly then, this might be taken as a 

particular way of putting into practice a decolonial Latin American 

perspective. It aims to go beyond some ‘‘universal’’ standpoint as 

the IR literature shows that the universal standpoint in relation to the 

‘‘peripheries’’ tends to be mobilized by the ‘‘centers’’. It is 

understood that the construction of a critical Latin American 

perspective is a way of creating better conditions for ‘‘cross-cultural 

encounters’’ not only in global terms, but also within Latin America. 

Practical implications – Rethinking IM through a critical 

perspective inspired by IR has implications for teaching, research 

and other types of practice in both IM and IR in Latin America. 

Originality/value – The paper aims to foster a Latin American 

perspective rather than a general perspective. Instead of merely 

disengaging the ‘‘center’’, the paper embraces, from a critical 

position inspired by IR, the current argument in US literature that the 

core of IM comprises a strong commitment to cross-cultural issues, 

diversity, and eclecticism. 

Keywords International management, Management strategy, 

South America 


CPOIB 


Editors: Joanne Roberts and George Cairns 

15 

Cross Cultural 

Management 



A cross-cultural investigation of work values 

among young executives in China and the USA 

Yue Pan 

University of Dayton, Dayton, Ohio, USA 

Xuebao Song 

School of Economics and Management, Tsinghua 

University, Beijing, People’s Republic of China 

Ayalla Goldschmidt 

IBM Digital Media Solutions Marketing, Raleigh, 

North Carolina, USA 

Warren French 

University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of the study is to investigate what values 

are now important to young American and Chinese managers, since 

they profile the direction in which their country is headed. It aims to 

explore if the ethical values of young executives in different 

countries are converging to a common global business culture. It 

also aims to argue that the individualism-collectivism value 

dimension by itself does not capture the differences between the 

Chinese and American sample members. The vertical-horizontal 

dimension, in contrast, seems to better delineate the value 

orientations among young executives in the two countries. 

Design/methodology/approach – In this two-phase study, both 

attitudinal and scenario-based measurements are applied to assess 

the strength of work value orientations among similar subjects in 

China and the USA. 

Findings – In study 1, Chinese respondents score significantly 

higher on a hierarchical-vertical dimension than do the Americans, 

although the two groups do not differ significantly on the 

collectivism-individualism dimension. In study 2, which entails 

resolving an ethical dilemma, the American subjects apply 

Egalitarianism as their most frequent expressed value, reflecting 

their horizontal perspective. The Chinese subjects, in contrast, rely 

strongly on a traditional vertical value system to resolve the ethical 

dilemma. Although both American and Chinese negotiators show a 

collectivist as well as an individualist orientation, their focuses are 

fundamentally different. 

Originality/value – The well-established collectivism/individualism 

cultural dimension has been heavily used in cross-cultural studies, 

sometimes without much discretion. This study was undertaken as a 

preliminary attempt to outline the cultural patterns observed among 

young managers in America and China. The paper argues that 

cross-cultural differences underlying ethical conflicts should not be 

reduced to the single value dimension of individualism/collectivism. 

Keywords: China, Collectivism, Confucianism, Employee attitudes, 

Individual behaviour, United States of America 


CCM 


Editor: Simon L. Dolan

Development and 

Learning in 

Organizations 



Building bridges for change: how leaders 

enable collective change in organizations 

Daniel Gray Wilson 

Project Zero, Harvard Graduate School of Education, 

Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to present multidisciplinary, researchbased 

insights into the challenges of changing behaviors at largescale 

in organizations and articulates practical approaches for 

leaders. 

Design/methodology/approach – A literature review of research 

and practices of social and organizational change was conducted 

and thematically summarized. The themes were discussed and 

revised with input from twenty global leaders and a dozen university 

researchers at a two-day conference held at Harvard University’s 

Learning Innovation Laboratory. 

Findings – Supporting changes of practice in organizations 

depends on a leaders understanding how to best affect collective 

behaviors. Emerging research from the fields of political science, 

social networking, and social change suggest that leaders can build 

three types of bridges that support large-scale change: emotional 

bridges by creating strategic narratives, relational bridges by 

targeting social clusters, and structural bridges by leveraging 

pre-existing social associations in organizations. 

Practical implications – The themes illustrate practical 

approaches that leaders can use to diagnose the types of change 

they wish to support and offer concrete strategies for designing and 

supporting changes in collective behaviors. 

Originality/value – This article aims to present a unique synthesis 

of emerging, multidisciplinary research on supporting collective 

change in organizations and offers an intuitive model to support 

leaders in their actions. 

Keywords Leadership, Organizational change 


DLO 


Editor: Anne Gimson 

16 

Disaster Prevention 

and Management 



Collaborative emergency management and 

national emergency management network 

Naim Kapucu 


University of Central Florida, Orlando, Florida, USA 

Tolga Arslan 

Department of Public Policy and Administration, 


Fatih Demiroz 



Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to analyze scholarly 

discussions and findings regarding collaborative emergency 

management (CEM). Several aspects such as leadership, decision 

making, intergovernmental and interorganizational relations, 

technology applications in CEM have been investigated. 

Design/methodology/approach – Literature review was 

conducted using three popular search data bases, Academic 

Search Premier, Academic OneFile, and Info Track OneFile using 

the following keywords: CEM, collaborative and emergency and 

management, collaborative networks, emergency networks, 

emergency network, interorganizational networks, 

Interorganizational and networks, intergovernmental and networks, 

and National Emergency Management Network (NEMN). 

Findings – The paper emphasizes that high expectations of public 

and stakeholders in emergency and disaster management require 

effective use of resources by collaborative networks. 

Practical implications – Emergency and disaster managers should 

be able to adopt their organization culture, structure and processes 

to the collaborative nature of emergency management. 

Originality/value – The paper focuses on a very important subject 

in emergency and disaster management using NEMN as example. 

Keywords Decision making, Disasters, Emergency measures, 

Leadership 


DPM 


Editor: Douglas Paton

Education+Training 


Are students their universities’ customers? 

An exploratory study 

Treena Gillespie Finney 

R. Zachary Finney 

Mitchell College of Business, University of South Alabama, 

Mobile, Alabama, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – In this study, the aim is to empirically examine the 

relationship between students’ perceptions of themselves as 

customers of their university and their educational attitudes and 

behaviors. It also seeks to investigate the extent to which students’ 

characteristics predict their involvement with education. 

Design/methodology/approach – The authors obtained data by 

surveying 1,025 students from a medium-sized university in the 

southern United States. 

Findings – Consistent with exchange theory, students who 

perceived themselves as customers were more likely to feel entitled 

and to view complaining as beneficial. Satisfaction with their 

university, but not their perceptions of themselves as university 

customers, predicted educational involvement. Not surprisingly, 

students who were more involved in their education tended to be 

older, have higher grade point averages, and attend class more 

often. However, these students also felt more entitled to outcomes, 

although they did not differ in their perceptions of whether or not 

they were customers of the university. 

Practical implications – Students who view themselves as 

customers are likely to hold attitudes and to engage in behaviors 

that are not conducive to success. However, if the aim is to increase 

student involvement, how the student’s role is defined is less 

important than efforts to build student satisfaction with the university. 

Originality/value – This is one of the first studies to examine 

empirically the prevalence and effects of student-as-customer 

perceptions. In addition, this study serves as a basis for better 

understanding the drivers of student involvement. 

Keywords Attitudes, Customer satisfaction, Individual perception, 

Students, United States of America, Universities 


ET 


Editor: Martin McCracken 

17 

Employee Relations 

The International Journal 


Improving women’s representation in senior 

positions in universities 

Liz Doherty 

Sheffield Hallam University, Sheffield, UK 

Simonetta Manfredi 

Oxford Brookes University, Oxford, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The overall purpose of the paper is to understand the 

barriers to women’s progression to senior positions in universities. It 

aims to explore similarities and differences between the career 

experiences and leadership styles of men and women in middleand 

senior-level positions at one university. The ultimate aim is to 

identify interventions to help create a more equal gender balance at 

senior levels. 

Design/methodology/approach – A mixed methods approach was 

adopted. In-depth interviews were conducted with a quota sample of 

53 men and women in order to explore their lived career 

experiences. In addition, 50 questionnaires were received from the 

same sample in order to compare factual data about the 

participants’ life histories and biographical circumstances. 

Findings – The findings show that women’s human capital and 

career progression to date are at least equal to those of men and 

that this has been achieved without women sacrificing a holistic 

family life. They also show that there are still some important 

differences between men and women in the way they plan and 

manage their careers and the leadership style that they adopt. 

Practical implications – A five-level framework is proposed which 

sets down the types of intervention that are required to create a 

more equal gender balance in senior positions. It is argued that this 

should be used to shape the gender equality schemes developed in 

universities under the Gender Equality Duty. 

Originality/value – The paper provides new evidence about the 

residual differences between men’s and women’s career 

experiences, even in an employment context, which is particularly 

supportive of women. It also makes a significant contribution to the 

debate about the gendered nature of leadership. 

Keywords England, Equal opportunities, Gender, 

Sexual discrimination, Universities, Women executives 


ER 


Editor: Dennis Nickson

Engineering 

Computations 


Stochastic sensitivity analysis using 

preconditioning approach 

R. Chowdhury 

S. Adhikari 

School of Engineering, Swansea University, 

Singleton Park, Swansea, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – High-dimensional model representation (HDMR) is a 

general set of quantitative model assessment and analysis tools for 

capturing the high-dimensional relationships between sets of input 

and output model variables. It is an efficient formulation of the 

system response, if higher-order cooperative effects are weak, 

allowing the physical model to be captured by the lower-order terms. 

The paper’s aim is to develop a new computational tool for 

estimating probabilistic sensitivity of structural/mechanical systems 

subject to random loads, material properties and geometry. 

Design/methodology/approach – When first-order HDMR 

approximation of the original highdimensional limit state is not 

adequate to provide the desired accuracy to the sensitivity analysis, 

this paper presents an enhanced HDMR (eHDMR) method to 

represent the higher-order terms of HDMR expansion by 

expressions similar to the lower-order ones with monomial 

multipliers. The accuracy of the HDMR expansion can be 

significantly improved using preconditioning with a minimal number 

of additional input-output samples without directly invoking the 

determination of second- and higher-order terms. As a part of this 

effort, the efficacy of HDMR, which is recently applied to uncertainty 

analysis, is also demonstrated. The method is based on computing 

eHDMR approximation of system responses and score functions 

associated with probability distribution of a random input. Surrogate 

model is constructed using moving least squares interpolation 

formula. Once the surrogate model form is defined, both the 

probabilistic response and its sensitivities can be estimated from a 

single probabilistic analysis, without requiring the gradients of 

performance functions. 

Findings – The results of two numerical examples involving 

mathematical function and structural/solid-mechanics problems 

indicate that the sensitivities obtained using eHDMR approximation 

provide significant accuracy when compared with the conventional 

Monte Carlo method, while requiring fewer original model 

simulations. 

Originality/value – This is the first time where application of 

eHDMR concepts is explored in the stochastic sensitivity analysis. 

The present computational approach is valuable to the practical 

modelling and design community. 

Keywords Sensitivity analysis, Structural engineering, Modelling, 

Mechanical behaviour of materials 


EC 


Editor: Roger Owen 

18 

Engineering, 

Construction and 

Architectural 

Management 


Measuring project risk management process 

for construction contractors with statement 

indicators linked to numerical scores 

Grant Kululanga 

Witness Kuotcha 

Department of Civil Engineering, University of Malawi, 

Chichiri, Malawi 

Abstract 

Purpose – There is relatively low implementation of formal project 

risk management methods in practice, leading to the construction 

industry consistently suffering from poor project performance. This 

study aims to ascertain the extent to which current project risk 

management practices are used by construction contractors in one 

of the countries of the sub-Saharan region – Malawi. 

Design/methodology/approach – A management process tool with 

statement indicators linked to numerical scores was conceived that 

characterised a series of steps of project risk management process. 

To ascertain the degree to which project risk management processes 

were used, a questionnaire survey was employed. Data were elicited 

from registered Malawian construction contractors on the elements 

underlining a series of steps of project risk management process as 

espoused by the literature. Out of 84 sampled construction 

contractors, 51 completed questionnaires were received. 

Findings – Apart from large-sized and more experienced 

construction contractors, all the small and medium-sized 

construction contractors – which constitute the largest proportion of 

the construction industry – were characterised by a low 

implementation of the various required steps for the project risk 

management process. The application of project risk management 

processes was significantly influenced by the various categories of 

size and experience of the surveyed construction contractors at 

p < 0.01. Furthermore, contingence planning within the series of 

steps of project risk management process featured highly among 

the surveyed construction contractors. The majority of the variables 

under the series of steps of project risk management process were 

positively and significantly linked to progression in size and 

experience of construction contractors at p < 0.01. 

Research limitations/implications – The study forms the basis for 

further research; replication of this study to other parts of world 

about how the actual implementation of the series of steps of project 

risk management process is undertaken could yield rich lessons for 

the construction industry. 

Practical implications – The intentional move by industry towards 

measuring management processes as a precursor to uncovering 

the root causes that underlie project success or failure to provide 

quick feedback for remedial action is supported by an approach 

such as this. 

Originality/value – The originality of this paper lies in its 

uniqueness for a systematic approach to quantifying the project risk 

management processes with the view to understanding the 

implementation behaviours of construction contractors in one 

country in the sub-Saharan region. 

Keywords Construction industry, Malawi, Measurement, 

Risk management, Sub Saharan Africa 


ECAM 


Editor: Ronald McCaffer

EuroMed Journal of 

Business 


Key determinants of service quality in retail 

banking 

Evangelos Tsoukatos 

Department of Finance and Insurance, TEI of Crete, 

Agios Nikolaos, Greece 

Evmorfia Mastrojianni 

National Bank of Greece, Athens, Greece 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this study is to build a retail-banking 

specific quality scale and, through its examination and comparison 

with the SERVQUAL and BSQ metrics that are currently used in 

banking, to deepen understanding of quality determinants in the 

industry. Furthermore, the study is set to provide additional input to 

the debate over generic against setting/industry/time-specific quality 

metrics. 

Design/methodology/approach – The study is implemented 

through a two-stage process of literature review and empirical 

survey. Evidence drawn from Greek retail banking, through a 

specially designed research tool, is analyzed through reliability, 

factorial and regression analysis to determine the scale’s item and 

factorial structure and assess its reliability and validity. 

Findings – The BANQUAL-R metric is introduced, with key 

elements assurance/empathy, effectiveness, reliability and 

confidence, a combination of SERVQUAL and BSQ dimensions. 

Findings back the setting-specific approach of service quality and 

the notion that SERVQUAL provides the skeleton on which settingspecific 

scales should be built. 

Practical implications – Bank managers are provided with a 

reliable and valid metric of service quality in retail banking. Its 

dimensionality implies that under credit-crunch conditions service 

delivery should be directed towards reinstating customers’ trust and 

confidence that are put in danger. Banks should redirect resources 

from tangibles to the human contact-related service elements. 

Originality/value – Although the subject of ‘‘service quality 

measurement’’ is extensively researched, the continuously 

changing marketing environment calls for an ongoing assessment 

of quality factors. With respect to its academic value, the study 

accumulates knowledge that will eventually outgrow the boundaries 

of academia and pervade management. 

Keywords Banking, Customer service management, 

Face-to-face communications, Greece, Retailing 


EMJB 


Editor: Demetris Vrontis 

19 

European Business 

Review 


Exploring the concept of strategic corporate 

social responsibility for an integrated 

perspective 

Som Sekhar Bhattacharyya 

National Institute of Industrial Engineering (NITIE), 

Mumbai, India 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to propose a set of screens 

which would filter in the corporate social responsibility (CSR) 

programs that make business sense for a firm and screen out those 

that do not. This process based set of screens filter CSR initiatives 

based on certain inclusion and exclusion parameters. This paper 

further presents an integrated conceptualization of a strategic CSR 

framework. The CSR programs that pass through the set of screens 

are evaluated based on its strategic characteristics and the 

business gains from it. 

Design/methodology/approach – This paper is conceptual in 

nature. The approach adopted in this paper is first to set the study 

context by presenting the extant literature on CSR and strategic 

management. Further based upon the perspectives from extant 

literature, the author incrementally builds an integrated framework 

on strategic CSR by using and providing logical arguments. 

Findings – This conceptual paper presents new and richer 

theoretical perspectives on strategic CSR and thus extending the 

known theoretical knowledge boundaries on CSR. Further, insights 

could be gathered if the strategic CSR theoretical framework 

developed in this paper is studied empirically. 

Practical implications – The perspectives on strategic CSR 

developed in this paper would help managers to design strategic 

CSR programs based on its focus and direction, proactiveness, 

activity nature, characteristics, and benefits. 

Originality/value – In the past some scholars had attempted to 

develop framework on designing strategic CSR. In this paper, the 

author attempts to provide a more holistic and yet comprehensive 

theoretical perspective on strategic CSR initiatives. CSR managers 

can use this framework to design their CSR initiatives and manage 

their firm’s CSR initiatives in a more effective and efficient manner. 

Keywords Corporate social responsibility, Corporate strategy 


EBR 


Editor: Göran Svensson

European Journal of 

Innovation 

Management 


Motivating and supporting collaboration in 

open innovation 

Maria Antikainen 

Department of Business and Technology Management, 

VTT Technical Research Centre of Finland, Tampere, 

Finland 

Marko Mäkipää 

Mikko Ahonen 

Department of Computer Sciences, University of Tampere, 

Tampere, Finland 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore collaboration in 

open innovation (OI) communities. The paper focuses on the 

following two research problems: how can users be motivated to 

collaborate in OI communities and what kind of tools and methods 

can support collaboration in OI communities? 

Design/methodology/approach – The exploratory case study 

includes three innovation intermediaries originated in three different 

countries: France, The Netherlands and Finland. The primary data 

source consists of the open-ended questions posted to the 

maintainers and users by e-mail. The data include five responses 

from the maintainers and 12 responses from the users. The 

secondary source is the internet document review. The 

classification of the factors in the preliminary framework is derived 

from reading and rereading the answers of the respondents until the 

themes started emerging from the data. Thereafter, the data are 

coded according to the chosen themes. 

Findings – Results suggest that monetary rewards are not always 

the best way to motivate contributing users. Instead, contributors 

appreciate many intangible factors, such as community cooperation, 

learning new ideas and having entertainment. Contributors also 

appreciate good support and the right cooperation tools from their 

service provider. 

Research limitations/implications – The data are based on three 

cases and a limited amount of participants. Therefore, it may be that 

in gathering empirical data from a larger group of cases, some new 

factors will be found. 

Practical implications – Companies should provide community 

members with tools that are easy to use, allowing people to express 

themselves and share their personal details. It seems to be 

important that maintainers are involved as visible members of a 

community, which includes telling about themselves in a more 

detailed way. 

Originality/value – This paper is one of the first papers focusing on 

the collaboration perspective of OI communities. 

Keywords Communities, Innovation, Intermediaries, 

Motivation (psychology), Online operations 


EJIM 


Editors: Mohammed Rafiq and Catherine L. Wang 

20 

European Journal of 

Marketing 


Evaluating the effectiveness of 

brand-positioning strategies from a consumer 

perspective 

Christoph Fuchs 

Aarhus School of Business, University of Aarhus, 

Aarhus, Denmark 

Adamantios Diamantopoulos 

Department of Business Studies, University of Vienna, 

Vienna, Austria 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of the paper is to explore empirically the 

overall relative effectiveness of alternative positioning strategies 

from a consumer perspective. 

Design/methodology/approach – Two studies (within- and 

between-subjects design) are conducted aimed at evaluating the 

positioning success of four distinct positioning strategies of real 

brands in terms of consumers’ perceptions of brand favorability, 

differentiation, and credibility, while controlling for brand-specific, 

product category-specific, and socio-demographic influences. 

Findings – The results show that the type of positioning strategy 

used affects the positioning success of a brand. More specifically, 

the study confirms normative arguments about the overall relative 

effectiveness of main positioning strategies by revealing that 

benefit-based positioning and surrogate (user) positioning generally 

outperform feature-based positioning strategies along the three 

effectiveness dimensions. The findings also demonstrate that no 

single strategy outperforms all the others on all dimensions. 

Research limitations/implications – The study is limited in terms 

of the number of positioning strategies and product categories 

evaluated. The paper introduces an alternative approach to 

measure the effectiveness of positioning strategies of real brands. 

Moreover, the results of the paper show empirically that measuring 

positioning effectiveness must extend beyond capturing 

unidimensional brand attitude measures. 

Practical implications – The findings should guide brand 

managers in selecting the most appropriate positioning strategies 

for their brands in high-involvement markets such as the automobile 

market. 

Originality/value – The study sheds initial light on the overall 

relative effectiveness of major positioning strategies. The study 

differentiates itself from existing studies by focusing on the 

conceptually most prominent positioning strategies, a different 

dependent variable, and employing real-life brands and 

advertisements. 

Keywords Marketing strategy, Product positioning 


EJM 


Editor: Nick Lee

Facilities 


Start making sense: applying a salutogenic 

model to architectural design for psychiatric 

care 

Jan A. Golembiewski 

Department of Architecture and Allied Arts, 

University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to look into the significance of 

architectural design in psychiatric care facilities. There is a strong 

correlation between perceptual dysfunction and psychiatric illness, 

and also between the patient and his environment. As such, even 

minor design choices can be of great consequence in a psychiatric 

facility. It is of critical importance, therefore, that a psychiatric milieu 

is sympathetic and does not exacerbate the psychosis. 

Design/methodology/approach – This paper analyses the 

architectural elements that may influence mental health, using an 

architectural extrapolation of Antonovsky’s salutogenic theory, 

which states that better health results from a state of mind which has 

a fortified sense of coherence. According to the theory, a sense of 

coherence is fostered by a patient’s ability to comprehend the 

environment (comprehensibility), to be effective in his actions 

(manageability) and to find meaning (meaningfullness). 

Findings – Salutogenic theory can be extrapolated in an 

architectural context to inform design choices when designing for a 

stress-sensitive client base. 

Research limitations/implications – In the paper an architectural 

extrapolation of salutogenic theory is presented as a practical 

method for making design decisions (in praxis) when evidence is not 

available. As demonstrated, the results appear to reflect what 

evidence is available, but real evidence is always desirable over 

rationalist speculation. The method suggested here cannot prove 

the efficacy or appropriateness of design decisions and is not 

intended to do so. 

Practical implications – The design of mental health facilities has 

long been dominated by unsubstantiated policy and normative 

opinions that do not always serve the client population. This method 

establishes a practical theoretical model for generating architectural 

design guidelines for mental health facilities. 

Originality/value – The paper will prove to be helpful in several 

ways. First, salutogenic theory is a useful framework for improving 

health outcomes, but in the past the theory has never been applied 

in a methodological way. Second, there have been few insights into 

how the architecture itself can improve the functionality of a mental 

health facility other than improve the secondary functions of hospital 

services. 

Keywords Mental health services, Design, Architecture, 

Plant layout 


F 


Editor: Edward Finch 

21 

foresight 


Futures 2.0: rethinking the discipline 

Alex Soojung-Kim Pang 

Saïd Business School, Oxford University, Oxford, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper seeks to be a thought experiment. If the field 

of futures were invented today, it asks, what would it look like? What 

would be its intellectual foundations? Who would it serve and 

influence? And how would its ideas and insights be put into 

practice? 

Design/methodology/approach – It reviews the literatures on 

experimental psychology and neuroscience to identify biases that 

affect people’s ability to think about and act upon the future, studies 

of expertise that map the limits of professional judgment, and recent 

work on the nature of critical challenges of the twenty-first century. 

Findings – It argues that futurists could develop social software 

tools, prediction markets, and other technologies to improve the 

individual and collective accuracy and impact of work. Choice 

architectures and nudges to lengthen ‘‘the shadow of the future’’ of 

everyday choices made by ordinary people could also be used. 

Research limitations/implications – The paper argues for new 

directions in the practice of futures, to make the field better-suited to 

deal with the challenges confronting an increasingly complex, 

chaotic, and contingent world. 

Practical implications – The development of tools to augment 

professional activity, and adoption of choice architectures and 

nudges as media for communicating about the future, could improve 

futures work and its impact, but lay the foundation for other 

methodological innovations. 

Originality/value – The paper contributes to the ongoing discussion 

about where futures should go. 

Keywords Psychology, Research methods, Strategic planning, 

Thinking styles 


FS 


Editor: Ozcan Saritas

Gender in 

Management 



Gender and risk: women, risk taking and risk 

aversion 

Sylvia Maxfield 

Mary Shapiro 

Simmons College, Boston, Massachusetts, USA 

Vipin Gupta 

California State University, San Bernardino, 

California, USA 

Susan Hass 

Simmons College, Boston, Massachusetts, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – Labeling women as risk-averse limits the positive 

benefits both women and organizations can gain from their risk 

taking. The purpose of this paper is to explore women’s risk taking 

and reasons for stereotype persistence in order to inform human 

resource practice and women’s career development. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper draws on literature 

about gender and organizations to identify reasons for the persisting 

stereotype of women’s risk aversion. Utilizing literature and 

concepts about risk appetite and decision making, the paper 

evaluates results of the Simmons Gender and Risk Survey 

database of 661 female managers. 

Findings – The paper finds evidence of gender neutrality in risk 

propensity and decision making in specific managerial contexts 

other than portfolio allocation. 

Research limitations/implications – More in-depth research is 

needed to explore the gender-neutral motivators of risk decision 

making and to explore risk taking in a more diverse sample 

population. 

Practical implications – The paper explores why women’s risk 

taking remains invisible even as they take risks and offers 

suggestions on how women and organizations may benefit from 

their risk-taking activities. 

Originality/value – The paper synthesizes evidence on risk taking 

and gender, and the evidence of female risk taking is an important 

antidote to persisting stereotypes. The paper outlines reasons for 

this stereotype persistence and implications for human resource 

development. 

Keywords Risk management, Women, Gender, Mentoring 


GM 


Editor: Sandar L. Fielden 

22 

Health Education 


Workplace health promotion within small and 

medium-sized enterprises 

Ann Moore 

Faculty of Life and Health Sciences, University of Ulster, 

Newtownabbey, UK 

Kader Parahoo 

Institute of Nursing Research, University of Ulster, 

Coleraine, UK 

Paul Fleming 

Faculty of Life and Health Sciences, University of Ulster, 

Newtownabbey, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this study is to explore managers’ 

understanding of workplace health promotion (WHP) and 

experiences of WHP activity within small and medium-sized 

enterprises (SMEs) in a Health and Social Care Trust area of 

Northern Ireland. The paper aims to focus on engagement with 

activities within the context of prevention of ill-health and health 

protection, lifestyle issues and working culture and the environment 

as defined in the Luxembourg Declaration on WHP. 

Design/methodology/approach – A Heideggerian interpretive 

phenomenological methodology is adopted, using in-depth 

telephone interviews with a purposive sample of 18 SME managers. 

Data are analysed using Benner’s strategy for data analysis. 

Findings – ‘‘Levels of awareness of WHP activity’’ are revealed as 

a central theme and interpreted as ‘‘high awareness activities’’, 

including the need to: preserve and protect employee health and 

safety, prevent ill-health and injury and promote employees’ quality 

of daily living, and ‘‘low awareness activities’’, including the 

provision of training and development, human resource 

management and environmental considerations. 

Originality/value – An ‘‘Iceberg’’ model, grounded in the data, 

draws attention to the limited awareness of what constitutes WHP 

activities and the untapped meaningfulness of organisational and 

environmental activities. 

Keywords Small to medium-sized enterprises, Workplace, Welfare, 

Health and safety requirements, Northern Ireland 


HE 


Editor: Katherine Weare

Humanomics 


The role of technology spillovers in 

convergence 

M. Junaid Khawaja 

Toseef Azid 

Department of Finance, Taibah University, Madinah, 

Saudi Arabia 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to evaluate the role of 

human capital technology spillovers across countries in converging 

their growth rates. 

Design/methodology/approach – This paper develops a closed 

form mathematical endogenous growth model and applies it to a 

small open economy using simulation and calibration techniques. 

Findings – The paper finds that human capital technology 

spillovers play an important role in convergence in growth rates 

across countries regardless of tax policy and that there will be nonconvergence 

in levels if saving rates are differentially distorted 

across countries because of taxes. In addition, the exploration of the 

optimal tax reveals that such a structure is a consumption tax. 

Research limitations/implications – This paper implies that higher 

levels of human capital are important in attaining higher levels of per 

capita income. 

Originality/value – This paper shows that some implications for the 

endogenous growth model are equivalent to those from the Solow 

model. This implies that some empirical tests commonly used will 

not resolve which model is more appropriate. 

Keywords Economic growth, Economic models, Economic theory, 

Fiscal policy, Taxes 


H 


Editor: Masudul Alam Choudhury 

23 

Industrial and 

Commercial 

Training 


A new paradigm of leadership development 

Tim Casserley 

Edge Equlibrium, London, UK 

Bill Critchley 

Bill Critchley Consulting, London, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to present a paradigm shift in the way 

leaders are developed, more suited to the new order that is 

emerging as the recession recedes. 

Design/methodology/approach – The prevailing notion that 

leadership is synonymous with being in control of an organization is 

challenged, together with the belief that leadership development is 

primarily concerned with modifying behavior in line with a set of 

success criteria. The paper explores how these twin assumptions 

contributed to the financial crisis, and presents an alternative 

approach based on research with high achievers experiencing 

severe stress. 

Findings – Practices that leaders use to retain a sense of balance 

and resourcefulness are defined, along with those associated with 

pursuing work irresponsibly. These form the basis of an alternative 

approach to the development of leaders – ‘‘sustainable leadership’’ 

– predicated on the integration of three core individual processes 

and their engagement with the culture of the organization. Practical 

examples of applying this approach in the current business 

environment are described. 

Research limitations/implications – Future research might 

consider the effect of developing sustainable leadership on the 

long-term performance of the organization and its responsibilities in 

the broader environment. 

Practical implications – in order to foster leadership that acts in 

service to the long-term health and performance of the organization 

and its broader environment, it is necessary to adopt an approach to 

leadership development that recognizes that the leader’s physical 

and psychological health determines effective performance, and 

that business and markets do not operate in isolation from society 

but are inextricably linked. 

Originality/value – The paper addresses how to sustain the 

leader’s psychological and physiological health and their 

performance, and the link between this and creating sustainable 

organizations. 

Keywords Leadership development, Financial services, 

Economic disequilibrium, Leaders, Risk analysis 

www.emeraldinsight.com/ 10.1108/00197851011070659 

ICT 


Editor: Bryan Smith

Industrial 

Management & 

Data Systems 


Influencing knowledge workers: the power of 

top management 

Sharmila Jayasingam 

Faculty of Business and Accountancy, 

University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia 

Mahfooz A. Ansari 

Faculty of Management, University of Lethbridge, 

Lethbridge, Canada 

Muhamad Jantan 

Corporate and Sustainable Development Division, 

Universiti Sains Malaysia, Penang, Malaysia 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to identify the key 

leadership characteristics (in the form of social power) needed in a 

knowledge-based firm that can influence knowledge workers (KWs) 

to participate actively in creating, sharing, and using knowledge. 

Design/methodology/approach – Data measuring top leaders 

social power and knowledge management (KM) practices is 

gathered from 402 KWs representing 180 Multimedia Super 

Corridor status firms in Malaysia. 

Findings – The analysis indicates that expert power has a positive 

influence on the extent of knowledge acquisition and dissemination 

practices. Legitimate power is found to impede knowledge 

acquisition practices. Furthermore, reliance on referent power no 

longer works in a knowledge-based context. Finally, the paper found 

the impact of coercive, legitimate, and reward power to be 

contingent on the organizational size. 

Research limitations/implications – Besides leaders potential to 

influence, there may be other factors that could influence the extent 

of KM practices in organization. Further, this paper explores the 

power of top management, which could not be generalized to 

leaders from middle or lower level management. Future research 

should address these limitations. 

Practical implications – The paper implies that knowledge leaders 

need to enhance certain bases of power that have the potential to 

improve the extent of KM practices in organizations. 

Originality/value – This paper provides useful insights about the 

significance of leaders’ power bases with emphasis on new 

approaches needed in knowledge-based organizations. 

Keywords Knowledge capture, Knowledge management, 

Knowledge organizations, Knowledge sharing, Leaders, Malaysia 


IMDS 


Editor: Binshan Lin 

24 

Industrial Robot 



Robotic cell for beef carcass primal cutting and 

pork ham boning in meat industry 

Grégory Guire 

Laurent Sabourin 

Grigoré Gogu 

Laboratoire de Mécanique et Ingénierie, 

Clermont Université, Clermont-Ferrand, France 

Eric Lemoine 

ADIV Association, Clermont-Ferrand, France 

Abstract 

Purpose – The mechanization of the meat cutting companies has 

become essential. This paper aims to study the feasibility of cutting 

operations for beef and boning operations for pork ham. The study 

aims to enhance industrial robots application by using vision or force 

control. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper opted for an 

industrial robot-based cell. The first part of this paper focuses on indepth 

study of operators’ expertise, so as to translate their actions 

into automatable operative tasks and to identify the constraints of 

robotization. It details more particularly a cutting strategy using a 

bone as a guide which shows the complexity of the process. The 

analysis of the cutting and task constraint parameters involves the 

use of a kinematically redundant robotized cell with force control. 

Then the cell model is developed, and experimentation is 

performed. 

Findings – The paper explains how to solve the problem of the high 

variability of the size for beef carcass. It gives several ideas to 

realize the boning of pork ham. It develops the strategies, the 

sensors and the cell architecture to make this type of operations. 

Research limitations/implications – Because of the choice of an 

existing industrial robot, the tool paths with force control are limited. 

Therefore, new force control instructions have to be developed to 

continue this work on more complicated operations. 

Practical implications – This study was carried out within the 

framework of the SRDViand project in cooperation with meat 

industry partners. 

Originality/value – The paper fulfils an identified need to study the 

beef quartering which is a high-variability operation and ham 

deboning which is a high precision operation. 

Keywords Control technology, Food industry, 

Manufacturing equipment, Robotics, Meat 


IR 


Editor: Clive Loughlin

info 


Why there have been so few spectrum trades in 

the UK: lessons for Europe 

Rajen Akalu 

Economics of infrastructures, 

Delft University of Technology, Delft, The Netherlands 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper seeks to define a coherent management 

preference function for determining the conditions when the market 

can be effectively used in the management of spectrum based on 

abduction and volitional pragmatism. 

Design/methodology/approach – Volitional pragmatism based on 

the logic of abduction is used to provide an explanation for real 

world empirical observation of few spectrum trades in the UK. This 

is generalized for application with wider context of European 

frequency management. 

Findings – There has been a considerable regulatory effort directed 

toward spectrum trading in the EU. The UK experience with trading 

is clearly not what was expected. It was suggested that this is a 

result of an analytical approach based on deductive validationism 

subject to ceteris paribus assumptions. This approach does have 

merit but its application is over extended. This is due in large part to 

institutional under specification of what constitutes the market and 

the nature of the transaction taking place. 

Research limitations/implications – The emphasis in this paper is 

on the explanation of real world facts rather than normative 

prescription based on deductive validationism. Such an approach 

though fallible (all facts cannot be taken into account) is no less 

valuable in the process of regulatory decision making than 

deductive validationism. 

Practical implications – This paper provides a more coherent 

explanation of spectrum development and the spectrum 

management reform process. 

Originality/value – A set of conditions are provided for determining 

when the market can be used in the management of spectrum. This 

makes explicit the intended operation of the market as well as its 

limitations. 

Keywords Wireless, Economics, Trade, United Kingdom, Europe 


info 


Editor: Colin Blackman 

25 

Information 

Management 

& Computer 

Security 

The Donn B. Parker Award 

This award is named after Donn B. Parker, who, in the 

early 1970s, through his research and many publications 

introduced business management to the concept of 

computer security. His coining of the term ‘‘computer 

abuse’’ helped to draw attention to this important 

business function. Donn Parker is now heavily involved in 

the International Information Integrity Institute, the 

so-called I4 Research group at SRI International. 


Expanding topological vulnerability analysis to 

intrusion detection through the incident 

response intelligence system 

Dimitrios Patsos 

Sarandis Mitropoulos 

Christos Douligeris 

Department of Informatics, University of Piraeus, 

Piraeus, Greece 

Abstract 

Purpose – The paper proposes looking at the automation of the 

incident response (IR) process, through formal, systematic and 

standardized methods for collection, normalization and correlation 

of security data (i.e. vulnerability, exploit and intrusion detection 

information). 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper proposes the 

incident response intelligence system (IRIS) that models the context 

of discovered vulnerabilities, calculates their significance, finds and 

analyzes potential exploit code and defines the necessary intrusion 

detection signatures that combat possible attacks, using 

standardized techniques. It presents the IRIS architecture and 

operations, as well as the implementation issues. 

Findings – The paper presents detailed evaluation results obtained 

from real-world application scenarios, including a survey of the 

users’ experience, to highlight IRIS contribution in the area of IR. 

Originality/value – The paper introduces the IRIS, a system that 

provides detailed security information during the entire lifecycle of a 

security incident, facilitates decision support through the provision 

of possible attack and response paths, while deciding on the 

significance and magnitude of an attack with a standardized 

method. 

Keywords Computer crime, Data security, Risk management 


IMCS 


Editor: Steven M. Furnell

Information 

Technology & People 


The ‘‘cool factor’’ of public access to ICT: 

users’ perceptions of trust in libraries, 

telecentres and cybercafés in developing 

countries 

Ricardo Gomez 

Information School, University of Washington, Seattle, 

Washington, USA 

Elizabeth Gould 

Technology & Social Change Group, University of 

Washington, Seattle, Washington, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to determine how trust and perceptions 

shape uses of information and communication technologies (ICTs) 

in public access venues (libraries, telecentres, and cybercafés) in 

25 developing countries around the world. 

Design/methodology/approach – As part of a global study 

conducted by the Technology & Social Change Group at the 

University of Washington, local research teams conducted surveys, 

site visits, and interviews of over 25,000 respondents in different 

types of public access venues in the selected countries, using a 

shared research design and analytical framework. 

Findings – The use of public access venues is shaped by the 

following trust factors: safety concerns, relevance of the information, 

reputation of the institution, and users’ perceptions of how ‘‘cool’’ 

these venues are. While libraries tend to be trusted as most 

reputable, telecentres tend to be trusted as most relevant to meet 

local needs, and cybercafÕs tend to be perceived as most ‘‘cool’’. 

Research limitations/implications – The paper is limited by its 

descriptive and not predictive nature, and is not based on a 

statistically representative sample of the population. 

Practical implications – The insight presented in this paper can 

help inform policy decisions about public access initiatives, and 

inform future research to better understand the causes and 

consequences of trust in public access ICT. Understanding these 

perceptions helps gain a more nuanced understanding of the way 

services are provided in venues that offer public access to ICT. 

Originality/value – This paper is novel as it covers public access to 

ICT in 25 developing countries across different types of venues, 

using a shared design and methodological approach. A study of this 

magnitude has never been done before. The findings provide 

valuable insight into understanding how people trust different types 

of public access ICT venues. 

Keywords Communication technologies, Internet, Public libraries, 

Trust 


ITP 


Editors: Kevin Crowston, Robert Davison and 

Edgar A. Whitley 

26 

Interlending & 

Document Supply 


DELNET – the functional resource sharing 

library network: a success story from India 

Sangeeta Kaul 

DELNET – Developing Library Network, 

New Delhi, India 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to describe the work of 

DELNET, the successful resource sharing and information provider 

in India. 

Design/methodology/approach – The development of DELNET is 

described, the services it offers and plans for the future. 

Findings – The paper finds that DELNET fulfils a vital role in 

facilitating resource sharing in India and is expanding its role rapidly. 

Originality/value – The paper is an up-to-date study of resource 

sharing in India from the perspective of a successful agency. 

Keywords Library networks, Resource sharing, India 


ILDS 


Editor: Mike McGrath

International Journal of 

Accounting & 

Information 

Management 


Information technology implementation: 

evidence in Spanish SMEs 

Raquel Pérez Estébanez 

Facultad de Informatica, 

Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Madrid, Spain 

Elena Urquía Grande 

Clara Muñoz Colomina 

Fac. CC EE. Y EE., 

Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Madrid, Spain 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to use empirical evidence to 

measure if the small and medium enterprises (SMEs) have adapted 

to information technologies (ITs) and analyse the extent of IT 

knowledge and interest in new international accounting standards 

as factors that align strategies and organizational culture towards 

continuous improvement. 

Design/methodology/approach – The empirical study acquires 

knowledge of the situation of SMEs in Spain and carries out an 

analysis of variables based on the results. Contingency tables have 

been developed to find out whether there are dependent-effect 

relationships between the survey items. 

Findings – When analysing the sample by sectors, the paper finds 

that the manufacturing sector has a high level of short-term IT 

implementation, using it to deal with accounting, fiscal and financial 

issues, while the services sector is using IT intensively and is also 

very interested in sophisticated IT. Moreover, research results reveal 

a trend towards continuous improvement of Spanish SMEs of all 

sizes in all sectors as the majority show considerable interest in 

international accounting standards. 

Research limitations/implications – The study has some 

limitations such as the way in which data are obtained, determining 

the type and number of questions and the fact that a majority of 

those responding to the survey are medium-sized businesses. In 

addition, those answering are the accounting department 

managers, leading to a possible bias if the paper tries to extrapolate 

the results. 

Originality/value – This paper provides new information for SMEs, 

public administrations and academics. The increasing interest in the 

subject can lead to additional research with causal relationships 

between IT implementation, SMEs strategy and financial results. 

Keywords Small to medium-sized enterprises, 

Communication technologies, Accounting standards, 

Continuous improvement, Spain 


IJAIM 


Editor: Lee J. Yao 

27 


Bank Marketing 


Are inertia and calculative commitment distinct 

constructs? An empirical study in the financial 

services sector 

Venkata Yanamandram 

School of Management & Marketing, 

University of Wollongong, Wollongong, Australia 

Lesley White 

The University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine the extent to 

which inertia is distinct from calculative commitment and to extend 

the knowledge on these constructs in the corporate financial 

services context in Australia. The study proposes and empirically 

analyses a research model that considers switching costs as an 

antecedent to inertia and calculative commitment. 

Design/methodology/approach – An e-mail URL-embedded web 

questionnaire was used to collect data online from responding 

organisations. The psychometric properties of the measures were 

analysed using confirmatory factor analysis, and the hypothesised 

relationships among the latent constructs were estimated using 

structural equation modelling. 

Findings – The variance-extracted test established discriminant 

validity between inertia and calculative commitment. Switching 

costs affected both inertia and calculative commitment differently. 

Research limitations/implications – The measurement scales 

should be subjected to further assessment before drawing 

conclusions on their construct validity. The findings support the 

contention that inertia occurs from high search and learning costs 

associated with transaction account products, and that calculative 

commitment is caused by the existence of sunk costs. 

Practical implications – Managers should be cautious in 

employing barriers as mechanisms for customer retention, because 

calculatively committed customers might be behaviourally loyal only 

for as long as it is instrumentally rewarding to be so. However, 

dissatisfied customers often can become involved in inert buying 

patterns. 

Originality/value – This paper is an important initial step in 

highlighting the extent to which inertia is distinct from calculative 

commitment, in addition to providing a measure of inertia. 

Keywords Australia, Consumer behaviour, Costs, 

Financial services 


IJBM 


Editor: Jillian Farquhar


Climate Change 

Strategies and 

Management 


Biodiversity and climate change in Kuwait 

Samira Omar Asem 

Waleed Y. Roy 

Food Resources and Marine Sciences Division, 

Kuwait Institute for Scientific Research, Safat, Kuwait 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to demonstrate the various 

consequences of climate change on the biodiversity of Kuwait. 

Many world organizations have established strategic plans for 

climate change, such as The Global Strategy for Plant 

Conservation, which is adopted in 2002 by the Conference of the 

Parties of the Convention on Biological Diversity. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper utilizes a wide range 

of research projects completed at the Kuwait Institute for Scientific 

Research (KISR), which provide information leading to the 

degradding effects and risks of climate change on the biodiversity 

and ecosystem services of Kuwait. 

Findings – The biodiversity of Kuwait is under severe stress due to 

natural and anthropogenic factors. The region is also threatened 

physically and biologically by the global warming phenomena. More 

severe and harsh climatic conditions will cause increase in 

formation of sand dunes, sand encroachment, and extreme dust 

storms. In 2008, Kuwait has the worst ever reported summer since 

1991 with increase in intensity and frequency of dust storms. 

Drought will cause more water demand for local consumption and 

irrigation. The seawater temperature increase would affect the 

spawning period of fish and shrimp and would cause migration of 

fish to other more suitable areas. This would cause severe impact 

on the fish industry in Kuwait and the region. Losses in plant cover 

will be due to sand encroachment or erratic rainfall periods causing 

runoff and flooding. 

Research limitations/implications – The work is based on various 

projects at the KISR and by some journal publications that relate to 

climate change impact on biodivesity. More research work is 

needed to test the long-term impact of climate change on bidivesity 

of Kuwait. 

Originality/value – There is a need to develop a strategic plan for 

climate change mitigation and adaptation in Kuwait. Specific 

elements of the plan would include: research for identification of 

vulnerable species, collecting field population data, conducting 

modeling research to inform conservation programs; monitoring key 

species; ex situ conservation using living collection and ensuring 

representation in conservation collection; in situ conservation and 

increase in protected areas; education and public awareness 

programs; networking; and sharing knowledge. 

Keywords Plants, Deserts, Biodata, Land, Kuwait, Global warming 


IJCCSM 


Editor: Walter Leal Filho 

28 


Clothing Science and 

Technology 


Computerized pattern making focus on fitting 

to 3D human body shapes 

Young Sook Cho 

Faculty of Home Economics, Tokyo Kasei University, 

Tokyo, Japan 

Keiichi Tsuchiya 

Graduate School of Shinshu University, Nagano-ken, 

Japan 

Masayuki Takatera 

Shigeru Inui 

Faculty of Textile Science and Technology, 

Shinshu University, Nagano-ken, Japan 

Hyejun Park 

Department of Clothing and Textiles, 

College of Human Ecology, 

Chungham National University, Daejon, South Korea 

Yoshio Shimizu 

Faculty of Textile Science and Technology, 

Shinshu University, Nagano-ken, Japan 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to describe the development of a 

method of constructing three-dimensional (3D) human body shapes 

that include a degree of ease for purpose of computerized pattern 

making. 

Design/methodology/approach – The body shape could be made 

with ease allowance to an individual’s unique body shape using 

sweep method and a convex method. And then generates tight skirt 

patterns for the reconstructed virtual body shape using a 

computerized pattern making system. 

Findings – This paper obtains individual patterns using individually 

reconstructed 3D body shapes by computerized pattern 

development. In these patterns, complex curved lines such as waist 

lines and dart lines are created automatically using the developed 

method. The method is successfully used to make variations of a 

tight skirt to fit different size women. The author also used the 

method to make other skirts of various designs. 

Originality/value – The method described in this paper is useful for 

making patterns and then garments, without the need for the 

garments to be later adjusted for the subject. 

Keywords Computer applications, Human anatomy, Modelling, 

Textile technology 


IJCST 


Editor: George K. Stylios


Commerce and 

Management 


Towards a high-performance bioeconomy: 

determining cluster priorities and capabilities 

in New Zealand 

Mark J. Ahn 

Atkinson Graduate School of Management, 

Willamette University, Salem, Oregon, USA 

Michael Meeks 

College of Business, San Francisco State University, 

San Francisco, California, USA 

Rebecca Bednarek 

Faculty of Commerce and Administration, 

Victoria University of Wellington, Wellington, 

New Zealand 

Christine Ross 

New Zealand BIO, Wellington, New Zealand 

Sophie Dalziel 

VicLink, Ltd, Victoria University of Wellington, 

Wellington, New Zealand 

Abstract 

Purpose – Building a bioeconomy requires efficient technology 

transfer and global linkages to exploit finite intellectual property 

exclusivity periods. The purpose of this paper, using a resourcebased 

view lens, is to assess the priorities, capabilities, and 

competitiveness of the emerging New Zealand (NZ) bioeconomy. 

Design/methodology/approach – A triangulated design was used 

that involved four focus groups, 27 interviews, five case studies, and 

survey of 176 NZ biotechnology industry participants from a broad 

range of backgrounds such as scientists, managers, and investors. 

Findings – Two high-priority capabilities were identified as being 

critical to fostering a competitive bioeconomy – access to talent and 

access to funding. Participants also identified the critical role of 

government in building and coordinating infrastructure, enabling 

critical capabilities, and accelerating bi-directional technology and 

capital flows. 

Originality/value – Most biotechnology research and data has 

focused on the USA and European Union. This is one of the first 

studies of NZ biotechnology participants, and insights gained within 

this context are potentially applicable for increasing our 

understanding of building biotechnology industries outside 

established clusters. 

Keywords Biotechnology, Economic development, 

Economic growth, Innovation, New Zealand 


IJCOMA 


Editor: Abbas J. Ali 

29 


Conflict Management 


Using power to affect performance in China: 

effects of employee achievement and social 

context 

Dean Tjosvold 

Department of Management, Lingnan University, 

Hong Kong 

Haifa Sun 

Management School, Sun Yat-Seng University, 

Guangzhou, China 

Abstract 

Purpose – Researchers interested in the positive side of power and 

managers seeking to develop a resourceful workforce seek to 

understand the conditions under which managers use their power to 

assist and encourage employees. This paper aims to address this 

issue. 

Design/methodology/approach – An experiment conducted in 

China tested the hypothesis that employee performance and 

relationship with the manager affects the use of power. 

Findings – Results indicate that participants used their power to 

provide directly relevant information and encouraged employees 

who demonstrated their need by performing ineffectively. In 

addition, participants with cooperative, compared with competitive 

and independent, goals assisted, encouraged, and felt the 

responsibility to assist their employees. 

Originality/value – Results were interpreted as suggesting that 

demonstrating a clear need for managerial assistance and 

developing cooperative goals are important bases for fostering the 

positive use of power. 

Keywords Management power, Empowerment, 

Competitive strategy, Employees, China 


IJCMA 


Editor: Richard A. Posthuma


Contemporary 

Hospitality 

Management 


Employee satisfaction in the Iberian hotel 

industry: the case of Andalusia (Spain) and the 

Algarve (Portugal) 

Eva Gallardo 

Business Organization, University of Barcelona, 

Barcelona, Spain 

Sandra-M. Sánchez-Cañizares 

Department of Management, University of Córdoba, 

Córdoba, Spain 

Tomás López-Guzmán 

Department of Economics, University of Córdoba, 

Córdoba, Spain 

Maria Margarida Nascimento Jesus 

Department of Management, University of Algarve, Faro, 

Portugal 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to analyze job-satisfaction differences 

between employees of the hotel industries of two similar tourist 

destinations: Andalusia (Spain) and the Algarve (Portugal). 

Design/methodology/approach – A questionnaire survey was 

conducted in the two regions. The population for this study comprised 

employees of any hotel establishment in these regions. The authors 

have used stratified random sampling based on the number of hotels 

in each category and the number of hotel beds these represent. A 

total of 2,064 usable questionnaires from 165 hotels were returned in 

Andalusia and 461 from 23 hotels in the Algarve. 

Findings – Findings from this study show an acceptable level of job 

satisfaction in both regions, although this is higher among the 

Andalusian workers, not only in terms of the overall score but also 

for each of the job facet scores considered. In contrast to previous 

findings, in this study the effect of wage on job satisfaction has been 

reported as significant in both regions. 

Research limitations/implications – The different periods of time 

in which the fieldwork was done may have caused some distortions 

in the perception of working conditions in each region. Besides this, 

some departments may not be sufficiently represented. 

Practical implications – This paper encourages hotel managers to 

focus their attention on their remuneration systems, promotion 

possibilities and the perception of their profession’s prestige in order 

to improve staff satisfaction. Particularly in Andalusia, it would be 

advantageous to develop retention strategies for talented people. In 

the Algarve region, more training and an improved recognition 

system are needed. 

Originality/value – Although job satisfaction is an employee attitude 

that has been studied extensively, there have been few studies on 

that topic in the tourism sector in Spain, and even fewer in Portugal. 

Moreover, whereas prior work has mainly focused on small samples 

– a limited number of hotels surveyed in some specific area – in this 

study two important tourist regions using a wide sample, and taking 

all hotel categories into consideration are compared. 

Keywords Employee attitudes, Hotel and catering industry, 

Job satisfaction, Portugal, Spain 


IJCHM 


Editor: Fevzi Okumus 

30 


Culture, Tourism and 

Hospitality Research 


Beyond hosts and guests: translating the 

concept of cultural misconception 

Carina Ren 

University of Southern Denmark, Esbjerg, Denmark 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine the concept of 

cultural misconceptions through the lens of actor-network theory 

(ANT). 

Design/methodology/approach – The article discusses how 

cultural misconceptions may be encompassed at the tourist 

destination. Rather than seeing cultural misconceptions as clashes 

between incommensurable cultures or as conflicts between 

opposing strategies, a third approach is introduced in which cultural 

misconceptions are studied as effects of the socio-material 

workings within the destination network. This is elucidated through a 

fieldwork presentation showing how a wide range of human and 

nonhuman actors point to and enact cultural and strategic 

differences. 

Findings – Misconceptions may be seen as created through the 

ongoing doings and workings of the destination network and its 

actors. Misconceptions are enacted through objects, places, 

performances and discourses as they are assembled and 

translated, constantly constructing and challenging opinions of what 

should be part of the destination network. 

Originality/value – The article encourages an understanding of 

cultural misconceptions as products of the work of the 

heterogeneous destination. This approach elucidates the intricate 

relations between cultural practices, human action and material 

culture at the tourist destination. 

Keywords Tourism development, Best practice, 

Cross-cultural studies, Individual perception, National cultures 


IJCTHR 


Editor: Arch Woodside


Development Issues 


The Cuban alternative to neoliberalism: 

linkages between local production and tourism 

after 1990 

Laura J. Enríquez 

Department of Sociology, University of California, 

Berkeley, California, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – In response to its profound economic crisis, in the 1990s 

Cuba adopted a tourism-based development strategy. As an 

approach to development, tourism has been both heralded and 

critiqued. One concern is that for less diversified economies it has 

large imported input requirements. The purpose of this paper is to 

analyze Cuba’s efforts to address this weakness. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper draws on interviews 

conducted with Cuban policy makers and researchers working in 

the area of tourism, and one hotelier operating in Cuba. Also, 

extensive secondary data collected while conducting the fieldwork 

in Cuba and relevant existing literature are reviewed. 

Findings – It is found that Cuba has increased significantly its 

reliance on domestic production for inputs for its tourist sector since 

the mid-1990s, thereby reducing its dependence on imported 

inputs. 

Practical implications – These findings suggest that, by 

reconfiguring domestic production to provide inputs for the tourism 

sector, foreign exchange leakages typically associated with tourist 

development in less diversified economies can be diminished and 

that it can provide an infusion of foreign exchange and investment 

that benefits the local economy. 

Social implications – This case presents an alternative to the 

neoliberal approach to policy making in the Global South, one that 

has the potential to avoid some of the negative social and economic 

consequences of that approach. 

Originality/value – In addition to highlighting the alternative 

represented by Cuba’s approach to tourism, the paper evaluates the 

extent to which it approximated the novel strategy of development 

proposed by the neostructuralists almost simultaneously. It 

concludes that Cuba’s approach did approximate the neostructural 

model in a number of important ways. 

Keywords Cuba, Foreign exchange, National economy, 

Tourism development 


IJDI 


Editor: Dilip Dutta 

31 


Disaster Resilience in 

the Built Environment 


Addressing vulnerability through an integrated 

approach 

David McEntire 

College of Public Affairs and Community Service, 

University of North Texas, Corinth, Texas, USA 

Colleen Gilmore Crocker MPH 

Ekong Peters 


Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to review current theoretical 

approaches in disaster studies and put forward a model of 

vulnerability that incorporates physical science, engineering, and 

social science research. 

Design/methodology/approach – A comprehensive model of 

vulnerability is proposed, which includes both liabilities and 

capabilities from the physical and social environments. The model is 

related to risk, susceptibility, resistance, and resilience to 

vulnerability and disasters. 

Findings – This review assesses current concepts as guides for 

disaster management and suggests that a more complete view of 

vulnerability is more apt to generate inclusive and integrated 

disaster policies. 

Research limitations/implications – Since this model is relatively 

new, its applicability needs to be examined further in terms of the 

phases of disasters and the many stakeholders involved in 

emergency management. 

Practical implications – The holistic model of vulnerability in this 

paper may help emergency managers better understand disasters 

and devise relevant policies to counter them. The paper 

underscores the importance of broad and integrated methods for 

dealing with socially constructed disasters. It is related to 

environmental, infrastructure, economic, political, cultural, and other 

variables. 

Originality/value – This paper is unique in that it presents four 

viewpoints of vulnerability and because it applies the proposed 

model to many different types of disasters. 

Keywords Disasters, Modelling, Risk assessment 


IJDRBE 


Editors: Dilanthi Amaratunga and Richard Haigh


Educational 

Management 


The practice of co-creating leadership in 

high- and low-performing high schools 

Ehren Jarrett 

Hononegah Community High School, Rockton, 

Illinois, USA 

Teresa Wasonga 

John Murphy 

Leadership, Educational Psychology and Foundations, 

Northern Illinois University, Dekalb, Illinois, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine teacher 

perceptions of the practice of co-creating leadership and its 

potential impacts on student achievement. 

Design/methodology/approach – Using a quantitative approach, 

the study compared the levels of the practice of co-creating 

leadership dispositional values and institutional conditions that 

facilitate the practice of co-creating leadership between high- and 

low-performing high schools. Data was collected using a survey. 

The respondents were teachers from high- and low-performing high 

schools. The data were analyzed using descriptive statistics, t-tests, 

correlations, and regression. 

Findings – Teachers in high-performing schools scored significantly 

higher on perceptions of the practice of co-creating leadership 

dispositional values and the presence of institutional conditions that 

facilitate the practice. Correlation analyses found positive significant 

relations between dispositional values and institutional conditions 

facilitating co-creating leadership. High-performing schools had high 

correlations. Regression analyses indicated that active listening, 

deep democracy, and evolving power significantly predicted 

teachers’ perceptions of the impact of dispositional values and 

organizational conditions on student achievement. 

Originality/value – The paper offers insights into how co-creating 

leadership may have potential impact on student achievement. 

Keywords Leadership, Organizational culture, Performance levels, 

Schools, Students 


IJEM 


Editor: Brian Roberts 

32 


Energy Sector 

Management 


A transition to bilateral trading ESI – effect to 

generation dispatched cost: an analysis of the 

Thai power system 

Supattana Nirukkanaporn 

S. Kumar 

Energy Field of Study, School of Environment, 

Resources and Development, 

Asian Institute of Technology, Pathumthani, Thailand 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of the paper is to analyze the effect on 

centralized dispatching generation cost under the condition where 

the single-buyer electric supply industry (ESI) with independent 

power producer (IPP) scheme (the ESI structure that is widely 

implemented in developing countries) is opened for bilateral trading. 

The analysis is based on the Thai power system. 

Design/methodology/approach – The analysis considers the 

average generation cost (B/kWh) derived from unit commitment of 

power generation under three cases – single-buyer model with 

must-run IPP scheme, unconstrained operation case, and the case 

where bilateral trading is introduced. The analysis is performed for 

different demand levels. 

Findings – The results indicate that the operational constraint from 

the virtual must-run power purchase agreement under IPP scheme 

leads to higher generation cost. The choice of allowing IPP to trade 

through bilateral trading and removal of the must-run contract shows 

potential to lessen the operational constraint and lower generation 

cost can be achieved under some conditions – depending on the 

plant type and the share of bilateral market in the system. The 

planning and policy should take into consideration these conditions 

especially during the transitional period of ESI reform. 

Research limitations/implications – The main limitation of the 

analysis is the availability to recent data. The load factor of the 

demand curve is taken from the peak day of the year, resulting in 

higher load factor than the average of Thailand. With lower load 

factor, the must-run constraints might be more obvious during the 

lighter load day and more expensive generation cost can be 

observed. However, the cases are compared at same demand 

curve. Therefore, the trend of result will lead to the same conclusion. 

Originality/value – Uneconomic operation of the single-buyer ESI 

with IPP scheme which has been implemented in many developing 

countries was clearly determined. The literature shows that the ESI 

operation can be more efficient when the sector moves towards 

higher degree of competition, either fully competitive market or 

bilateral trading. The potential for better operating conditions for 

bilateral trading has been suggested. The simulation based on the 

power system of Thailand can be an example for other developing 

countries operating under the similar ESI structure. 

Keywords Electric power systems, Electricity industry, Thailand 


IJESM 


Editors: Subhes C. Bhattacharyya and 

Prasanta Kumar Dey


Entrepreneurial 

Behaviour & Research 


Learning to lead in the entrepreneurial context 

Stephen Kempster 

School of Business and Enterprise, 

University of Cumbria, Carlisle, UK 

Jason Cope 

Hunter Centre for Entrepreneurship, 

University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore the nature of 

leadership learning in the entrepreneurial context, by building a 

dynamic learning perspective of entrepreneurship. It draws on 

contemporary leadership literature to appreciate entrepreneurial 

leadership as a social process of becoming located in particular 

contexts and communities. 

Design/methodology/approach – Through qualitative 

phenomenological interviews with nine entrepreneurs the lived 

experience of learning to lead is explored. The principles of 

interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) are utilised to 

analyse the data and enable inductive theory-building. 

Findings – The findings illustrate situated leadership patterns and 

relationships unique to the entrepreneurial context. A number of 

significant structural and experiential factors are identified that both 

shape and restrict the development of leadership practice in small 

ventures. Specifically, the limited opportunities for leadership 

enactment and observation, the dominance of the business as the 

crucible for leadership learning, the influence of the family and the 

low salience of leadership are highlighted. 

Research limitations/implications – In appreciating the leadership 

learning task that nascent entrepreneurs are faced with it is vital that 

further research delves deeper into the varying levels of "leadership 

preparedness" brought to new venture creation. From a policy 

perspective, there is significant value in enabling entrepreneurs to 

engage in meaningful dialogue, critical reflection and purposive 

action with their peers through the creation of leadership ‘‘learning 

networks’’. 

Originality/value – The research demonstrates leadership learning 

processes and pathways that are significantly different to those 

experienced by managers in the employed context. In so doing, this 

article represents the first systematic attempt to apply a learning 

perspective to the subject of entrepreneurial leadership. 

Keywords Entrepreneurialism, Leadership, 

Small to medium-sized enterprises, Learning 


IJEBR 


Editors: Oswald Jones and Simon Down 

33 


Gender and 

Entrepreneurship 


Gender, context and entrepreneurial learning 

Kerstin Ettl 

University of Siegen, Siegen, Germany 

Friederike Welter 

Jönköping International Business School, 

Jönköping, Sweden 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of the paper is to offer an insight into 

gender, context and entrepreneurial learning of women 

entrepreneurs in Germany. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper explores 

entrepreneurial learning of women entrepreneurs both conceptually 

and empirically. Section 1 introduces a conceptual framework, 

which allows analysing entrepreneurial learning both from an 

individual gender-specific and from a context-based perspective. 

Empirically, the paper explores how women entrepreneurs acquire 

the (business-related) knowledge to start and grow an enterprise 

and the impact of regional, sector, family and social as well as 

macro environments in this regard. Findings are based on 31 

in-depths interviews with women entrepreneurs and 23 interviews 

with key experts. 

Findings – It is found that the meso environment is more of an 

indirect influence; the macro and micro environments are strong 

influences on lives and decisions of women entrepreneurs, 

especially on their opportunity recognition. The business 

environment has both a direct and indirect influence. 

Practical implications – The results demonstrate an ongoing need 

for a contemporary image of women’s entrepreneurship in 

Germany. The major challenge for policy-makers and support 

organizations therefore lies in propagating diverse entrepreneurial 

images and in incorporating the diversity of women’s 

entrepreneurship and their specific learning approaches into 

policies and support offers. 

Originality/value – The paper contributes a different and so far 

neglected perspective on entrepreneurial learning and opportunity 

recognition, drawing attention to the contextual influences and the 

embedding of cognitive processes. 

Keywords Learning, Gender, Women, Entrepreneurialism, 

Germany 

www.emeraldinsight.com/ 10.1108/17566261011050991 

IJGE 


Editor: Colette Henry


Health Care Quality 

Assurance 


Assessing operational effectiveness in 

healthcare organizations: a systematic 

approach 

Carlos F. Gomes 

Faculdade de Economia da Universidade de Coimbra, 

Instituto de Sistemas e Robótica, Coimbra, Portugal 

Mahmoud M. Yasin 

Department of Management & Marketing, 

East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, 

Tennessee, USA 

Yousef Yasin 

Wake Forest University School of Medicine, 

Winston Salem, North Carolina, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to propose a systematic 

approach to measuring, tracking, monitoring and continuously 

improving efficiency, availability and quality in healthcare 

operational settings. 

Design/methodology/approach – The proposed measure of 

healthcare operational effectiveness (HOE) consists of three 

indicators. They include an availability indicator, an quality indicator, 

and an efficiency indicator. The proposed approach tends to 

facilitate the systematic improvement at the different facets of 

operational effectiveness. 

Findings – The proposed operational performance approach based 

on the HOE is consistent with the themes of performance measures 

and measurement reported in the literature. 

Research limitations/implications – The proposed healthcare 

operational effectiveness approach represents a serious attempt at 

quantifying the key facets of service effectiveness in healthcare 

operational settings. The validation of this performance assessment 

and measurement approach is worthy of future research. 

Practical implications – The approach advocated by the HOE has 

operational and strategic relevance to decision makers of 

healthcare organizations. 

Originality/value – This paper presents a practical, systematic 

approach toward enhancing operational effectiveness in healthcare 

organizations. Relevant implementation issues associated with the 

proposed approach are also addressed. 

Keywords Cost effectiveness, Decision making, Health services, 

Performance measures 


IJHCQA 


Editors: Keith Hurst and Kay Downey-Ennis 

34 


Housing Markets and 

Analysis 


Evaluating the real estate market by confidence 

index in China: a case study of Shenzhen 

Qian Xu 

School of Management, Chongqing Jiatong University, 

Chongqing, China 

Heng Li 

Eddie C.M. Hui 

Department of Building and Real Estate, 

The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong 

Zhen Chen 

School of the Built Environment, Heriot-Watt University, 

Edinburgh, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to present results from a pilot 

research into the Chinese real estate confidence index, called CRE 

index, with regard to three diverse aspects, including effective demand 

and supply, potential demand, and potential supply, and to develop an 

effective tool for diversity management at different levels in the Chinese 

real estate market. 

Design/methodology/approach – To undertake this research, a novel 

methodology framework is introduced in terms of the three aspects. 

Extensive literature review and questionnaire survey are systematically 

adopted accordingly to work out three individual sub-indices, and to 

compose the entire CRE index. 

Findings – The research put forward a novel approach to describing 

the changing situations of the Chinese real estate market by means 

of the CRE index, which is synthetically calculated based on its 

three sub-indices to reflect the three different aspects. For the 

calculation of the CRE index, data collected from government 

statistics and specific questionnaire survey are effectively used, and 

this proves a practical approach as proposed for the research. 

Research limitations/implications – Although the CRE index is 

proposed to be a generic indicator for the Chinese market, this research 

focuses only on a synthesized CRE index for the local real estate market 

in Shenzhen, and data collected are also limited from 1999 to 2003. 

However further research with more comprehensive data can draw an 

entire picture and provide more reliable forecast based on either local or 

national data in China. 

Practical implications – As it is a generic indicator to reflect changes in 

the Chinese real estate market, the CRE index provides all stakeholders 

with a quantitative method to verify history and detect tendency with 

regard to the progressive development of the market which is influenced 

by dynamic social and natural conditions. 

Social implications – The CRE index has been developed as a tool to 

support diversity management in the Chinese real estate market, and it is 

assumed that governors at local, regional, and national levels can all use 

this tool in macroeconomic regulation and control towards the Chinese 

real estate market. Others, including developers, investors as well as 

consumers can all make informed judgments based on the value and 

trend of the CRE index. 

Originality/value – The CRE index uniquely incorporates 

comprehensive market data and statistics, including historic data from 

government statistics and current information from questionnaire survey 

and literatures, into confidence index calculation. In this regard, 

comparing with other confidence indices for the real estate market, this 

method is capable of providing more informed predications, especially 

when statistical data are full and accurate. 

Keywords China, Housing, Indexing, Prices, Real estate 


IJHMA 


Editor: Richard Reed


Intelligent Computing 

and Cybernetics 


Weaving the social fabric: the past, present and 

future of optimization problem solving with 

cultural algorithms 

Robert G. Reynolds 

Xiangdong Che 

Computer Science Department, Wayne State University, 

Detroit, Michigan, USA 

Mostafa Ali 

Department of Computer Information Systems, 

Jordan University of Science and Technology, 

Irbid, Jordan 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate the 

performance of cultural algorithms (CAs) over a complete range of 

optimization problem complexities, from fixed to chaotic and 

specifically observing whether there is a given homogeneous agent 

topology within a culture which can dominate across all 

complexities. 

Design/methodology/approach – In order to apply the CA overall 

complexity classes it was necessary to generalize on its 

co-evolutionary nature to keep the variation in the population across 

all complexities. First, previous CA approaches were reviewed. 

Based on this the existing implementation was extended to produce 

a more general one that could be applied across all complexity 

classes. As a result a new version of the cultural algorithms toolkit, 

CAT 2.0, was produced, which supported a variety of 

co-evolutionary features at both the knowledge and population 

levels. The system was applied to the solution of a 150 randomly 

generated problems ranging from simple to chaotic complexity 

classes. 

Findings – No homogeneous social fabric tested was dominant 

over all categories of problem complexity; as the complexity of 

problems increased so did the complexity of the social fabric that 

was need to deal with it efficiently. A social fabric that was good for 

fixed problems might be less adequate for periodic problems, and 

chaotic ones. 

Originality/value – The paper presents experimental evidence that 

social structure of a cultural system can be related to the frequency 

and complexity type of the problems that presented to a cultural 

system. 

Keywords Cultural algorithm, Multi-agent simulation, Complexity, 

Social fabric 


IJICC 


Editor: Haibin Duan 

35 


Law and Management 


The United Kingdom’s Companies Act of 2006 

and the capital asset pricing model: attaining 

the corporate objective 

S. Paulo 

Commerce Division, Lincoln University, Canterbury, New 

Zealand 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to consider the attainment 

of the corporate objective of the UK Companies Act of 2006 Section 

172(1) from the perspective of financial valuations that are reliant on 

the cost of capital. The cost of capital plays an important role in 

many of the models and propositions that are routinely used for 

financial valuation and decision making. 

Design/methodology/approach – From the perspective of 

financial valuations that are used to guide decision making that is in 

accordance with the corporate objective of the UK Companies Act of 

2006 Section 172(1), managers and directors require a valid, 

reliable, and interpretable cost of capital. The theory, models, and 

propositions of financial management, whether they be investment, 

financing, or distributions (Sections 829-853) decisions, are 

dependent on the cost of capital. This paper has three main tasks. 

First, the relevant sections of UK corporate statute with regard to the 

corporate objective need to be identified and presented. Second, a 

brief review of the function and role of the cost of capital for the 

valuations upon which investment, financing, and dividend 

decisions are based, is undertaken to ensure that the role and 

function of this key financial metric is clearly recognized. Third, 

since the capital asset pricing model (CAPM) is so widely and 

exclusively used, often without recourse to other approaches to 

calculation of the cost of capital, an update of CAPM empirical 

evidence is undertaken to affirm the 2004 findings and subsequent 

recommendations by Fama and French that the CAPM is not an 

acceptable way of calculating the cost of capital. 

Findings – It is doubtful whether directors, who use an empirically 

invalid and unreliable valuation model such as the CAPM to 

calculate the cost of capital, will be able to meaningfully and 

purposefully make decisions consistent with the ‘‘enlightened 

shareholder value’’. Managers and directors need to use 

approaches to the cost of capital that are valid and can be 

empirically verified. 

Practical implications – This paper recommends that directors of 

public companies who make decisions using financial valuations 

that embody the cost of capital should ensure that models other 

than the CAPM are used; otherwise, they may find it difficult unable 

to defend challenges to their statutory duty of attaining the corporate 

objective. 

Originality/value – An update of CAPM empirical evidence is 

undertaken to affirm the findings and subsequent recommendations 

by Fama and French that the CAPM is not an acceptable way of 

calculating the cost of capital. 

Keywords Capital asset pricing model, Cost of capital, Directors, 

Legislation, Strategic objectives, United Kingdom 


IJLMA 


Editors: Chris Gale and Clive Smallman


Law in the Built 

Environment 


Building control systems of European Union 

countries: a comparison of tasks and 

responsibilities 

João Branco Pedro 

OTB Research Institute for Housing, 

Urban and Mobility Studies, 


and LNEC – National Laboratory for Civil Engineering, 

Lisboa, Portugal 

Frits Meijer 

Henk Visscher 

OTB Research Institute for Housing, 

Urban and Mobility Studies, 


Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to compare the tasks and 

responsibilities of public and private parties in the building control 

systems of the 27 European Union (EU) countries. 

Design/methodology/approach – To gather the necessary 

information, a questionnaire on building regulatory systems was 

distributed to experts in each country, and the major legal 

documents in each jurisdiction were reviewed. The information was 

organized into thematic tables that describe all the countries 

studied. The themes within the tables are: regulatory framework, 

application, plan approval, site inspection, completion, and 

supervision. 

Findings – The paper finds that there are many similarities between 

the building control systems of the various EU countries. Public 

parties in all countries set the regulatory framework, check planning 

applications, issue building permits, conduct final inspections, grant 

completion certificates, and supervise the operation of the system. 

The main difference between them concerns the nature of the 

involvement of private parties in checking technical requirements, 

and in site inspections. Three basic types of building control 

systems are identified: public, mixed, and dual. The majority of the 

countries have mixed systems. Although several variations are 

found among the mixed systems, the most common situation is for 

public parties to check the technical requirements and private 

parties to be involved in site inspections. 

Originality/value – The analysis provides a global picture of the 

building control systems of all EU countries. The results can be 

useful for situating the systems of each country within the European 

panorama, assessing the main trends and developments and 

guiding strategic choices on possible improvements in each country. 

Keywords Buildings, Control systems, European Union 


IJLBE 


Editor: Paul Chynoweth 

36 

The International Journal of 

Logistics 

Management 


Measuring the importance of attributes in 

logistics research 

Michael S. Garver 

Zachary Williams 

Department of Marketing, Central Michigan University, 

Mount Pleasant, Michigan, USA 

Stephen A. LeMay 

School of Business Administration, Dalton State College, 

Dalton, Georgia, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – Traditional methods of capturing and determining logistics 

attribute importance have serious research limitations. The purpose 

of this paper is to introduce maximum difference (MD) scaling as a 

new research methodology that will improve validity in measuring 

logistics attribute importance, overcoming many of the limitations 

associated with traditional methods. In addition, this new research 

method will allow logistics researchers to identify meaningful needbased 

segments, an important goal of logistics research. 

Design/methodology/approach – This paper provides an overview 

of MD scaling along with important research advantages, limitations, 

and practical applications. Additionally, a detailed research process is 

put forth so that this technique can be implemented by logistics 

researchers. Finally, an application of this technique is presented to 

illustrate the research method. 

Findings – The importance of truck driver satisfaction attributes was 

analyzed using bivariate correlation analysis as well as MD scaling 

analysis. The two sets of results are compared and contrasted. The 

resulting rank order of attributes is very different and MD scaling 

results are shown to possess important advantages. As a result of 

this analysis, MD scaling analysis allows for meaningful, need-based 

segmentation analysis, resulting in two unique need-based driver 

segments. 

Practical implications – From a practitioner viewpoint, knowing 

which attributes are most important will help in investing scarce 

resources to improve decision making and raise a firm’s ROI. 

Although a number of relevant applications exist, the most important 

may include examining: the importance of customer service 

attributes; the importance of logistics service quality attributes; and 

the importance of customer satisfaction attributes. 

Originality/value – MD scaling is a relatively new research 

technique, a technique that has yet to be utilized or even explored in 

existing logistics and supply chain literature. Yet, evidence is 

mounting in other fields that suggest this technique has many 

important and unique advantages. This paper is the first overview, 

discussion, and application of this technique for logistics and supply 

chain management and creates a strong foundation for implementing 

MD scaling in future logistics and supply chain management 

research. 

Keywords Career satisfaction, Commercial road vehicles, 

Distribution management, Drivers 


IJLM 


Editors: Chandra Lalwani and Scott B. Keller


Managerial Finance 


Spread decomposition with common spread 

components 

Thomas Henker 

Australian School of Business, Banking and Finance, 

University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia 

Martin Martens 

Erasmus University, Rotterdam, The Netherlands 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to incorporate a market wide buying and 

selling pressure cost component into a spread decomposition model 

as spread cost component. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper extends a commonly 

used trade indicator spread decomposition model to include a 

component common to all stocks of a specialist firm and a market 

wide component common to all stocks. 

Findings – Strong evidence is found that specialists consider this 

common factor cost component when they set bid and ask quotes. 

Some specialist firms also take the next logical step and specifically 

manage their firm wide stock inventories. The common factor is in 

percentage terms largest for securities with the highest trade 

frequencies. 

Research limitations/implications – The relative importance of 

the common factor spread component decreases as the pricing grid 

becomes finer, but remains highly significant under the decimal 

trading regime. 

Originality/value – This is the first study to document not-securityspecific 

spread cost components that are common to all stocks for 

which a specialist firm makes markets and to all stocks in the 

market. Using the model it is shown that market wide uncertainty 

translates into spreads of individual securities. 

Keywords Bid offer spreads, Financial markets, Securities 


IJMF 


Editors: Ralf Zurbruegg and David Michayluk 

37 


Managing Projects in 

Business 


Research and the future of project 

management 

Peter W.G. Morris 

The Bartlett, University College London, London, UK 

and INDECO (International Management Consultants) 

Ltd, Weybridge, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to reflect on some of the 

fundamental project management (PM) research issues facing PM 

as a discipline. It aims to pose fundamental questions about where 

PM research has been heading over the last five decades and how 

it can remain relevant in supporting the delivery of sustainable value 

to its clients and key stakeholders. 

Design/methodology/approach – This is accomplished through 

reflection on over four decades of experience as a PM researcher 

and inquisitive observer of PM practice and research trends over 

that time. 

Findings – Key findings from this process of retrospection hinges 

on an argument for appreciating the relevance of theoretically based 

and empirically grounded PM research that is focused upon project 

outcomes. Researchers’ efforts should be directed towards 

developing PM practices that help PM practitioners improve their 

ability to both efficiently deliver projects and effectively optimise 

benefits; this requires managing the project definition (front-end 

development) as well as execution. 

Research limitations/implications – As a retrospective research 

note, this does not specifically scrutinise or promote any specific 

research approach; rather it traces research themes so that the 

general flow of five decades of investigation of PM can be broadly 

appreciated. 

Originality/value – The value of this research note lies in its 

discussion of ontology, epistemology, and methodology together 

with a useful map of PM research themes over the past 50 years. 

Keywords Project management, Research, 

Design and development 


IJMPB 


Editor: Derek Walker


Manpower 


Children in home worker households in 

Pakistan and Indonesia 

Santosh Mehrotra 

Institute of Applied Manpower Research, 

Planning Commission, Government of India, 

New Delhi, India 

Mario Biggeri 

Department of Economics, University of Florence, 

Florence, Italy 

Abstract 

Purpose – The aim of the paper is to understand whether children 

in home-worker (HW) households in Pakistan and Indonesia are 

more likely to work than other children, and, if so, how this impacts 

their capabilities. The paper also aims to outline some policy 

implications for the two countries. 

Design/methodology/approach – The data are drawn from two 

ad hoc surveys and country studies carried out in Pakistan and 

Indonesia in 2000/2001. The paper examines the incidence and 

reasons of child work and child schooling in home-worker 

households, the work conditions, and gender issues. A bivariate 

probit is applied to analyse the determinants of child activity status. 

Findings – Children from HW households have a higher probability 

of working. There is evidence of the feminisation of home work from 

childhood. This is dramatic in Pakistan while little evidence is found 

for Indonesia. In Pakistani urban slums the majority of children are 

working, but in Indonesia they are in school. The mother’s education 

and per capita income/expenditure or assets in the household are 

important determinants of the child’s activity status. 

Research limitations/implications – The model cannot use the 

control group for econometric analysis since the number of 

households and children interviewed (although randomly chosen) 

are not sufficient. 

Practical implications – Collective action plays a role in the 

reduction of children ‘‘only working’’. The number of hours that 

children work in Pakistan suggests that their ability to do schoolrelated 

activities is likely to be impacted. 

Originality/value – Although child labour is common in homebased 

manufacturing activities in the informal sector in most Asian 

developing countries research on child labour remains scarce. This 

paper contributes to this area of research. 

Keywords Children (age groups), Indonesia, Labour, Pakistan, 

Subcontracting 


IJM 


Editor: Adrian Ziderman 

38 


Numerical Methods 

for Heat & Fluid Flow 


Multi-resolution simulation of double-diffusive 

convection in porous media 

J.W. Peterson 

Texas Advanced Computing Center, 

The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas, USA 

B.T. Murray 

Department of Mechanical Engineering, 

SUNY Binghamton, Vestal, New York, USA 

G.F. Carey 

Institute for Computational Engineering and Sciences, 

The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to consider double-diffusive 

convection in a heated porous medium saturated with a fluid. Of 

particular interest is the case where the fluid has a stabilizing 

concentration gradient and small diffusivity. 

Design/methodology/approach – A fully-coupled stabilized finite 

element scheme and adaptive mesh refinement (AMR) 

methodology are introduced to solve the resulting coupled 

multiphysics application and resolve fine scale solution features. 

The code is written on top of the open source finite element library 

LibMesh, and is suitable for parallel, high-performance simulations 

of large-scale problems. 

Findings – The stabilized adaptive finite element scheme is used to 

compute steady and unsteady onset of convection in a generalized 

Horton-Rogers-Lapwood problem in both two and threedimensional 

domains. A detailed study confirming the applicability 

of AMR in obtaining the predicted dependence of solutal Nusselt 

number on Lewis number is given. A semi-permeable barrier 

version of the generalized HRL problem is also studied and is 

believed to present an interesting benchmark for AMR codes owing 

to the different boundary and internal layers present in the problem. 

Finally, some representative adaptive results in a complex 3D 

heated-pipe geometry are presented. 

Originality/value – This work demonstrates the feasibility of 

stabilized, adaptive finite element schemes for computing simple 

double-diffusive flowmodels, and it represents an easily 

generalizable starting point for more complex calculations since it is 

based on a highly general finite element library. The complementary 

nature of h-adaptivity and stabilized finite element techniques for 

this class of problem is demonstrated using particularly simple error 

indicators and stabilization parameters. Finally, an interesting 

double-diffusive convection benchmark problem having a semipermeable 

barrier is suggested. 

Keywords Convection, Porous materials, Simulation, Pipes, 

Meshes 


HFF 


Editor: Roland Lewis


Operations & 

Production 

Management 


The effect of quality management on mass 

customization capability 

Mehmet Murat Kristal 

Schulich School of Business, York University, Toronto, 

Canada 

Xiaowen Huang 

Department of Management, 

The Richard T. Farmer School of Business, 

Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, USA 

Roger G. Schroeder 

Operations and Management Science Department, 

Carlson School of Management, 

University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate the role of 

quality management (QM) in the development of mass 

customization (MC) capability. QM is modeled as a second-order 

construct reflected by six QM practices (small group problem 

solving, top management leadership for quality, information and 

feedback, process management, customer focus, and supplier 

involvement). The paper proposes that these six practices reflect 

the core principles of QM, and in turn QM contributes to the 

development of MC capability. 

Design/methodology/approach – Using the survey data collected 

from 167 manufacturing plants in three industries and eight 

countries, structural equation modeling was employed to test the 

hypotheses. 

Findings – The results provide empirical evidence supporting the 

proposed relationships between QM and MC capability. 

Research limitations/implications – The dataset for this paper is 

cross-sectional. Future studies should consider a longitudinal 

setting that would provide a deeper understanding of causal 

relationships. Second, an existing database was used, thereby 

limiting the choices of variables analyzed. 

Practical implications – The findings of empirical support for the 

positive impact of QM practices on MC capability provide guidance 

for managers in the allocation of resources for QM efforts in their 

pursuit of MC capability. 

Originality/value – This is one of the first studies to shed light on 

the effects of QM on MC capability. The paper presents an 

explanation on how QM helps to develop MC capability and also 

finds empirical evidence supporting such a relationship. 

Keywords Mass customization, Quality management 


IJOPM 


Editor: Steve Brown 

39 


Organizational 

Analysis 


Critical management studies and 

‘‘mainstream’’ organization science: 

a proposal for a rapprochement 

Max Visser 

Nijmegen School of Management, 

Institute of Management Research, Radboud University, 

Nijmegen, The Netherlands 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to propose a 

rapprochement between the field of critical management studies 

(CMS) and what is constructed here as the ‘‘mainstream’’ of 

organization theory and research. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper contains a 

comparative analysis of relevant literature from the fields of 

organization theory, political science and political psychology. 

Findings – It is found, first, that at least four instances of 

‘‘mainstream’’ theory and research more or less share CMS 

assumptions; second, that CMS and ‘‘mainstream’’ may benefit from 

mutual contact (using the example of the ‘‘power elite’’ discussion in 

the 1950s and 1960s); third, that CMS and ‘‘mainstream’’ may 

benefit from ‘‘mainstream’’ operationalization of CMS-concepts 

(using the example of the development of the F-scale in the 1930s 

and 1940s). 

Originality/value – The paper ranks among the first to search for 

convergences between two fields that seem firmly divided in both 

theoretical and institutional terms. 

Keywords Critical management, Organizational theory, 

Management power 


IJOA 


Editor: Peter Stokes


Pharmaceutical and 

Healthcare Marketing 


The state of public research on 

over-the-counter drug advertising 

Denise E. DeLorme 

Nicholson School of Communication, 


Jisu Huh 

School of Journalism and Mass Communication, 

University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA 

Leonard N. Reid 

Grady College of Journalism and Mass Communication, 


Soontae An 

A.Q. Miller School of Journalism and Mass 

Communication, Kansas State University, Manhattan, 

Kansas, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The over-the-counter (OTC) drug market is highly 

competitive, and consumer advertising is a prominent influence in 

OTC drug purchase and consumption. Given current marketplace 

conditions, it is important to summarize OTC drug advertising 

research. This paper aims to review the state of the public research 

literature on OTC drug advertising and provide a research agenda 

derived from the findings. 

Design/methodology/approach – A literature review was 

conducted to identify the key themes in OTC drug advertising 

research and secondary data were collected about the regulation, 

nature, functions, and scope of OTC drug advertising. 

Findings – Most pharmaceutical advertising studies have focused 

on prescription drugs, including the majority of direct-to-consumer 

advertising investigations. OTC drug advertising has received 

considerably less empirical attention. Since the mid-1970s, only 24 

OTC drug advertising studies have appeared sporadically in the 

literature. The cumulative findings are interesting and suggestive 

but dated, fragmented, and incomplete. Though research interest 

has waned, OTC drug markets and advertising spending have not. 

Advertising remains a prominent OTC drug purchase and 

consumption driver, likely spurred on by self-medication and 

Rx-to-OTC drug switching. The state of the public research, the 

social and policy implications of self-medication, and the growing 

OTC drug market signal that it is time to revisit OTC drug advertising 

content, processes, and effects. 

Originality/value – The paper puts the subject of OTC drug 

advertising back on the radar of communication, advertising, and 

pharmaceutical marketing researchers and offers an agenda of 

research questions derived from the reviewed literature to guide and 

stimulate future studies. 

Keywords Advertising, Drugs, Pharmaceuticals industry 


IJPHM 


Editor: Avinandan Mukherjee 

40 


Physical Distribution & 

Logistics 

Management 


B2B eCommerce: an empirical investigation of 

information exchange and firm performance 

Tobin E. Porterfield 

College of Business and Economics, Towson University, 

Towson, Maryland, USA 

Joseph P. Bailey 

Philip T. Evers 

R.H. Smith School of Business, University of Maryland, 

College Park, Maryland, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this study is to evaluate the performance 

effects of information exchange by observing actual information 

exchange between industrial trading partners. Information 

exchange facilitates coordination through sharing both order cycle 

and enhanced information. Increased exchange may lead to closer 

relationships with the expectation of improved performance. This 

study moves away from perceived measures of information 

exchange and firm performance by integrating two datasets: one 

capturing historical firm performance and the second capturing 

electronic information exchange data. 

Design/methodology/approach – Quantitative data of electronic 

information exchange between firms are observed and compared 

with operational performance results. Longitudinal regression 

analyses are conducted using data gathered from an electronicallymediated 

industrial exchange network. This unique dataset 

provides distinct insights into the application and performance 

outcomes related to information exchange. 

Findings – Results show that information characteristics vary by firm 

and the position of the firm within the supply chain. Manufacturers 

benefit from exchanging more basic information and from stability in 

their trading partner portfolio. Retailers enhance performance when 

there is more turnover in their trading partner portfolio and when 

information is exchanged reciprocally with suppliers. 

Practical implications – Results from this study provide insight into 

the potential performance outcomes of sharing information within 

industrial relationships. The study demonstrates how greater 

information exchange changes the nature of supply chain 

relationships. Closer supply chain relationships may improve firm 

performance, but the extent of this varies based on the firm’s position 

within its supply chain. Consequently, firms should consider the 

strategic implications of the way in which they exchange information 

with their trading partners. 

Originality/value – This study contributes to the literature by 

identifying and testing specific information characteristics using 

actual observed exchanges of information between firms. The data 

set supports the measurement of information exchange between 

multiple firms and trading partners which allows for testing at a level 

of granularity beyond existing studies. 

Keywords Information exchange, Supply chainmanagement, 

Industrial relations, Electronic commerce, Transaction costs, 

Business performance 


IJPDLM 


Editors: Michael R. Crum and Dick Poist


Productivity and 

Performance 

Management 


The dynamo and the computer: an engineering 

perspective on the modern productivity 

paradox 

Bernard C. Beaudreau 

Department of Economics, Université Laval, Québec, 

Canada 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to provide an engineering 

perspective on the modern productivity paradox. Specifically, to 

shed new light on the failure of information and communication 

technology (ICT) to increase overall factor productivity. 

Design/methodology/approach – To this end, alternative 

approaches to modeling material processes are presented and 

discussed. Empirical evidence is brought to bear on the question of 

ICT productivity. Finally, the implication of the findings for production 

and management technology are presented and discussed. 

Findings – The principal finding is theoretical in nature, namely that, 

according to classical mechanics and applied physics, ICT is not 

physically productive. Rather, information is an organizational input. 

Practical implications – By identifying the role of ICT in material 

processes, the paper provides a framework to better understand 

and evaluate ICT investment, both at the firm and industry level. 

While ICT does not contribute to increasing physical output, it does 

nonetheless increase profitability. On a broader level, the paper 

provides a framework to evaluate ICT-related public policy 

measures. 

Originality/value – Among the contributions of the paper are the 

use of basic engineering principles to shed light on the modern 

productivity paradox; and the conclusion that information, unlike 

energy, is not physically productive and as such cannot be counted 

upon to increase output. 

Keywords Productivity rate, Communication technologies 


IJPPM 


Editors: Thomas F. Burgress and John Heap 

41 


Public Sector 

Management 


‘‘Staying native’’: coproduction in mental 

health services research 

Steve Gillard 

Kati Turner 

Kathleen Lovell 

Division of Mental Health, 

St George’s University of London, London, UK 

Kingsley Norton 

West London Mental Health NHS Trust, Southall, UK 

Tom Clarke 

South West London and St George’s Mental Health NHS 

Trust, Springfield University Hospital, London, UK 

Rachael Addicott 

The King’s Fund, London, UK 

Gerry McGivern 

Ewan Ferlie 

Department of Management, King’s College, London, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to describe a recent 

experiment in research coproduction in an evaluation of service 

planning at a London Mental Health NHS Trust. The paper aims to 

consider whether members of the research team who have 

themselves been users of mental health services are able to 

contribute to the research process as ‘‘experts by experience’’, or if 

their experiential knowledge is ‘‘colonized’’ within the academic 

research team. 

Design/methodology/approach – A qualitative, comparative case 

study approach was adopted, using structured observations and 

semi-structured interviews. Researchers’ reflective accounts and a 

reflective focus group were employed to explore the process of 

coproduction. 

Findings – The paper concludes that, far from ‘‘colonising’’ 

expertise by experience, the experiment builds local capacity in 

research coproduction and usefully informs a service planning 

process that reflects the priorities and concerns of a range of 

stakeholders. 

Research limitations/implications – The paper describes a small, 

local experiment in research coproduction and so findings are 

limited in their scope. However, the study demonstrates an effective 

methodological approach to evaluating, empirically, the impact of 

coproduction on the health services research (HSR) process. 

Practical implications – The paper demonstrates the potential for 

repeated exercises in coproduction to build capacity in collaborative 

approaches to both HSR and service planning. 

Originality/value – The involvement of experts by experience is 

increasingly a policy requirement in the domains of both health 

service planning and HSR in the UK. There are very few empirical 

studies that evaluate the impact of that coproduction. 

Keywords Change management, Mental health services, 

Learning organizations, Health services, Knowledge management, 

United Kingdom 


IJPSM 


Editor: Joyce Liddle


Quality and Service 

Sciences 


Service productivity, quality and innovation: 

implications for service-design practice and 

research 

A. Parasuraman 

Marketing Department, 

College of Business Administration, University of Miami, 

Coral Gables, Florida, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to discuss the intertwining 

of productivity, quality and innovation in the service domain and, 

based on that discussion, propose and examine the implications of 

a service productivity framework that incorporates not only the 

company’s perspective (as is done traditionally) but also the 

customer’s perspective and a typology for classifying service 

innovations on the basis of their potential impact on productivity 

from the company’s and the customer’s perspectives. 

Design/methodology/approach – The service productivity 

framework and service innovation typology are developed by 

synthesizing – and extending – concepts and insights from the 

relevant literature pertaining to productivity, quality and innovation. 

Findings – Analysis and discussion of the proposed frameworks 

lead to the overarching conclusion that strategies to improve service 

productivity, enhance service quality or implement service 

innovations, are likely to be suboptimal if pursued in isolation. As 

such, it is important for companies to consider the inter-linkages 

among service productivity, quality and innovation when formulating 

and implementing strategies pertaining to any of them. 

Originality/value – The integration of conventional productivity 

concepts with key insights from the rich literature on service quality 

is novel. The resulting expanded service productivity framework and 

service innovation typology have important managerial implications 

and also offer several potentially fruitful avenues for further 

research. 

Keywords Customer services quality, Innovation, Productivity rate 


IJQSS 


Editor: Su Mi Dahlgaard-Park 

42 


Social Economics 


R.G. Collingwood on civility and economic 

licentiousness 

Peter Johnson 

Department of Philosophy, University of Southampton, 

Southampton, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – Working on the assumption that civility is the core value 

of R.G. Collingwood’s political philosophy, the paper aims to 

examine the capacity of civility to curb economic excess in the 

absence of distributive justice. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper investigates the 

economic and political writings of Collingwood to see if they can be 

made to yield restraints on economic excess when based on civility 

alone. Comparisons are drawn between Collingwood and modern 

liberal philosophers such as John Rawls in order to identify where 

Collingwood stands on key concepts in the argument. Contrasts are 

established with Hobbes and Ruskin on the issues at stake, so 

clarifying what can be drawn from Collingwood on the specific topic 

under discussion. 

Findings – The paper concludes that there is theoretical scope 

within Collingwood’s political writings for a curb on economic excess 

in the absence of a concept of distributive justice, even though this 

takes a different form from the approach of modern liberals such as 

John Rawls. 

Originality/value – It is shown that Collingwood’s economic 

writings are relevant to modern discussions of social justice even 

when it is civility and not justice that is Collingwood’s main focus. 

Keywords Civil and political rights, Justice, Economics, 

Political philosophy 


IJSE 


Editor: Leslie Armour


Sociology and Social 

Policy 


Network resources and knowledge alliances: 

sociological perspectives on inter-firm 

networks as innovation facilitators 

Robert Huggins 

Centre for International Competitiveness, 

Cardiff School of Management, 

University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to propose a theoretical 

framework to distinguish different forms of network resource that 

govern knowledge-based alliances and facilitate innovation. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper seeks to build theory 

through a critical analysis of the relevant literature. 

Findings – The paper draws on the notion of network resources to 

better understand those assets firms have at their disposal to 

facilitate knowledge-based interactions and relationships that 

catalyze innovation. It seeks to integrate the concept of social 

capital, which the paper argues largely concerns resources related 

to the social relations and networks held by those individuals within 

a particular firm. As a means of describing and identifying network 

resources that are more strategically held by the firm as a whole, the 

paper introduces the concept of network capital. Network capital is 

defined as consisting of investments in calculative relations by firms 

through which they gain access to knowledge to enhance expected 

economic returns. Therefore, the paper argues that it is possible to 

make a distinction between the two types of network resource: 

network capital and social capital. 

Research limitations/implications – Making a distinction between 

network capital and social capital is relevant to both scholars and 

decision-makers as it provides a framework for analyzing the 

underlying complexity of inter-firm networks and variability across a 

range of dimensions, conditions and contingencies. It also provides 

a framework for evaluating which networks a firm can or cannot 

manage and invest in to meet its requirements. 

Originality/value – The paper develops a new and more refined 

framework for analyzing and evaluating knowledge-based alliances 

and innovation-driven networks between firms and other actors. 

Keywords Innovation, Deductive databases, Social factors, 

Knowledge management 


IJSSP 


Editor: Colin C. Williams 

43 


Structural Integrity 


Continuum damage mechanics modeling for 

fatigue life of elastomeric materials 

Aidy Ali 

Maryam Hosseini 

Barkawi Sahari 

Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing 

Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, 

Universiti Putra Malaysia, Serdang, Malaysia 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate the fatigue 

behavior of rubber using dumb-bell test specimens under uniaxial 

loading. 

Design/methodology/approach – The material used is a 

vulcanized natural rubber with a formulation typical for engine 

mounts and an international rubber hardness degree of 60. Fatigue 

tests are conducted under the displacement controlled condition 

with a sine waveform of 0.1 Hz and the load ratio of zero. 

Findings – In modeling fatigue damage behavior, a continuum 

damage model is presented based on the function of the strain 

range under cyclic loading. The Ogden strain energy potential is 

used to define the constitutive relation of the natural rubber. A good 

agreement is obtained between fatigue experimental data and 

theoretical predictions. 

Originality/value – Fatigue analysis and lifetime evaluation are 

very important in design to ensure the safety and reliability of rubber 

components. The design of rubber against fatigue failure is an 

important topic that must be considered for safety during operation. 

Keywords Elastomers, Rubbers, Fatigue, Modelling 


IJSI 


Editor: Chris Rodopoulos


Sustainability in Higher 

Education 


Don’t preach. Practice! Value laden statements 

in academic sustainability education 

Karel F. Mulder 

Technology Dynamics and Sustainable Development, 


Abstract 

Purpose – The slogan ‘‘Practice what you preach’’ denotes that 

people should behave in accordance with the values that they 

preach. For universities that teach sustainable development (SD), it 

implies that these institutes should apply major SD principles 

themselves for example by campus greening, green purchasing, 

etc. But is not ‘‘Practice what you preach’’ a questionable slogan in 

that regard that university teachers should not preach values, i.e. 

transfer values to their students by the authority of their position? 

Which value statements are acceptable and which are not? 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper presents the results 

of a survey among international SD teachers in engineering on the 

acceptability of value laden statements. Moreover, the paper 

presents results regarding the values that SD teachers represent, 

and compares these results to survey results among engineers and 

engineering students. 

Findings – SD teachers in engineering are more critical about the 

role of technology in SD than their students and professional 

engineers are. However, there does not seem to be a real gap 

between students and teachers. 

Practical implications – It is argued that academic education on 

SD should aim at clarifying moral issues and helping students to 

develop their own moral positions given the values that are present 

in the professionals’ work. Teachers’ options how to address moral 

issues without preaching are briefly described. 

Originality/value – This paper strongly argues against preaching. 

Keywords Sustainable development, Universities, Education, 

Teachers, Ethics 


IJSHE 



44 


Web Information 

Systems 


Extracting content holes by comparing 

community-type content with Wikipedia 

Akiyo Nadamoto 

Konan University, Kobe, Japan 

Eiji Aramaki 

The University of Tokyo, Tokyo, Japan 

Takeshi Abekawa 

National Institute Informatics, Tokyo, Japan 

Yohei Murakami 

National Institute of Information and Communications 

Technology, Kyoto, Japan 

Abstract 

Purpose – Community-type content that are social network 

services and blogs are maintained by communities of people. 

Occasionally, community members do not understand the nature of 

the content from multiple perspectives, and so the volume of 

information is often inadequate. The authors thus consider it 

necessary to present users with missing information. The purpose 

of this paper is to search for the content ‘‘hole’’ where users of 

community-type content missed information. 

Design/methodology/approach – The proposed content hole is 

defined as different information that is obtained by comparing 

community-type content with other content, such as other 

community-type content, other conventional web content, and realworld 

content. The paper suggests multiple types of content holes 

and proposes a system that compares community-type content with 

Wikipedia articles and identifies the content hole. The paper first 

identifies structured keywords from the community-type content, 

and extracts target articles from Wikipedia using the keywords. It 

then extracts other related articles from Wikipedia using the link 

graph. Finally, it compares community-type content with the articles 

in Wikipedia and extracts and presents content holes. 

Findings – Information retrieval looks for similar data. In contrast, a 

content-hole search looks for information that is different. This paper 

defines the type of content hole on the basis of viewpoints. The 

proposed viewpoints are coverage, detail, semantics, and 

reputation. 

Originality/value – The paper proposes a system for extracting 

coverage content holes. The system compares community-type 

content with Wikipedia and extracts content holes in the communitytype 

content. 

Keywords Community, Content hole, Search, 

Social network services, Web, Wikipedia 


IJWIS 


Editors: Ismail Khalil Ibrahim and David Taniar


Wine Business 

Research 


From co-operation to competition: market 

transformation among elite Napa Valley wine 

producers 

Ian M. Taplin 

Department of Sociology, Wake Forest University, 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to argue that cooperative 

behavior by key actors is often crucial for collective organizational 

learning to occur and new markets to become established. Such 

cooperation is gradually replaced by competition as network 

interactions become formalized following the codification of 

knowledge and the growth of a collective identity. 

Design/methodology/approach – Using detailed ethnographic 

studies from a broad sample, this paper uses key informants who 

played a role in creating and sustaining a viable market for a high 

status good. 

Findings – The sharing of tacit knowledge complements technical 

skills for key industry actors and facilitates collective organizational 

learning in ways that expedite the emergence of a high status 

sector. Once knowledge is codified as the sector gains legitimacy, 

there is less need for informal structured interactions as vital 

conduits of knowledge sharing. 

Originality/value – This paper shows how knowledge sharing via 

cooperative relationship underlies competitive market formation and 

provides firms with requisite quality enhancements necessary for 

status attainment. 

Keywords United States of America, Viticulture, Wines, 

Marketing strategy, Organizational change 


IJWBR 


Editor: Ulrich R. Orth 

45 


Workplace Health 

Management 


Long-term return on investment of an 

employee health enhancement program at a 

Midwest utility company from 1999 to 2007 

Louis Yen 

Alyssa B. Schultz 

Health Management Research Center, 

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA 

Cindy Schaefer 

We Energies, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA 

Susan Bloomberg 

Take Care Health Systems, Conshohocken, 

Pennsylvania, USA 

Dee W. Edington 

Health Management Research Center, 


Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to document the total return 

on investment (ROI) of a comprehensive worksite health program 

from 1999 to 2007 through two different analytic approaches. 

Design/methodology/approach – Two analytical techniques were 

used: time period analysis and historical trend analysis of the entire 

study period. The time-period analysis of ROI was performed 

among employees in four time periods: 1999-2001; 2002-2003, 

2004-2005; and 2006-2007. The historical trend analysis on 

participation-related savings was used to compare the financial 

trend differences between participants and non-participants as well 

as the three different participation levels of continuous, sporadic, 

and non-participants since the year 2000 among 2,753 employees 

who worked for and were covered by the company-sponsored 

health plans for the entire study period. 

Findings – The ROI from health care costs and time away from 

work ranged from 1.29 to 2.07 for the four time periods with a 

cumulative ROI of 1.66 over nine years. The historical trend analysis 

of 2,753 long-term employees resulted in a 1.57 ROI for 2,036 

program participants (t-test: p < 0.005) with statistically significant 

annual saving of $180 per participant per year. 

Originality/value – The returns on comprehensive worksite health 

program were greater than the program investment as documented 

by both time-period and historical trend analyses. Organizations 

seeking ways to manage the increases in health care and 

absenteeism costs of employees will be encouraged to see that 

positive returns can be generated by investments in employee 

health and wellness and steady or consistent participation is one 

key to generating success. 

Keywords Employees, Long-term planning, 

Occupational health and safety, Return on investment, 



IJWHM 


Editor: Lydia Makrides

Journal of 

Accounting & 


Change 


Towards a better understanding of capital 

investment decisions 

Clive Emmanuel 

University of Glasgow, Glasgow, UK 

Elaine Harris 

Roehampton University, London, UK 

Samuel Komakech 

De Montfort University, Leicester, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine the capital 

investment process, guided by concepts from cognitive and social 

psychology. The intention is to gauge the extent to which 

managerial judgement can be detected by applying a psychological 

lens to the process. Initial fieldwork is subsequently reported on the 

extent to which managerial judgement is managed. Discovery of 

variations suggest an alternative perspective on understanding 

capital investment decisions (CIDs) that may be potentially 

worthwhile in understanding the long-term success and survival of 

modern commercial enterprises. 

Design/methodology/approach – Following a systematic review, 

employing the psychological concepts of heuristics, framing and 

concensus to prior case and fieldwork studies, the CID process in 

three companies engaged in new market/site development projects 

is reported. The participants initially responded to a survey and 

subsequently agreed to be interviewed about their processes and 

involvement. 

Findings – The psychological concepts provided a satisfactory 

gauge of managerial judgement. The fieldwork revealed variety in 

the management of the CID process and the influence of 

managerial judgement. 

Research limitations/implications – There is an increasing call to 

examine the CID by case or fieldwork but, to date, the role 

managerial judgement plays has not been directly addressed. 

Applying psychological concepts to the CID process offers an 

opportunity to focus enquiries and improve understanding of 

corporate practices. 

Practical implications – The relative reliance companies place on 

heuristics, framing and consensus within their specific 

organizational contexts ultimately may provide insights to the longterm 

survival of companies. 

Originality/value – The paper provides useful information on the 

cognitive and social psychology in the capital investment process. 

Keywords Capital, Decision making, Investment appraisal, 

Investments, Managers 


JAOC 


Editor: Zahirul Hoque 

46 

Journal of 

Applied Accounting 

Research 


Exploring the use and users of narrative 

reporting in the online annual report 

N. Rowbottom 

A. Lymer 

Birmingham Business School, University of Birmingham, 

Birmingham, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore who uses 

narrative reporting information contained within online corporate 

annual reports and assess the relative use of different types of 

narrative information. 

Design/methodology/approach – Web server logs were used to 

analyse over one million instances where information is successfully 

delivered to users of the corporate web sites of 15 FTSE 350 

companies. 

Findings – The most frequent users of the online annual report are, 

respectively, private individuals, those registered under internet 

service providers, employees and professional investors/creditors. 

The results suggest that those with greater experience and 

expertise in preparing and using financial accounts adopt different 

information preferences with respect to the online annual report. 

Although experienced users such as professional investors, 

creditors and accounting firms use the annual report to download 

predominantly detailed financial accounting data, the widespread 

availability and accessibility of the online annual report allows 

narratives to provide a source of general company information for 

employees and a wider stakeholder audience. 

Originality/value – The paper presents the first large-scale survey 

into the use and users of online annual reports. 

Keywords Annual reports, Narratives, Online reporting, Internet, 

Large enterprises, United Kingdom 


JAAR 


Editors: Kumba Jallow and Elaine Harris

Journal of 

Asia Business Studies 


Japanese materialism: a comparison between 

the new breed and second baby-boomer 

age-cohorts 

Kumiko Osajima 

Avanade Japan K.K. 

Brenda Sternquist 

Sonia Manjeshwar 

Michigan State University 

Abstract 

Japanese materialistic behavior and consumption trends are 

examined by comparing age-cohort differences between the 

Japanese ‘‘new breed’’ and ‘‘second baby-boomer age-cohorts’’. 

Price perception, brand loyalty, and shopping-information sources of 

the two age-cohorts are also assessed. Results suggest that the 

Japanese new breed is more materialistic, sensitive to prestige, 

brand loyal, and likely to use media as their shopping information 

source as compared to second baby-boomer. On the other hand, 

second baby-boomers are less materialistic, value conscious, less 

brand loyal, and more likely to rely on word-of-mouth 

communication as their information sources as compared to the 

Japanese new breeds. 

Keywords Baby-boomer generation, Consumer behaviour, Japan 


JABS 


Editor: Wing Fok 

47 

Journal of 

Business & Industrial 

Marketing 


Evolution of strategic sales organizations in 

business-to-business marketing 

Nigel F. Piercy 

Warwick Business School, Coventry, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to focus on changes in the way in which 

business-to-business companies are responding to customer and 

market pressures for higher service and relational investments, and 

the need for new capabilities in managing the business risk in the 

company’s customer portfolio. The paper seeks to propose a model 

of the strategic sales organization as a basis for management 

review of how to realign sales, account management, and marketing 

processes around customers to achieve and sustain superior 

customer value. 

Design/methodology/approach – The study traces the 

emergence of new pressures and mandates which are changing 

management thinking about the ‘‘front-end’’ of organizations and 

edging companies towards a revolution in the role of sales, account 

management and marketing comparable to earlier reinventions in 

operations and supply chain strategy. 

Findings – The outcome of the review is a model of the imperatives 

for the strategic sales organization. 

Practical implications – The model produced in the review 

provides a tool or framework for executive consideration of the 

strategic sales issue, both in evaluating the strategic role and 

performance of the existing sales and account management 

structures and in designing new roles for delivering competitive 

strength in the future. 

Originality/value – While the strategic role of the sales organization 

has been discussed in the literature, this paper provides a practical 

framework for executives to use in addressing the potential role of 

the strategic sales organization. The framework also highlights 

promising research directions for marketing and sales scholars. 

Keywords Sales management, Sales strategy, 

Customer information, Marketing intelligence, Integration, 

Business-to-business marketing 


JBIM 


Editor: Wesley J. Johnston

Journal of 

Chinese Economic 

and Foreign Trade 

Studies 


A causality analysis of the 

FDI-wages-productivity nexus in China 

Bala Ramasamy 

China Europe International Business School, Shanghai, 

People’s Republic of China 

Matthew Yeung 

Lee Shau Kee School of Business and Administration, 

The Open University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong SAR, 


Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine the relationships 

between foreign direct investment (FDI), wages and productivity in 

China. The direction of causality among these variables is also to be 

emphasized. 

Design/methodology/approach – The authors develop a system 

of equations and test the relationships based on a vector 

autoregressive regression (VAR) model and two-step generalized 

method of moments (GMM)-type estimation approach. They use a 

panel data set of China’s provinces for a 20-year time period, 

1988-2007, and also distinguish between the coastal and inland 

provinces. 

Findings – The result confirms the cheap labor argument for China, 

although this particularly true for inland provinces. In the coastal 

provinces, FDI inflow influences the wage rates upwards. FDI also 

has a positive effect on productivity, particularly in the coastal 

provinces, but does not act as a significant determinant of FDI. 

Research limitations/implications – Factors other than wage 

rates and labor productivity are also important determinants of FDI. 

This paper focuses on the interplay of these three variables, while 

assuming other factors constant. 

Practical implications – Cheap labor as an attraction of FDI is a 

short term policy. Improvements in productivity should be the focus 

both in the coastal and the inland provinces. A conducive business 

environment, a suitable education policy and incentives for greater 

R&D contribute toward improving labor productivity, which in turn 

attracts greater FDI inflow. 

Originality/value – The paper provides empirical evidence on the 

direction of causality between FDI inflow, wages rates and labor 

productivity in one system of equations. 

Keywords China, International investments, Productivity rate, 

Pay structures 


JCEFTS 


Editors: Junjie Hong, Chengqi Wang and 

John Gong 

48 

Journal of 

Chinese 

Entrepreneurship 


The impact of founder turnover on firm 

performance: an empirical study in China 

Xiaogang He 

Zhixin Wang 

Lin Mei 

Yanling Lian 

School of International Business Management, 

Shanghai University of Finance and Economics, 

Shanghai, People’s Republic of China 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to assess the immediate 

and lagged effects of founder’s turnover on firm performance, and 

test the moderating effects of enterprise scale and founders’ tenure 

on enterprise performance. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper selects 307 listed 

companies founded by founder from the Listed Company’s 

Financial Database provided by the China Center for Economic 

Research. Based on 1,535 observations, this paper tests the 

relationship between founder turnover and performance by using 

the random effect model and the fixed effect model. 

Findings – It is found that founders’ turnover will have a significant 

immediate and negative effect on firm performance. There exists a 

lagged effect of founders’ turnover, but this lagged effect is not as 

strong as immediate effect. It is also found that the effect of 

founders’ turnover has been moderated by firm size and founders’ 

characteristics. 

Practical implications – Founders should choose an appropriate 

time of leaving when the firm’s performance has reached a level 

high enough for the successor to have a better chance of improving 

its future operations. 

Originality/value – Although some scholars have recognized the 

special role of founders and that enterprises’ performances are 

mainly determined by the founders, few have studied founders’ 

turnover on firm performance directly and empirically. This paper 

expands understanding of the founders’ departure behavior on firm 

performance. 

Keywords Business enterprise, Business formation, 

Business performance, China, Succession planning 


JCE 


Editor: Jun Li

Journal of 

Chinese Human 

Resource 

Management 


Cultural differences and measurement 

invariance of selection tools: a case of 

examining Chinese NEO PI-R 

conscientiousness scale 

Guangrong Dai 

Korn/Ferry Leadership and Talent Consulting, 

Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA 

Kyunghee Han 

Psychology Department, Central Michigan University, 


Huiqin Hu 

Data Recognition Corporation, Maple Grove, Minnesota, 

USA 

Stephen M. Colarelli 

Psychology Department, Central Michigan University, 


Abstract 


measurement invariance of the Chinese version NEO PI-R 

conscientiousness scale. 

Design/methodology/approach – Based on Hofstede’s cultural 

dimensions, it was predicted that certain items might exhibit culturerelated 

differential item functioning (DIF). The partial credit Rasch 

model was used to analyze the item responses. The authors also 

examined the impact of DIF on the measurement invariance of the 

overall conscientiousness scale using differential test functioning 

statistics. 

Findings – Most of the predicted culture-related DIF were 

supported. Although the results suggested a substantial proportion 

of items showing DIF, the conscientiousness scale functioned 

consistently across the two cultures under study, suggesting that 

observed group mean scores can be compared directly. 

Research limitations/implications – The authors demonstrate that 

an understanding of the culture differences may help when 

translating instrument across cultures to anticipate potential threats 

to measurement invariance. The current study employed student 

samples. Results of the study need to be replicated using diverse 

populations. 

Practical implications – Assessment and selection instruments 

have been increasingly used across nations for HRM purposes. 

Organizations intending to establish global talent management 

systems need to evaluate and ensure the cross-cultural equivalence 

of the assessment. Findings from the current study support the 

adoption of the translated conscientiousness scale in China. 

Originality/value – This paper is one of the few in the literature that 

examines the measurement invariance using a confirmatory 

approach. 

Keywords Assessment, China, Cross-cultural studies, 

Functional differentiation, Measurement, Personality tests 


JCHRM 


Editor: Connie Zheng 

49 

Journal of 

Consumer Marketing 


Money, money, money – how do attitudes 

toward money impact vanity and materialism? 

– the case of young Chinese consumers 

Srinivas Durvasula 

Steven Lysonski 

Marquette University, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – China is undergoing a radical change as the forces of 

industrialization and modernization transform its society. Money is 

taking on an increasingly important role, particularly among young 

Chinese, as the Western ideals of individualism and hedonism 

thrive. The goal of this research is to understand attitudes towards 

money in China and how these attitudes affect elements of 

consumer behavior such as materialism and vanity. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper uses a well-accepted 

scale (with several dimensions) to explore attitudes towards money. 

Research questions examine how the dimensions of attitudes 

towards money affect materialism and achievement vanity. The 

sample comprises 127 young Chinese consumers. Statistical 

results based on confirmatory factor analysis as well as path 

analysis are reported. 

Findings – The findings clearly show that attitudes towards money 

in China are not monolithic; instead there are variations among 

young Chinese. Materialism is affected by the power-prestige and 

anxiety dimensions, but unaffected by the distrust dimension of 

money attitudes. Achievement vanity is affected by the powerprestige 

dimension of money attitudes. 

Research limitations/implications – Future research could 

examine other developing countries and other generational 

consumer segments. Another future research topic is to develop a 

comprehensive model of money attitudes, materialism, vanity, 

compulsive buying, and their possible antecedents or moderators. 

Practical implications – These findings offer insight into the 

mindset of young Chinese. Beliefs that money permits one to attain 

not only status and possessions, but also power and control over 

others are contributing to increased materialism and expressions of 

vanity among young Chinese. For marketers, the results imply that 

positioning products based on the possession of money and the use 

of this money to indulge hedonism may resonate well with young 

Chinese consumers. However, some of the relationships found may 

cause concern to ethicists and consumer watchdogs because of the 

associated problems of compulsive buying and other problems 

which are prevalent in consumer societies. 

Originality/value – So far, no study has examined whether money 

attitudes drive materialism and achievement vanity, especially 

among younger consumers in developing countries such as China. 

Keywords: China, Consumer behaviour, Money, Youth 


JCM 


Editor: Richard C. Leventhal

Journal of 

Corporate Real Estate 


Responsibility for and performance of 

corporate real estate functions 

Steffen Hartmann 

Technische Universität Darmstadt, Darmstadt, Germany 

Peter Linneman 

University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 

USA 

Andreas Pfnür 

Technische Universität Darmstadt, Darmstadt, Germany 

Deborah Moy 

Boris Siperstein 

Linneman Associates, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to identify different 

organizational models concerning both the functions and 

responsibilities assigned to corporate real estate (CRE) 

professionals in European and North American companies, as well 

as to determine the factors that influence the occurrence of these 

different management models. 

Design/methodology/approach – An empirical survey between 74 

major European and 38 North American companies from the 

banking, energy, telecommunication, and transportation and 

logistics industries is conducted. 

Findings – Five typical models describing the allocation of 

responsibility of real estate functions within a company and the 

performance of those responsibilities are identified. Only weak 

statistical associations are found between these models and certain 

contextual factors that may influence the choice for a specific model, 

as well as between the models and certain achievements in CRE. 

From this, the paper infers that there does not exist one ‘‘best 

practice’’ CRE management model in a specific situation as often is 

stated, but instead, various promising organizational models seem 

to exist. 

Originality/value – This paper contributes to a deeper 

understanding of the organizational variables ‘‘responsibility’’ and 

‘‘performance’’ of real estate functions and presents a differentiated 

view compared to existing research. Specifically, this is the first 

paper that analyzes and attempts to categorize the various existing 

approaches to the allocation of responsibility for CRE functions, as 

well as accountability of the corresponding performance. As such, 

this paper can therefore serve as an initial point for further research 

on this topic. 

Keywords Corporate strategy, Europe, North America, 

Outsourcing, Real estate 


JCRE 


Editor: Clare Eriksson 

50 

Journal of 

Documentation 


A multilevel model of HIV/AIDS 

information/help network development 

Tiffany Veinot 

School of Information and School of Public Health, 

Department of Health Behavior and Health Education, 


Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to describe the personal information 

and help networks of people with HIV/AIDS (PHAs) in rural Canada, 

and to present a research-based model of how and why these 

networks developed. This model seeks to consider the roles of 

PHAs, their family members/friends and formal health systems in 

network formation. 

Design/methodology/approach – In-depth, semi-structured 

interviews were conducted with 114 PHAs, their friends/family 

members (FFs) and formal caregivers in three rural regions of 

Canada. A network solicitation procedure elicited PHAs’ HIV/AIDS 

information/help networks. Interviews were analyzed qualitatively, 

and network data were analyzed statistically. Documents describing 

health systems in each region were also analyzed. Analyses used 

social capital theory, supplemented by stress/coping and stigma 

management theories. 

Findings – PHAs’ HIV/AIDS-related information/help networks 

emphasized linking and bonding social capital with minimal bridging 

social capital. This paper presents a model that explains how and 

why such networks developed. The model shows that networks 

grew from the actions of PHAs, their FFs and health systems. PHAs 

experienced considerable stress, which led them to develop 

information/help networks to cope with HIV/AIDS – both individually 

and collaboratively. Because of stigmatization, many PHAs 

disclosed their illness selectively, thus constraining the size and 

composition of their networks. Health system actors created 

network-building opportunities for PHAs by providing them with 

care, referrals and support programs. 

Originality/value – This study describes and explains an 

understudied type of information behavior: information/help network 

development at individual, group and institutional levels. As such, it 

illuminates the complex dynamics that made individual acts of 

interpersonal information acquisition and sharing possible. 

Keywords Information management, Social networks, Stress, HIV, 

Acquired immune deficiency syndrome, Canada 


JD 


Editor: David Bawden

Journal of 

Economic Studies 


Peaks and valleys: price discovery in 

experimental asset markets with 

non-monotonic fundamentals 

Charles N. Noussair 

Department of Economics, Tilburg University, Tilburg, 


Owen Powell 

Department of Economics, 

Universidad Carlos III Madrid, Madrid, Spain 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to study how the trajectory of 

fundamental values affects price discovery in an experimental asset 

market. 

Design/methodology/approach – An experiment is conducted 

with two treatments, in which the time path of fundamentals differs 

between treatments. In the peak treatment, fundamentals first rise 

and then fall, while in the valley treatment fundamentals first fall and 

then recover. The experiment allows market prices to be compared 

to fundamental values. 

Findings – Both peak and valley treatments experience bubbles 

when traders are inexperienced. However, price discovery is more 

rapid and complete in the peak than in the valley treatment. In the 

peak treatment, prices track the value, the direction of the trend, and 

changes in trend, more closely than in the valley treatment. 

Originality/value – This paper documents the first experimental 

results regarding pricing behavior in markets with non-monotonic 

fundamentals. It creates an environment (the valley treatment) in 

which convergence to close to fundamentals does not occur even 

with repetition of the market under identical conditions. The results 

demonstrate that the likelihood that an asset market tracks 

fundamentals depends on the time path of fundamentals. 

Keywords Asset management, Asset valuation, Assets, 

Financial markets 


JES 


Editor: Mohsen Bahmani-Oskooee 

51 

Journal of 

Educational 

Administration 

W.G. Walker Award 

Named after the founding editor of the journal. 


The influence of school leadership styles and 

culture on students’ achievement in Cyprus 

primary schools 

Andreas Kythreotis 

Cyprus International Institute of Management, Nicosia, 

Cyprus 

Petros Pashiardis 

Open University of Cyprus, Nicosia, Cyprus 

Leonidas Kyriakides 

University of Cyprus, Nicosia, Cyprus 

Abstract 

Purpose – This study aims to examine the validation of both the 

model of direct effects and the model of indirect effects of principals’ 

leadership on student academic achievement. 

Design/methodology/approach – A longitudinal study was 

conducted in which 22 schools, 55 classes and 1,224 Cypriot 

primary students participated. Specifically, achievements in Greek 

Language and Mathematics were assessed at the beginning and at 

the end of the same school year. Moreover, leadership style of 

school principals and teachers as well as school and classroom 

culture was measured. 

Findings – The findings provide some empirical support for the 

model of direct effects of principals’ leadership on student academic 

achievement. Moreover, student achievement gains were found to 

be related with five factors at the school level: the principals’ human 

resource leadership style and four dimensions of organizational 

culture. At the classroom level, three dimensions of learning culture 

significantly influence student achievement in each subject. Finally, 

relationships between effectiveness factors operating at different 

levels were identified. 

Originality/value – The article presents an original empirical study 

which examined the relationship among school leadership, school 

culture and student achievement in order to validate both the model 

of direct effects and the model of indirect effects of school principals 

on student achievement. 

Keywords Schools, Leadership, Organizational culture, 

Learning methods, Principals, Cyprus 


JEA 


Editor: A. Ross Thomas

Journal of 

Engineering, Design 

and Technology 


Design agility through computer aided design 

S. Vinodh 

S.R. Devadasan 

Department of Production Engineering, 

National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli, India 

C. Shankar 


PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore, India 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to report a research which is 

conducted to examine the power of computer aided design (CAD) in 

achieving agility in traditional organizations. 

Design/methodology/approach – The CAD model of the knob of 

an electronic switch was developed. This model was shown to the 

team of executives. The theoretical and practical knowledge 

provided by them were utilized to design new ten CAD models of the 

knob. The reactions of the executives about these new models were 

gathered and analyzed. 

Findings – The creation of a CAD model of an existing product is 

found to be a useful input for evolving new models in an agile 

manner. It is found to be an easy task to gather the theoretical and 

practical knowledge for achieving design agility through the 

visualisation of CAD models. 

Research limitations/implications – This paper is conducted on 

only one component manufactured by an electronic switches 

manufacturing organization. Although it appears to be a limitation of 

this paper, the nature of the design process carried out in this 

traditional organization mimics that of any other design practices 

carried out in the world. Hence, the contributions of this paper are 

applicable in traditional manufacturing environment. 

Practical implications – Throughout the conduct of this research, 

the practitioners’ views are gathered. Their views are favorable 

towards the successful usage of CAD model in achieving design 

agility. 

Originality/value – For many years, CAD has been used for 

carrying out complex design projects. However, it appears that it has 

not been used in its simplest form to visualise and bring out new 

models electronically for achieving design agility. This simple 

approach is presented in this paper which may be used by both 

theorists and practitioners. 

Keywords Agile production, Computer aided design, 

Electronic switching systems, Product design 


JEDT 


Editor: Theo C. Haupt 

52 

Journal of 

Enterprise Information 

Management 


An empirical analysis of the antecedents of 

adoption of online services: a prototype-based 

framework 

Cagla Ozen Seneler 

University of York, York, UK 

Nuri Basoglu 

Bogazici University, Istanbul, Turkey 

Tugrul U. Daim 

Portland State University, Portland, Oregon, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – Online services have replaced many services that were 

delivered through other avenues. However, adoption of them has 

varied significantly. This paper seeks to expand on technology 

adoption theories by integrating them with those exploring service 

innovation and attempts to explore factors that help or hinder the 

attitude towards using online services. Thus, the study aims to 

provide insight into attributes to which developers and designers of 

such services should pay attention. 

Design/methodology/approach – The study accomplishes the 

purpose stated above through testing a framework that was 

developed as a result of critical literature review, interviews, a 

brainstorming session, an expert focus group and a final large-scale 

survey. A set of prototypes was developed as alternative interfaces 

for the online service. 

Findings – In addition to finding that usefulness and ease of use are 

affecting the intention to use in the case of online services, the 

paper also identified that users were positively influenced by their 

acquaintances, commercials and related news about online ticket 

reservation positively. Self-efficacy was also identified as a positive 

factor. However, a significant relationship between other elements of 

the user interface, such as task or user characteristics, could not be 

identified. 

Practical implications – There is an increased interest in better 

service design and development. In the case of online services, 

developing better user interfaces by different technologies is critical, 

because capabilities of user interface add a lot to the information 

technology (IT) adoption process. So putting emphasis on better 

marketing and user training would help the adoption of online 

services. 

Research limitations/implications – There were a number of 

hypotheses that were not supported in the paper. Further data 

collection may help to explore the role of user and service 

characteristics better. 

Originality/value – The study integrates technology adoption and 

market research theories to assess service innovation. 

Keywords Online operation, Service industries, User interfaces, 

Customer satisfaction, Electronic commerce, Innovation 


JEIM 


Editor: Zahir Irani

Journal of 

Enterprising 

Communities: People 

and Places in the 

Global Economy 


Fish traders in artisanal fisheries on the 

Kenyan coast 

A. Allan Degen 

Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva, Israel 

Jan Hoorweg 

African Studies Centre, Leiden, The Netherlands 

Barasa C.C. Wangila 

Masinde Muliro University of Science and Technology, 

Kakamega, Kenya 

Abstract 

Purpose – Marine fisheries are one of the few economic activities 

present everywhere along the Kenyan coastline. The local 

population is involved mainly in artisanal fishing which uses small 

non-motorized fishing crafts that stay close to shore. Some of the 

catch is destined for local consumption but most is for sale. The 

purpose of this paper is to question whether fish traders in artisanal 

fisheries along the Kenyan coast earn enough money from only fish 

trading to support a household. 

Design/methodology/approach – Fish traders were surveyed at 

two landing sites at each of five coastal tracts. Structured 

questionnaires, informal interviews and participatory observations 

were used in collecting data. 

Findings – Average income for the fish traders from only fish 

trading was Ksh 1,268 per week; only 20.3 percent of the 

households was at or above the poverty line. However, there was a 

large difference between male and female traders in earning. Men 

earned Ksh 1,693 per week and women Ksh 795 per week. The 

poverty line for households was reached by 30.8 percent of the 

male traders but only by 8.8 percent of the female traders. 

Originality/value – Livelihood diversification could greatly help 

improve the income. It was estimated that when earnings other than 

from fish trading (from the traders or someone else in the 

household) were added to that of fish trading, 27.4 percent of the 

households was at or above the poverty line. For men traders, it was 

54 percent of the households but for women it was only 15 percent. 

Keywords Kenya, Fishing, Coastal regions, Trade, Gender 


JEC 


Editors: Robert B. Anderson and Leo-Paul Dana 

53 

Journal of 

European Industrial 

Training 


Models, definitions, and outcome variables of 

action learning: a synthesis with implications 

for HRD 

Everon C. Chenhall 

Thomas J. Chermack 

Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to propose an integrated 

model of action learning based on an examination of four reviewed 

action learning models, definitions, and espoused outcomes. 

Design/methodology/approach – A clear articulation of the 

strengths and limitations of each model was essential to developing 

an integrated model, which could be applied to Lynham’s general 

method of theory-building research in applied disciplines. The paper 

examined common themes according to the model structure, 

methods, and methodologies. The four models selected for this review 

were Gregory’s Group Action Learning Process Model, Paton’s 

Systemic Action Learning Cycle, Paton’s Systemic Action Learning 

Spiral, and Watkins and Marsick’s Continuous Learning Model. 

Findings – A comparison of the key variations in the definitions of 

action learning and desired outcomes explained differences in 

model designs. HRD practitioners need a better understanding of 

the variables that affect the outcomes of action learning through 

exploring learning transfer issues and through testing multiple 

methodologies. Similarly, the integrated model was designed to 

indicate how change takes place within an organization, dictated by 

either internal or external factors. A description of the construction of 

the integrated model is provided. 

Research limitations/implications – Owing to the disconnect 

between the conceptual development and application phases of 

theory-building research, more empirical evidence is needed to 

support the connection between action learning models and 

methodologies and desired outcomes. The integrated model was 

designed from a systems perspective with particular emphasis on 

soft systems in the problem and analysis phases to illustrate the role 

of organizational modeling of the relationships among members, 

processes, and the internal and external environment. HRD 

practitioners could re-examine their decision making, particularly in 

approaching large-scale change. HRD practitioners could document 

their specific approaches to action learning, including a combination 

of action research methods and soft systems methodologies. A 

comparison of outcomes versus the methodologies could be made. 

Originality/value – The objective of the integrated action learning 

model is to improve decision making related to facilitating change 

from an HRD perspective, given the theories and principles 

underlying each model. The integrated model could serve as the 

basis for gaining new knowledge about critical systems theory and 

action research as it relates to action learning and change 

facilitation. It is the paper’s intent that the proposed integrated 

model will spur further theory-building research in employing action 

learning as an organizational change intervention. 

Keywords Action learning, Modelling, Knowledge management 


JEIT 


Editor: Thomas N. Garavan

Journal of 

European Real Estate 

Research 


Supply elasticities and developers’ 

expectations: a study of European office 

markets 

Franz Fuerst 

Patrick McAllister 

Department of Real Estate and Planning, 

Business School, The University of Reading, 

Reading, UK 

Abstract 


relationships between supply and demand in 19 European office 

markets in the period 1991-2006. It estimates the variations in the 

price elasticity of supply across the different markets. The paper 

tests whether developers display evidence of myopic or rational 

expectations in their behaviour. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper draws upon a time 

series of rental, take-up and new completions for 20 European office 

markets. A static measurement of price elasticity is calculated for 

each office market. To measure this expected supply response in 

the empirical analysis, the paper applies an impulse response 

analysis. 

Findings – There is an evidence of positive and negative price 

elasticity. In a significant proportion of cities, supply increases 

following falls in rental levels. As a result, there is some evidence of 

myopic behaviour in a proportion of the markets examined, there is 

little evidence to support the hypothesis that real estate developers 

systematically display myopic expectations. The diversity in 

developer responses to price signals is surprising. It is concluded 

that idiosyncratic rather than systematic factors may dominate 

supply-side responses to market signals. 

Research limitations/implications – This paper is essentially 

exploratory and raises a number of questions for further 

investigation. There is scope to address the research questions 

using better data series, in particular, net absorption rates, 

construction starts, real rental growth rates and different 

geographical definitions. There is also scope to extend the research 

to examine the causal factors underlying differences in supply 

elasticity, for instance, the relative contribution of constraining 

variables such regulatory restrictions and limitations in physical 

capacity. It is also possible to model the supply adjustment process 

more dynamically in an error-correction framework. 

Practical implications – The findings would suggest that the 

complexity and diversity of economic, institutional and capital 

market influences affecting European commercial real estate 

markets seem to be far too numerous for any single model of market 

or developer behaviour to explain. 

Originality/value – This is the first paper to examine supply 

elasticity across a broad range of European office markets. 

Keywords Supply and demand, Elasticity, Prices, Office buildings, 

Real estate, Europe 


JERER 


Editor: Stanley McGreal 

54 

Journal of 

Facilities Management 


Development of facilities management in 

Malaysia 

Syahrul Nizam Kamaruzzaman 

Department of Building Surveying, 

Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya, 

Kuala, Lumpur, Malaysia 

Emma Marinie Ahmad Zawawi 

Faculty of Architecture, Planning and Surveying, 

Centre of Research and Postgraduate Studies, 

University of Technology Mara (UITM), Selangor, 

Malaysia 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to provide better understanding of the 

practices and experiences of facilities management (FM) in 

Malaysia. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper discusses 

contemporary roles, issues and future challenges facing FM in 

Malaysia. It also reviews other western countries where FM is better 

and more effectively managed. In addition, the paper generates 

ideas on the future plans and strategies for the development of FM 

in Malaysia. 

Findings – The paper finds that Malaysia still lacks a maintenance 

and facilities culture. Many things need to be established in order to 

satisfy both the public and private sectors. Out-sourcing is identified 

as one of the best options for FM in Malaysia, which may involve 

more companies, with more contracts being tendered out. 

Originality/value – This literature review offers insight into FM in 

Malaysia. It is suggests that more technical expertise in this field 

should be encouraged in order to improve the status of FM in the 

country. 

Keywords Facilities, Maintenance, Malaysia 


JFM 


Editor: Michael R. Pitt

Journal of 

Fashion Marketing 

and Management 



US textile sector job loss: an exploration of 

implications for individuals, community, and 

industry 

Nancy Nelson Hodges 

Holly M. Lentz 

University of North Carolina at Greensboro, Greensboro, 

North Carolina, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore the experiences 

of displaced female textile sector workers. 

Design/methodology/approach – A qualitative approach to data 

collection and interpretation forms the methodological basis of the 

study. In-depth interviews were conducted with 14 female 

employees who were laid off from a large textile manufacturing 

facility in a southeastern state. Participants were selected through 

the local community college where they returned to school after 

losing their jobs. 

Findings – A phenomenological interpretation of the responses led 

to the development of three emergent thematic areas connecting 

similarities and differences that surfaced across the participants’ 

narratives. Key issues within the thematic areas point to the need for 

each participant to come to terms with the job loss, both emotionally 

and financially, and to decide where she would go from there. 

Research limitations/implications – The study focuses on women 

employed at a single manufacturing facility and within a single state 

in the southeastern USA. Implications of the meanings of 

participants’ experiences for their community and for the future of 

employment in the US textile sector are considered. 

Practical implications – The study provides an interpretation of the 

impact of textile sector dynamics on the lives of displaced workers 

and the local community. 

Originality/value – The paper offers insight into the human side of 

industry dynamics and declining manufacturing employment figures. 

It also sheds light on the extent to which some displaced textile 

sector workers have pursued the educational options made 

available through government programs designed to provide 

assistance with education and retraining. 

Keywords Education, Textile industry, Unemployment, Women 


JFMM 


Editor: Steven George Hayes 

55 

Journal of 

Financial Crime 


Financial crimes: prohibition in Islam and 

prevention by the Shari’a Supervisory Board of 

Islamic financial institutions 

Siti Faridah Abdul Jabbar 

School of Accounting, 

Faculty of Economics and Business, 

Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia, Bangi, Malaysia 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to establish that financial 

crimes are unlawful (haram) in Islam and accordingly, the 

responsibilities of the Sharia’s Supervisory Boards of Islamic 

financial institutions include the prevention and control of financial 

crimes. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper presents an analogy 

(qiyas) of the injunctions in the Qur’an and Sunna. 

Findings – Financial crimes are prohibited in Islam as much as, if 

not more than, their prohibition by temporal laws. 

Practical implications – The responsibilities of the Shari’a 

Supervisory Boards in ensuring ‘‘Shari’a-compliance’’ on the part of 

the Islamic financial institutions include a wider ambit. It includes the 

prevention and control of financial crimes. 

Originality/value – The paper provides additional dimension to 

Sharia’s governance framework for the Islamic financial services 

industry. 

Keywords Crimes, Finance, Insider trading, Islam 


JFC 


Editors: Barry A.K. Rider and Li-Hong Xing

Journal of 

Financial Economic 

Policy 


An autopsy of the US financial system: 

accident, suicide, or negligent homicide 

Ross Levine 

Department of Economics, Brown University, 

Providence, Rhode Island, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this postmortem is to assess whether the 

design, implementation, and maintenance of financial policies 

during the period from 1996 through 2006 were primary causes of 

the financial system’s demise. 

Design/methodology/approach – To draw conclusions about the 

policy determinants of the crisis, the paper studies five important 

policies: Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) policies 

toward credit rating agencies, Federal Reserve policies concerning 

bank capital and credit default swaps, SEC and Federal Reserve 

policies about over-the-counter derivatives, SEC policies toward the 

consolidated supervision of major investment banks, and 

government policies toward two housing-finance entities, Fannie 

Mae and Freddie Mac. 

Findings – The evidence is inconsistent with the view that the 

collapse of the financial system was caused only by the popping of 

the housing bubble (‘‘accident’’) and the herding behavior of 

financiers rushing to create and market increasingly complex and 

questionable financial products (‘‘suicide’’). Rather, the evidence 

indicates that senior policymakers repeatedly designed, 

implemented, and maintained policies that destabilized the global 

financial system in the decade before the crisis. Moreover, although 

the major regulatory agencies were aware of the growing fragility of 

the financial system due to their policies, they chose not to modify 

those policies, suggesting that ‘‘negligent homicide’’ contributed to 

the financial system’s collapse. 

Originality/value – Although influential policymakers presume that 

international capital flows, euphoric traders, and insufficient 

regulatory power caused the crisis, this paper shows that these 

factors played only a partial role. Thus, current reforms represent 

only a partial and thus incomplete step in establishing a stable and 

well-functioning financial system. Since systemic institutional 

failures helped cause the crisis, systemic institutional reforms must 

be a part of a comprehensively effective response. 

Keywords Economic conditions, Economic policy, 

Financial institutions, Regulation, United States of America 


JFEP 


Editors: James Barth and John Jahera 

56 

Journal of 

Financial 

Management of 

Property and 

Construction 


Key competitiveness indicators for new real 

estate developers 

Xiaoling Zhang 

Liyin Shen 


The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, 

China 

Martin Skitmore 

School of Urban Development, 

Queensland University of Technology, Brisbane, 

Australia 

Bo Xia 


The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, 

China 

Abstract 

Purpose – The paper aims to explore the key competitiveness 

indicators (KCIs) that provide the guidelines for helping new real 

estate developers (REDs) achieve competitiveness during their 

inception stage in which the organisations start their business. 

Design/methodology/approach – The research was conducted 

using a combination of various methods. A literature review was 

undertaken to provide a proper theoretical understanding of 

organisational competitiveness within RED’s activities and 

developed a framework of competitiveness indicators (CIs) for 

REDs. The Delphi forecasting method is employed to investigate a 

group of 20 experts’ perception on the relative importance between 

CIs. 

Findings – The results show that the KCIs of new REDs are capital 

operation capability, entrepreneurship, land reserve capability, high 

sales revenue from the first real estate development project, and 

innovation capability. 

Originality/value – The five KCIs of new REDs are new. In practical 

terms, the examination of these KCIs would help the business 

managers of new REDs to effectively plan their business by 

focusing their efforts on these key indicators. The KCIs can also 

help REDs provide theoretical constructs of the knowledge base on 

organisational competitiveness from a dynamic perspective, and 

assist in providing valuable experiences and in formulating feasible 

strategies for survival and growth. 

Keywords Business formation, Competitive strategy, 

Delphi method, Forecasting real estate 


JFMPC 


Editors: Jim Birnie and Akintola Akintoye

Journal of 

Financial Regulation 

and Compliance 


What caused the Irish banking crisis? 

K.P.V. O’Sullivan 

Department of Government, 

London School of Economics, London, UK 

Tom Kennedy 

Department of Accounting and Finance, 

Kemmy Business School, University of Limerick, 

Limerick, Ireland 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore the Irish banking 

crisis and explain how various factors contribute to a collapse in 

asset prices, an economic recession and the near failure of the 

banking system. The paper seeks to document the dangers of 

pro-cyclical monetary and government policies, particularly in an 

environment of benign financial regulation and pent-up demand for 

credit. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper maps the Irish 

banking crisis against its general background. It describes the roots 

of the crisis, with particular attention given to government and 

monetary policies, the practices of the financial regulator and banks 

during the property bubble, together with the difficulties associated 

with the international sub-prime crisis. 

Findings – While the global financial crisis exacerbated matters, the 

banking crisis in Ireland was largely a home-grown phenomenon. 

The crisis stemmed from the collapse of the domestic property 

sector and subsequent contraction in national output. Its root cause 

can be found in the inadequate risk management practices of the 

Irish banks and the failure of the financial regulator to supervise 

these practices effectively. 

Originality/value – The paper documents the ‘‘Celtic Tiger’’ 

phenomenon of the last decade: the Irish economic and property 

miracle, its sharp decline, and the sub-prime crisis. It delineates one 

of the most severe banking and economic crisis in a developed 

country since the great depression with a number of key policy 

lessons for rapidly expanding economies. 

Keywords Ireland, Regulation, Banking industry, Recession, 

Financial economy 


JFRC 


Editor: Kevin Keasey 

57 

Journal of 

Global Responsibility 


Corporations and the third sector: responsible 

marriages at last? 

Dwayne Baraka 

Business in the Community, London, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – Corporate social responsibility (CSR) and its themes 

have taken root across the globe in the last 25 years. Corporations 

have generally responded by either embracing CSR as an important 

tool for productivity and value-creation or by adapting to the 

changed and changing business environment caused by CSR. The 

third sector has a complex set of relationships with CSR, at times 

exhibiting tension about the changing role of corporations as a result 

of CSR. This paper seeks to show how conceptions of the value of 

CSR by corporations and third sector (CTS) organisations affect the 

nature and outcome of interactions between them. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper provides a 

framework to assist in explicating the standpoint of an entity and its 

likely engagement with others in relation to CSR. The framework is 

used to compared CSR motivations across CTS organisations in 

order to show where those motivations and orientations are 

compatible or in conflict. 

Findings – The paper finds that CTS organisations may be able to 

better predict the likelihood of success before engaging with a 

partner. 

Research limitations/implications – The frameworks identified will 

provide a basis for further research in relation to the 

pre-engagement phase of corporate and third sector organisations 

partners. 

Practical implications – The paper will help practitioners and 

corporations engaging in CSR and those in the third sector seeking 

engagement to find mutually beneficial grounds for a sustainable 

relationship. 

Originality/value – There is growing concern among those who 

need to manage the relationship to find better terms of engagement. 

However, ground is largely unexplored. 

Keywords Corporate social responsibility, Partnership, 

Voluntary welfare organizations 


JGR 


Editor: Grant Jones

Journal of 

Historical Research in 

Marketing 


The marketing discipline comes of age, 

1934-1936 

Terrence H. Witkowski 

Department of Marketing, California State University, 

Long Beach, California, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The marketing field established important institutions – 

college courses, teachable texts, professional associations, and 

regular conferences – during the first three decades of the twentieth 

century, but did not fully mature as a scholarly discipline until the first 

specialized journals were launched in the mid-1930s. The aim of 

this paper is to better understand the marketing discipline during this 

crucial formative period, especially the structure, presentation, and 

content of marketing knowledge. 

Design/methodology/approach – The primary sources are The 

American Marketing Journal and the National Marketing Review, the 

two predecessor journals that combined to form Journal of 

Marketing in 1936. They are examined for publishing data and 

content areas, article format and authorship, and the topics and 

methods constituting marketing knowledge. 

Findings – The scholarship published in the first marketing journals 

was written by single authors who only infrequently cited other 

works. A wide range of topics were explored with much attention 

given to issues of marketing and society. Marketing writers 

considered their field a science and showed confidence in it despite 

dire environmental conditions. 

Originality/value – The primary sources examined have been all 

but forgotten and deserve to be revisited. The research investigates 

not only the texts themselves, but the people who wrote them, their 

professional biographies and associational activities, and the larger 

academic and social environments of their time. 

Keywords Marketing, Marketing theory, History 


JHRM 


Editor: Brian Jones 

58 

Journal of 

Hospitality and 

Tourism Technology 


The effect of knowledge management resource 

inputs on organizational effectiveness in the 

restaurant industry 

Yong Joong Kim 

Murat Hancer 

School of Hotel and Restaurant Administration, 

Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Oklahoma, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine knowledge 

management resource inputs that affect organizational 

effectiveness in the restaurant industry. 

Design/methodology/approach – The target population of this 

paper was restaurant employees. Data were collected using online 

surveys. Data analysis for this paper included frequency table, 

t-test, one-way ANOVA, and multiple regression analysis. 

Findings – The paper finds knowledge management resource 

inputs influence organizational effectiveness in a restaurant. The 

results reveal that the significant knowledge management resource 

inputs that affected organizational effectiveness were information 

technology, incentive, and a knowledge sharing culture. Information 

technology turns out to be the most important input followed by 

incentive and a knowledge sharing culture to improve organizational 

effectiveness. 

Research limitations/implications – First, data collection from 

self-repot surveys can threaten the validity of the paper. Second, 

this paper did not take into account the role of all possible resource 

factors relevant for organizational effectiveness. Future research 

should examine how other factors, such as leadership, influence 

organizational effectiveness. 

Practical implications – The overall practical implication of the 

findings is that to achieve high-organizational effectiveness, 

restaurant operators first need to establish distinctive strategies in 

how they use knowledge management resource inputs. 

Originality/value – The paper contributes to the theoretical 

development of knowledge management by examining how inputs 

from knowledge management resources are being put to use in the 

restaurant industry. 

Keywords Knowledge management, Organizational performance, 

Restaurants 


JHTT 


Editor: Cihan Cobanoglu

Journal of 

Human Resource 

Costing & Accounting 


Human capital, value creation and disclosure 

Vivien Beattie 

Accounting and Finance, Business School, 


Sarah Jane Smith 

Division of Accounting and Finance, 

Stirling Management School, University of Stirling, 

Stirling, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore, empirically, the 

contribution of human capital (HC) to value creation and the external 

disclosure of HC. The specific aims are to: investigate the relative 

contribution of HC to the generation of firm value; compare the 

differences in the perceptions of human resource (HR) directors and 

finance directors (FDs) in relation to this contribution; examine the 

relationship between the internal collation and external disclosure of 

HC information; investigate incentives and disincentives to the 

external disclosure of HC information; and investigate the most 

appropriate medium to externally disclose HC information. 

Design/methodology/approach – A questionnaire survey of (HR) 

directors of UK listed companies was conducted. Responses are 

compared to those from FDs obtained from a previous survey on the 

broader concept of intellectual capital disclosure. In total, 13 followup 

interviews were conducted. The matched views of the (HR) 

specialist and the FD are compared for eight case companies. 

Findings – Employee skills and education, employee commitment, 

positive employee attitudes and behaviour, and employee 

motivation are considered to contribute to value creation the most. 

Information on employee turnover, employee training and 

development, and workplace safety is frequently collated. There 

also appears to be attempts to capture information on aspects such 

as employee satisfaction, motivation, and commitment. Marked 

differences exist between the extent to which information is 

internally collated and externally disclosed. External disclosure 

appears to be a valuable recruitment tool. However, giving away 

information which may harm competitive advantage is a serious 

concern. The annual report was considered the most effective 

written form of communication for disclosing HC externally. Despite 

some disparity in views, there is evidence to suggest recognition by 

FDs of the value of human capital and commitment to its external 

disclosure. Contrary to prior research, evidence from the small 

matched sample indicates no significant difference in views 

between the two functional specialists regarding the importance to 

value creation of four key HC components. 

Research limitations/implications – A comparison across the full 

range of HC issues is not possible as the FD IC survey was unable 

to address HC in as much detail as the HC survey. 

Originality/value – This paper contributes to the understanding of 

HC and its disclosure by comprehensively investigating such issues 

for a large sample of UK companies. 

Keywords Disclosure, Human capital, United Kingdom, 

Value added 


JHRCA 


Editor: Robin Roslender 

59 

Journal of 

Intellectual Capital 


Analysing value added as an indicator of 

intellectual capital and its consequences on 

company performance 

Daniel Zéghal 

Anis Maaloul 

CGA – Accounting Research Centre, 

Telfer School of Management, University of Ottawa, 

Ottawa, Canada 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to analyse the role of value 

added (VA) as an indicator of intellectual capital (IC), and its impact 

on the firm’s economic, financial and stock market performance. 

Design/methodology/approach – The value added intellectual 

coefficient (VAIC) method is used on 300 UK companies divided into 

three groups of industries: high-tech, traditional and services. Data 

require to calculate VAIC method are obtained from the ‘‘Value 

Added Scoreboard’’ provided by the UK Department of Trade and 

Industry (DTI). Empirical analysis is conducted using correlation and 

linear multiple regression analysis. 

Findings – The results show that companies’ IC has a positive 

impact on economic and financial performance. However, the 

association between IC and stock market performance is only 

significant for high-tech industries. The results also indicate that 

capital employed remains a major determinant of financial and stock 

market performance although it has a negative impact on economic 

performance. 

Practical implications – The VAIC method could be an important 

tool for many decision makers to integrate IC in their decision 

process. 

Originality/value – This is the first research which has used the 

data on VA recently calculated and published by the UK DTI in the 

‘‘Value Added Scoreboard’’. This paper constitutes therefore a kind 

of validation of the ministry data. 

Keywords Company performance, Intellectual capital, 

United Kingdom, Value added 


JIC 


Editor: Rory L. Chase

Journal of 

International Trade 

Law and Policy 


The political economy of Hong Kong’s 

transboundary pollution: the challenge of 

effective governance 

Miron Mushkat 

Syracuse University (Hong Kong Programme), Kowloon, 

Hong Kong 

Roda Mushkat 

Brunel Law School, 

Centre of International and Public Law, 

Brunel University, Uxbridge, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The principal aim of this paper is to bring into analytical 

focus the institutional context of the escalation in cross-border 

pollution in the Hong Kong/Pearl River Delta region. 

Design/methodology/approach – The interplay between 

economic and ecological forces is highlighted against the backdrop 

of coordination failures in a loosely structured organizational setting. 

Findings – It is apparent that powerful bottom-up forces of 

economic integration are overwhelming the embryonic machinery 

hesitantly erected to minimize their adverse effects. 

Practical implications – The heavily decentralized model relied 

upon to manage complex relationships within the Pearl River Delta 

region needs to be reassessed, with lessons drawn from other parts 

of the world, notably Europe, which is also confronting friction 

between the centre and periphery. 

Originality/value – The underlying socio-physical dynamics, fragile 

organizational faÓade and crucial policy choices are outlined in a 

systematic fashion, with intricate linkages carefully pinpointed. 

Keywords Air pollution, Ecology, Hong Kong, Political economy, 

Water pollution 


JITLP 


Editor: Moe Alramahi 

60 

Journal of 

Investment 

Compliance 


ABCs of ISDA agreements: advising the 

investor 

Robert A. Robertson 

Gerardo Perez-Giusti 

inancial Services Group of Dechert LLP in Orange 

County, Irvine, California, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to provide an introduction to 

benefits of using over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives when 

implementing an investment strategy. The paper aims to examine 

the basic legal structure of OTC derivative transactions and the 

International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) 

agreements used to document such transactions. The paper also 

aims to offer advice to institutional investors on steps they can take 

during the negotiation of ISDA agreements to reduce associated 

counterparty, termination and liquidity risk. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper outlines the typical 

structure of OTC derivative trades; summarizes the documents 

used to establish a trading relationship, and outlines key 

considerations for institutional investors during the negotiation of 

ISDA agreements. 

Findings – An institutional investor should carefully review and 

negotiate ISDA documents to properly implement OTC derivative 

trades that conform to the investor’s overall business operations 

and investment strategy. 

Practical implications – While achieving the benefits of OTC 

derivative trades, an institutional investor also can negotiate 

agreements to reduce risks associated with these transactions. 

Originality/value – The paper provides practical guidance from 

experienced securities and derivatives lawyers. 

Keywords Investments, Derivative markets, Securities, Investors 


JOIC 


Editor: Henry A. Davis

Journal of 

Islamic Accounting 

and Business 

Research 


Supervisory, regulatory, and capital adequacy 

implications of profit-sharing investment 

accounts in Islamic finance 

Simon Archer 

Islamic Financial Services Board, Kuala Lumpur, 

Malaysia Henley Business School, ICMA Centre, 

University of Reading, Reading, UK 

Rifaat Ahmed Abdel Karim 

Islamic Financial Services Board, Kuala Lumpur, 

Malaysia 

Vasudevan Sundararajan 

Centennial Group, Washington, DC, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The aims of this paper are: first, to draw attention to the 

issues of displaced commercial risk (DCR) which arise as a result of 

the risk characteristics of profit-sharing investment accounts (PSIA), 

the main source of funding of Islamic banks in most jurisdictions; 

and, second, to present a value-at-risk approach to the estimation of 

DCR and the associated adjustments in capital requirements. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper is based on empirical 

research into the characteristics of PSIA in practice, which vary to a 

greater or lesser extent from what one would expect them to be in 

principle, on an analysis of the capital adequacy and risk 

management implications that flow from this, and on an econometric 

formulation whereby the extent of DCR in Islamic banks may be 

estimated. 

Findings – The findings are, first, that the characteristics of PSIA can 

vary from being a deposit like product (fixed return, capital certain, all 

risks borne by shareholders) to an investment product (variable 

return, bearing the risk of losses in underlying investments), 

depending upon the extent to which the balance sheet risks get 

shifted (‘‘displaced’’) from investment account holders to 

shareholders through various techniques available to Islamic banks’ 

management. Second, the paper finds that this DCR has a major 

impact on Islamic bank’s economic and regulatory capital 

requirements, asset-liability management, and product pricing. 

Finally, it proposes an econometric approach to estimating DCR but 

report that individual Islamic banks generally lack the data needed to 

apply this approach, in the absence of which panel data for a 

population of Islamic banks may be used to estimate DCR for that 

population. 

Research limitations/implications – Empirically, the paper is thus 

limited by the lack of data just mentioned. Furthermore, the 

application of the proposed panel data approach has been left for 

future research. 

Originality/value – The analysis of the issues and the development 

of the econometric model represent in themselves an original 

research contribution of some significance. 

Keywords: Banks, Finance, Financial risk, Investments, Islam, Profit 


JIABR 


Editors: Mohammad Hudaib and Roszaini Haniffa 

61 

Journal of 

Islamic Marketing 


Attitudes towards offensive advertising: 

Malaysian Muslims’ views 

Ernest Cyril De Run 

Muhammad Mohsin Butt 


University Malaysia Sarawak, Kota Samarahan, 

Malaysia 

Kim-Shyan Fam 

School of Marketing, Victoria University of Wellington, 

Wellington, New Zealand 

Hui Yin Jong 


University Malaysia Sarawak, Kota Samarahan, 

Malaysia 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate the Malaysian 

Malays attitude towards offensive advertising and the reasons that 

make these advertisements offensive. This paper aims to explore 

the role of religiosity on attitudes towards controversial 

advertisements and the reasons why they are controversial. 

Design/methodology/approach – This paper consists of 279 

randomly selected Malay participants. Data were analyzed using 

means, correlations, and ANOVA. 

Findings – Results indicate that those high on religiosity differ on 

the nature and manner of controversial advertisements from those 

of low religiosity. Malay Muslims when compared on their degree of 

religiosity differ in terms of their evaluation of offensive nature of 

advertisement. More important they differ more on the reason that 

make these advertisement offensive compared to the nature of the 

products. 

Research limitations/implications – Respondents are somewhat 

more skewed towards a younger population causing concern that 

the results might not be a true indication of all Malaysian age 

groups. 

Originality/value – The original value of the research lies in its 

effort to examine the results from the lens of religious theology and 

respondent degree of religiosity. 

Keywords Advertising, Advertising effectiveness, Public opinion, 

Religion, Islam, Malaysia 


JIMA 


Editor: Bakr Ahmad Alserhan

Journal of 

Knowledge 

Management 


Shaping knowledge management: organization 

and national culture 

Rémy Magnier-Watanabe 

Graduate School of Business Sciences, 

University of Tsukuba, Tokyo, Japan 

Dai Senoo 

Department of Industrial Engineering and Management, 

Tokyo Institute of Technology, Tokyo, Japan 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to confirm quantitatively the 

previous finding that organizational characteristics influence 

knowledge management, and to assess whether the national 

culture of knowledge workers equally affects the management of 

knowledge. 

Design/methodology/approach – Based on data gathered from a 

questionnaire survey of a Japanese pharmaceutical company’s 14 

foreign subsidiaries, the effects of organizational characteristics and 

national culture on knowledge management were tested using 

multiple regression analysis. 

Findings – Although organizational characteristics and national 

culture were found to affect knowledge management, the data 

showed organizational characteristics to be a stronger prescriptive 

factor compared with national culture. 

Research limitations/implications – Because this research 

centered on a single company in the pharmaceutical industry, future 

research should attempt to confirm the validity of this framework in 

other industries. 

Practical implications – Changes in organizational characteristics, 

such as structure and relationship in particular, rather than 

adjustments in the composition of employees’ nationalities, will have 

a stronger impact on the resulting knowledge management. 

Originality/value – This framework linking organizational 

characteristics and national culture to knowledge management had 

received a first justification using a case study approach with a 

qualitative comparative method and has now been confirmed with a 

quantitative approach. Among the predictors of knowledge 

management beyond the realm of deliberate measures within the 

firm, the data show that organizational characteristics exert a 

stronger influence than national culture. 

Keywords Cross-cultural management, Knowledge management, 

National cultures, Organizations 


JKM 


Editor: Rory L. Chase 

62 

Journal of 

Knowledge-based 

Innovation in China 


Exploring the voluntary approach in China: 

the case of the Top-1,000 Industrial Energy 

Conservation Program 

Liguang Liu 


College of Arts and Sciences, 

Florida International University, Miami, Florida, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to examine the emergence, shape and 

functioning of China’s Top-1,000 Industrial Energy Conservation 

Program. The program, implemented since 2006, is generated from 

a pilot voluntary program and modeled on international industrial 

efficiency target-setting programs. The research studies why the 

program was deviated from the voluntary approach and how the 

program outcomes have been influenced by the action network. 

Design/methodology/approach – The historical development of 

the program is framed by policy network theory, which 

conceptualizes the causal relations of policy network and policy 

outcomes. Both primary data and secondary data are used. 

Findings – In the current Chinese context, the voluntary agreement 

could not replace the traditional top-down regulations as policy tools 

adopted nationwide. However, it can function as a complementary 

implementation tool to be adopted at the local level. 

Practical implications – An in-depth understanding of the evolution 

of voluntary agreement on energy efficiency in China will promote 

the discussion on China’s policy-making process and will provide 

useful insights regarding its future low-carbon policy options. 

Originality/value – The study provides an empirical application of 

the policy network approach, a prominent policy process theory that 

has been popular in many European and some North-American 

contexts. 

Keywords Energy conservation, Environmental management, 

Environmental regulations, China 


JKIC 


Editor: Chunyan Zhou

Journal of 

Management 

Development 


Increasing transformational leadership through 

enhancing self-efficacy 

Susan Fitzgerald 

Nicola S. Schutte 

University of New England, Armidale, Australia 

Abstract 

Purpose – The present study aims to examine whether an 

intervention designed to increase self-efficacy for transformational 

leadership results in more transformational leadership self-efficacy 

and a higher level of transformational leadership. In previous 

research higher levels of emotional intelligence have been found to 

be associated with more transformational leadership; thus the 

present study also seeks to examine whether higher emotional 

intelligence makes individuals more receptive to self-efficacy-based 

leadership training. 

Design/methodology/approach – The study used an experimental 

design. Participants were randomly assigned to either a self-efficacy 

expressive writing condition or a control writing condition. 

Participants were 118 managers who completed measures of selfefficacy, 

transformational leadership and emotional intelligence at 

the start of the study and again completed measures of self-efficacy, 

and transformational leadership after the intervention. 

Findings – Managers in the intervention condition showed 

significantly greater transformational leadership self-efficacy and 

higher transformational leadership scores than the control group 

managers at post-test. Further, those higher in emotional 

intelligence were more responsive to the intervention. 

Practical implications – The intervention holds promise as a low 

cost and easy to implement method of facilitating development of 

transformational leadership. 

Originality/value – The finding that an intervention aimed at 

increasing self-efficacy can increase transformational leadership 

extends previous research on both self-efficacy and 

transformational leadership. This result suggests that leadership 

self-efficacy may be an important component of transformational 

leadership. The finding that individuals higher in emotional 

intelligence benefited most from the intervention extends previous 

findings regarding the importance of emotional intelligence in 

organisational settings. Emotional intelligence may facilitate 

individuals’ openness to change. 

Keywords Transformational leadership, Creative writing, 

Emotional intelligence 


JMD 


Editors: Andrew Kakabadse and 

Nada K. Kakabadse 

63 

Journal of 

Management History 


Using historic mutinies to understand defiance 

in modern organizations 

Ray W. Coye 

Patrick J. Murphy 

Patricia E. Spencer 

Kellstadt Graduate School of Business, DePaul University, 

Chicago, Illinois, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – Guided by voice and leadership theory, this paper aims 

to articulate the underpinnings of upward defiance (competence 

deficiency; ignorance of concerns; structural gaps between 

echelons) and to describe the managerial actions that help depose 

those underpinnings. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper analyzes 30 historic 

narrative accounts of actual mutinies. The journalistic accounts from 

bygone eras provide unparalleled insight into the basic dynamics of 

mutiny and provide novel insights into organizational defiance. 

Findings – The principal findings show that the underpinnings of 

mutiny in organizations derive from three foundations: 

disconnections between authority echelons, modes of addressing 

member disgruntlement, and the need for management to develop 

continuous competencies. 

Originality/value – The paper goes beyond reports of mutinies in 

the popular press and lore by applying the findings to modern 


Keywords Communication, Conflict management, Culture, 

Leadership, Organizations 


JMH 


Editor: David Lamond

Journal of 

Managerial 

Psychology 


Perceptions of politics and fairness in merit pay 

Aino Salimäki 

Sini Jämsén 

Department of Industrial Engineering and Management, 

Helsinki University of Technology, Helsinki, Finland 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to look into employee perceptions of 

politics and fairness in a work setting where a new merit pay system 

had recently been implemented. 

Design/methodology/approach – The results are based on 

employee survey responses from three governmental organizations 

(n = 367) that had implemented analogous merit pay systems. 

Findings – Hierarchical moderated regression results indicated that 

perceptions of politics and fairness distinctively and interactively 

predicted whether the pay system was perceived effective in 

achieving its objectives. The results suggest that some forms of 

politics in performance appraisals (e.g. compression) might be 

perceived less detrimental than others (e.g. favoritism). In a high 

politics environment, the pay system effectiveness varied as a 

function of the level of distributive justice. Voice in the pay system 

development only mattered in a situation where there was a low 

level of organizational politics. 

Research limitations/implications – One of the main limitations of 

this study is its reliance on cross-sectional data. Future research 

should complement employee perceptions about pay system 

effectiveness with objective data from the organizations studied. 

Research on the effect of contextual factors, such as national 

culture on the motives, in and reactions to, organizational politics, is 

desired. 

Practical implications – The result suggests that the adopted merit 

pay systems were not ineffective or detrimental per se, but that the 

effectiveness varied as a function of the established political and 

fairness climates at different levels of the organization. 

Originality/value – This study contributes to the discussion on what 

are the conditions under which politics and fairness are antithetical, 

and when they are interactively associated with outcomes. 

Keywords Finland, Government departments, Individual perception, 

Organizational politics, Performance appraisal, 

Performance related pay 


JMP 


Editor: Dianna Stone 

64 

Journal of 

Manufacturing 

Technology 

Management 

Dr Theo Williamson’s Award 

Named after Dr Theo Williamson, who died in May 1992. 

He was Director of R&D at Mollins plc and subsequently 

became Group Director at Rank Xerox. He was one of 

the great engineering innovators of his time and is 

probably best known for his work in developing 

System 24, acknowledged by the US Patent Office as the 

world’s first integrated flexible manufacturing system. 


Key factors in global supply 

headquarters-subsidiary control systems 

Julio Sánchez Loppacher 

IAE Management and Business School, 

Universidad Austral, Pilar, Argentina 

Raffaella Cagliano 

Gianluca Spina 

Dipartimento di Ingegneria Gestionale, 

Politecnico di Milano, Milano, Italy 

Abstract 

Purpose – According to the reviewed literature, in order to build 

effective and efficient global supply (GS) strategies, multinational 

companies (MNCs) need to define and implement adequate 

headquarters’ control and follow-up systems for GS management 

performance in order to guarantee world supply consistence and 

alignment. The purpose of this paper is to shed some light on how 

key variables affect GS headquarters-subsidiary control systems 

and their complementary behaviours across culturally similar 

business units. 

Design/methodology/approach – Multiple case study 

methodology, with a sample including seven Italian MNCs, has 

expanded their operations to the Mercosur area (Latin America’s 

Southern Common Market) and designed to guarantee theoretical 

replication in the analysis of the empirical evidence. 

Findings – It was found that, although cultural similarities strongly 

influence MNCs’ GS headquarters-subsidiary control systems, other 

factors, such as purchasing and globalization sourcing strategy 

centralization and globalization process evolution, lead companies 

to implement complementary formal control systems that are 

consistent with the sharply personalized profile set by cultural 

proximity. 

Research limitations/implications – In order to expand and 

deepen these conclusions, further research will be necessary to 

validate these findings in a wider sample, including companies from 

various countries of origin and destination. In any case, a 

longitudinal study could help to shed some light on the evolution of 

headquarters-subsidiary relationships within global sourcing 

strategies. 

Originality/value – The paper enables better understanding of the 

impact of and interactions between key driving factors in GS 

headquarters-subsidiary control systems in cases of strong cultural 

similarities through a multi-case sample study. 

Keywords Globalization, Organizational culture, 

Organizational structure, Parent companies, Subsidiaries, Supply 


JMTM 


Editor: David Bennett

Journal of 

Modelling in 

Management 


Applying a non-deterministic conceptual life 

cycle costing model to manufacturing 

processes 

Ettore Settanni 

Dipartimento di Scienze Merceologiche, 

Universita’ degli Studi di Bari, Bari, Italy 

Jan Emblemsva˚g 

Ulstein Verft AS, Ulsteinvik, Norway 

Abstract 

Purpose – The aim of this paper is to introduce uncertainty analysis 

within an environmentally extended input-output technological 

model of life cycle costing. The application of this approach will be 

illustrated with reference to the ceramic floor tiles manufacturing 

process. 

Design/methodology/approach – Input-output analysis (IOA) 

provides a computational structure which is interesting for many 

applications within value chain analysis and business processes 

analysis. A technological model, which is built bottom-upwards from 

the operations, warrants that production planning and corporate 

environmental accounting be closely related to cost accounting. 

Monte Carlo methods have been employed to assess how the 

uncertainty may affect the expected outcomes of the model. 

Findings – It has been shown, when referring to a verticallyintegrated, 

multiproduct manufacturing process, how production 

and cost planning can be effectively and transparently integrated, 

also taking the product usage stage into account. The uncertainty of 

parameters has been explicitly addressed to reflect business reality, 

thus reducing risk while aiding management to take informed 

actions. 

Research limitations/implications – The model is subject to all the 

assumptions characterizing IOA. Advanced issues such as non 

linearity and dynamics have not been addressed. These limitations 

can be seen as reasonable as long as the model is mostly tailored to 

situations where specialized information systems and competences 

about complex methods may be lacking, such as in many small and 

medium enterprises. 

Practical implications – Developing a formal structure which is 

common to environmental, or other physically-driven, assessments 

and cost accounting helps to identify and to understand those 

drivers that are relevant to both of them, especially the effects 

different design solutions may have on both material flows and the 

associated life cycle costs. 

Originality/value – This approach integrates physical and 

monetary measures, making the computational mechanisms 

transparent. Unlike other microeconomic IOA models, the 

environmental extensions have been introduced. Uncertainty has 

been addressed with a focus on the easiness of implementing the 

model. 

Keywords Accounting, Input/output analysis, Life cycle costs, 

Monte Carlo methods, Operations and production management 


JM2 


Editor: Luiz Moutinho 

65 

Journal of 

Money Laundering 

Control 


Starving terrorists of their financial oxygen – 

at all costs? 

Sidney Yankson 

School of Law, Boston University, Boston, 


Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to argue that the leading 

international actor responsible for the maintenance of peace and 

security, the United Nations Security Council (UNSC), must ensure 

that they strictly abide by accepted fundamental human rights 

norms when promulgating and enforcing resolutions for freezing 

assets of suspected terrorists. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper presents an overview 

of some fundamental human rights affected by the UN resolutions. It 

then compares leading case law from both the international 

(European Court of Justice) and domestic (the UK and the USA) 

perspectives. Finally, the paper discusses the leading academic 

critiques before exploring whether the UNSC is right to infringe or 

derogate from human rights norms in its counter-terrorism policy. If 

so, in what circumstances and under what conditions may they be 

right to do so? 

Findings – There are several fundamental human rights norms 

which are not respected by the UNSC in the area of terrorist 

financing. 

Research limitations/implications – Research could be expanded 

to other courts. Further research should consider additional human 

rights that were outside the scope of this paper. 

Practical implications – The UNSC should allow special 

advocates on all matters both before the ombudsman and 

themselves. This should provide greater transparency. 

Social implications – The paper should draw attention to the 

seemingly incongruous position of the UNSC, tasked with protecting 

us and our human rights, when in fact they themselves may be 

breaching them. 

Originality/value – The paper will be valuable to governments and 

regulators that seek to regulate the financial markets. It will also be 

useful to human rights activists. 

Keywords Financing, Human rights, Human rights (law), 

International organizations, Terrorism 


JMLC 


Editor: Barry A.K. Rider

Journal of 


Change Management 


Organizing reflexivity in designed change: the 

ethnoventionist approach 

Alfons van Marrewijk 

Marcel Veenswijk 

Department of Culture, Organization and Management, 

Faculty of Social Science, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, 


Stewart Clegg 

Faculty of Business, 

Centre for Management and Organization Studies, 

University of Technology, Sydney, Australia 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to reflect upon the role of 

intervention-oriented scientists in the process of organisation 

development. The paper seeks to contribute to the growing interest 

in design studies for organisation development and argues that a 

focus on reflexivity is missing in current debate. The aim of the 

paper to develop critical reflexiveness for organization design 

studies by introducing the ethnoventionist approach. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper discusses the ideal 

forms of clinical inquiry, participative action research, ethnography, 

and the ethnoventionist approach. The ethnoventionist approach is 

described by its central aspects: a focus on reflexivity, a 

management (but not managerialist) orientation, commitment to 

obtaining a deep understanding, connecting the multi-layered 

context, and studying in pre-arranged longitudinal intervals. 

Findings – The ethnoventionist approach uses organisational 

ethnographies to facilitate intervention strategies intended to 

improve organisations. An example of such an approach in the 

design of new collaborative practices in the Dutch construction 

sector is drawn on. 

Practical implications – The essence of the ethnoventionist 

approach is to obtain a deeper understanding of organisational 

change. The ethnoventionist approach helps to overcome a lack of 

attention to management in current ethnographic bodies of 

knowledge and to deepen existing management approaches to 

change dynamics. Ethnoventionist approaches can be very useful 

for intervention-oriented studies of change processes which require 

high levels of engagement and which produce high-quality 

ethnographic data. 

Originality/value – This paper explores a new research approach 

that has not been discussed previously. 

Keywords Action research, Construction industry, Ethnography, 

Organizational design, Organizational development, 



JOCM 


Editor: Slawomir Magala 

66 

Journal of 

Product & Brand 

Management 

featuring Pricing Strategy & Practice 


Uncovering the relationships between 

aspirations and luxury brand preference 

Yann Truong 

Rod McColl 

Groupe Ecole Supérieure de Commerce de Rennes, 

Rennes, France 

Philip J. Kitchen 

Hull University Business School, Hull, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper seeks to test the effects of intrinsic and 

extrinsic aspirations on luxury brand preference. The objective is to 

help luxury marketers better understand and anticipate the 

psychological needs of their customers. 

Design/methodology/approach – Based on a thorough review of 

the literature, a series of hypotheses are derived and tested using 

confirmatory factor analysis and structural equation modeling. The 

final sample consists of a total of 615 participants. 

Findings – The main findings show that aspirations can affect 

luxury brand preference depending on the type of aspirations: 

positive for extrinsic aspirations and negative for intrinsic ones. The 

findings also suggest that intrinsic aspirations play a more 

substantial role in luxury consumer behavior than had been 

previously thought. 

Practical implications – The findings suggest that luxury 

marketers should take into consideration the duality of intrinsic and 

extrinsic aspirations when designing marketing campaigns. 

Particularly, focusing advertising campaigns on extrinsic values 

seems restrictive and discards consumers who are intrinsically 

motivated. 

Originality/value – Aspirations are important in social psychology 

research because they have a strong influence on individuals’ 

behavior. However, little research has been done in marketing to 

assess the potential effects of aspirations on consumer behavior, 

especially within the context of luxury goods. 

Keywords Brands, Marketing strategy, Premium products 


JPBM 


Editor: Richard C. Leventhal

Journal of 

Property Investment 

& Finance 


The rise and fall of the high street shop as an 

investment class 

Colin Jones 


Edinburgh, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to examine the reasons for the rise and 

fall of the UK high street shop as an investment class for financial 

institutions. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper begins by tracing the 

scale of investment by financial institutions in shops and the 

reasons for their historic popularity. The next sections review the 

changes in retailing and the consequences in terms of the current 

retail offering. The consequences and implications for retail 

investment are then considered in terms of institutional portfolios 

and (relative) investment yields. The research is based on a review 

of a range of secondary sources and an analysis of the Investment 

Property Databank database. 

Findings – The traditional UK high street as an investment class 

has been challenged by the decentralisation of retailing and new 

retail forms over the last 30 years. While the city centre is still the 

principal location for comparison retailing, the consequence has 

been a restructuring of institutional investment portfolios and of 

relative yields. The number of high street shops in investment 

portfolios has halved since the mid-1990s. There are threats from 

online shopping and the recent recession has further queried the 

original arguments for investing in high street shops. However, the 

driving force for the decline of investment in high street shops by 

financial institutions appears to be the short-termism. 

Originality/value – The paper reviews the changing fundamentals 

of retail property investment to explain the decline of the high street 

shop as a property investment class. 

Keywords Retailing, Financial institutions, Investments, 

Out of town stores, United Kingdom, Shops 


JPIF 


Editor: Nick French 

67 

Journal of 

Risk Finance 


Risk-return optimization with different 

risk-aggregation strategies 

Stan Uryasev 

University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, USA 

Ursula A. Theiler 

Risk Training, Kleinmachnow, Germany 

Gaia Serraino 

American Optimal Decisions, Inc., Austin, Texas, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – New methods of integrated risk modeling play an 

important role in determining the efficiency of bank portfolio 

management. The purpose of this paper is to suggest a systematic 

approach for risk strategies formulation based on risk-return 

optimized portfolios, which applies different methodologies of risk 

measurement in the context of actual regulatory requirements. 

Design/methodology/approach – Optimization problems to 

illustrate different levels of integrated bank portfolio management 

has been set up. It constrains economic capital allocation using 

different risk aggregation methodologies. Novel methods of financial 

engineering to relate actual bank capital regulations to recently 

developed methods of risk measurement value-at-risk (VaR) and 

conditional value-at-risk (CVaR) deviation are applied. Optimization 

problems with the portfolio safeguard package by American Optimal 

Decision (web site: www.AOrDA.com) are run. 

Findings – This paper finds evidence that risk aggregation in 

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) should be 

based on risk-adjusted aggregation approaches, resulting in an 

efficient use of economic capital. By using different values of 

confidence level a in VaR and CVaR, deviation, it is possible to 

obtain optimal portfolios with similar properties. Before deciding to 

insert constraints on VaR or CVaR, one should analyze properties of 

the dataset on which computation are based, with particular focus 

on the model for the tails of the distribution, as none of them is 

‘‘better’’ than the other. 

Research limitations/implications – This study should further be 

extended by an inclusion of simulation-based scenarios and copula 

approaches for integrated risk measurements. 

Originality/value – The suggested optimization models support a 

systematic generation of risk-return efficient target portfolios under 

the ICAAP. However, issues of practical implementation in risk 

aggregation and capital allocation still remain unsolved and require 

heuristic implementations. 

Keywords Financial risk, Risk assessment 


JRF 


Editor: Michael R. Powers

Journal of 

Science and 

Technology Policy in 

China 


From Cold War science diplomacy to 

partnering in a networked world: 30 years of 

Sino-US relations in science and technology 

Richard P. Suttmeier 

University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to review the history, current 

activities, and prospects of Sino-US cooperation in science and 

technology (S&T). It seeks to understand the role of S&T in Sino-US 

relations, how the relationship has affected Chinese scientific 

development and, more generally, to better understand the ways 

S&T affect – and are affected by – the foreign policies of nation 

states. 

Design/methodology/approach – Employing an institutional 

perspective, the paper is based on interviews in China and the USA 

and reviews of government documents and press reports. 

Findings – Owing to the impacts of the Cultural Revolution on 

Chinese S&T, the relationship is highly asymmetrical when it began 

in the late 1970s. As Chinese capabilities have improved, aided 

measurably by the relationship with the USA, the two sides are now 

in a position to cooperate more fully across a wide range of areas of 

interest to both sides. Channels for cooperation have been 

developed through the two governments, through Chinese and US 

corporations and through academic institutions in the two countries. 

Together, these allow for collaborative activities in basic science, 

commercial research and development, and in S&T in support of 

public goods. 

Originality/value – The Sino-US relationship in S&T has become 

more important to the two countries as they face an array of 

daunting challenges of energy, public health, basic research, and 

new industrial technologies. Yet, the relationship has not been 

extensively studied in spite of its growing importance. This paper 

attempts to help overcome this neglect. A better understanding of 

the relationship will contribute to improved understandings of 

Sino-US relations more generally, and to the ways in which S&T fit 

into the foreign relations of major powers. 

Keywords China, International cooperation, International relations, 



JSTPC 


Editor: Yu Jiang 

68 

Journal of 

Service 

Management 

(formerly International Journal of Service 

Industry Management) 


Adopting a service logic in manufacturing: 

conceptual foundation and metrics for mutual 

value creation 

Christian Grönroos 

Pekka Helle 

CERS Centre for Relationship Marketing and Service 

Management, Hanken School of Economics, Helsinki, 

Finland 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to create a framework for 

measuring mutually created value in business relationships in the 

manufacturing sector, which also enables suppliers and customers 

to share this value between themselves. 

Design/methodology/approach – The starting point is that 

manufacturing firms adopt a service perspective or logic for their 

entire business. The framework created includes a conceptual 

foundation for understanding the process of mutual value creation 

as well as theoretical basis and metrics for calculating mutually 

created value, joint productivity gains (JPGs) and value sharing. 

The framework for mutual value creation is created conceptually. 

The theoretical basis for the metrics used for the calculations and 

the development of the metrics are empirically grounded in a 

longitudinal case study. 

Findings – By matching supplier and customer practices and 

thereby aligning corresponding processes, resources and 

competencies, suppliers can support their customers’ business 

more effectively and thus enable the customers and also 

themselves to create incremental value which can be shared 

between the business partners. It is showed that the metrics for 

calculating JPGs and for sharing these gains in the form of 

additional value for the business partners, through a price 

mechanism, can be created and used. 

Practical implications – Findings of the paper suggest an 

alternative way of creating value which is geared towards the 

demands of a service logic applied in business relationships. 

Productivity can be created jointly and not separately by the supplier 

and the customer, and an incremental value in the form of a JPG 

calculated and shared. To be able to do this, the business partners 

must have access to accounting data, and the customer and the 

supplier must be willing to open up their books and engage in 

mutual practice matching. This demands that a service logic is 

adopted for the entire manufacturing business, not separately for 

industrial service activities only, which is the traditional approach to 

studying service in manufacturing. 

Originality/value – Traditionally, value is viewed as an outcome, 

not as a process of mutual value creation, the outcome of which can 

be calculated. Productivity as a joint concept and jointly created 

productivity gains enable firms to share the gains created through 

mutual value creation. In the literature so far, productivity and value 

creation have not been studied as mutual concepts. In addition, 

approaching the entire manufacturing business from a service logic 

point of view is also novel. 

Keywords Industrial relations, Manufacturing industries, 

Value added 


JOSM 


Editor: Jay Kandampully

Journal of 

Services Marketing 


Consumer relationship proneness: 

a reexamination and extension across service 

exchanges 

Janet Turner Parish 

Department of Marketing, Mays Business School, 

Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas, USA 

Betsy Bugg Holloway 

Brock School of Business, Samford University, 

Birmingham, Alabama, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to answer two key questions focused on 

increasing the understanding of consumer relationship proneness 

(CRP) and its role in customer relationship management. First, is 

CRP linked to trust and other relationship outcomes (e.g. customer 

share, adherence)? Second, does the nature of the service 

exchange (transactional versus relational) affect the association 

between CRP and commitment and trust? 

Design/methodology/approach – Data were collected in three 

contexts: 270 travel industry call center customers, 345 insurance 

agency clients, and 897 patients responded to our surveys about 

their business relationships. 

Findings – Structural modeling analysis and t-statistic comparisons 

revealed that CRP is associated with trust and other important 

outcomes (i.e. share of customer and adherence) and that the 

nature of the service exchange moderates the association between 

CRP and commitment and trust. Specifically, as the nature of the 

service exchange moves from transactional to relational, the 

influence of CRP on commitment and trust strengthens. 

Research limitations/implications – Because CRP cannot be 

inferred from commonly measured variables, including measures of 

CRP, is important for relationship marketing and customer 

relationship management researchers. 

Practical implications – Managers need to seek a greater 

understanding of individual consumer differences and to identify 

CRP in order to better manage customer relationships. 

Originality/value – This paper is the first to report a direct 

association between CRP and trust. It is also the first to report the 

moderating influence of relationship type on the association 

between both CRP and commitment and CRP and trust. 

Keywords Customer loyalty, Relationship marketing, 

Service delivery, Services, Trust 


JSM 


Editor: Charles L. Martin 

69 

Journal of 

Small Business and 

Enterprise 

Development 


Enhancing entrepreneurial marketing 

education: the student perspective 

James W. Peltier 

Carol Scovotti 

University of Wisconsin-Whitewater, Whitewater, 

Wisconsin, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to report the findings of a large-scale 

multinational study of students in a marketing organization that 

investigates the need to expand entrepreneurship education in the 

marketing curriculum. Key questions include what is the 

entrepreneurial mindset of students interested in marketing, what do 

they think they need to know, should they some day decide to 

pursue entrepreneurial opportunities, and how satisfied are they 

with their current exposure to entrepreneurial marketing 

experiences? 

Design/methodology/approach – Via e-mail, a major international 

collegiate marketing association headquartered in the USA sent the 

online questionnaire to a random sample of 4,300 students. Content 

areas included entrepreneurial mindset, desired entrepreneurial 

marketing learning and experiential activities, and demographics. A 

total of 605 students participated in the study. 

Findings – The findings show that there is a large segment of 

marketing students who desire to be an entrepreneur and feel 

strongly about entrepreneurial education. Exposure to 

entrepreneurial marketing tools, experiential learning activities, and 

networking opportunities were deemed to be especially important. 

Research limitations/implications – The study focused on 

students in marketing organizations. Additional research is needed 

at the course level. 

Practical implications – The findings suggest that entrepreneurial 

marketing education is needed in the business curriculum. Training 

in entrepreneurial marketing will better prepare students interested 

in being an entrepreneur or small business owner. 

Originality/value – Entrepreneurial marketing has received little 

attention in the business education literature. The study is the first of 

its kind to study entrepreneurial marketing curriculum needs from 

the perspective of students in a nearly 11,000 strong international 

marketing organization. 

Keywords Education, Entrepreneurialism, Marketing, Mindsets 


JSBED 


Editor: Harry Matlay

Journal of 

Strategy and 

Management 


Performance effects of corporate divestiture 

programs 

Matthias Brauer 

Markus Schimmer 

Institute of Management, University of St Gallen, 

St Gallen, Switzerland 

Abstract 

Purpose – The paper aims at extending extant research on sources 

of divestiture gains by suggesting a novel program-based 

perspective on divestitures and analyzing the performance of 

program divestitures in comparison to single ‘‘stand-alone’’ 

divestitures. 

Design/methodology/approach – Based on event study 

methodology, the authors analyze the abnormal returns of 160 

divestiture announcements within the global insurance industry 

between 1998 and 2007. In contrast to prior research which relied 

on ex post statistical clustering to identify transaction programs, ad 

hoc corporate press releases issued with the divestiture 

announcements are used to categorize program divestitures. 

Findings – Empirical results suggest that program divestitures 

generate higher abnormal returns than stand-alone divestitures. 

Further analyses into the sources for these higher gains, however, 

do not provide support for experience effects as significant 

explanatory factors. Instead, results suggest that the scheduling of 

divestitures significantly impacts announcement returns. 

Research limitations/implications – The scope and single 

industry setting of the study suggest future cross-industry research 

on the influence of divestiture program characteristics on divestiture 

performance and the conditions under which these programs 

improve divestiture performance. 

Practical implications – Managers are advised to refrain from 

piecemeal divestiture behavior lacking clear strategic focus. 

Instead, they are encouraged to bundle their divestitures as part of a 

divestiture program with a clear strategic intent and shared business 

logic. 

Originality/value – While prior research on divestitures has treated 

divestitures as isolated events, the paper directs attention towards 

the analysis of divestiture programs. Further, experience and timing 

effects, which have been widely absent from prior divestiture 

studies, are considered. 

Keywords Insurance companies, Divestment, 

Strategic management 


JSMA 


Editors: Nicholas O’Regan and Abby Ghobadian 

70 

Journal of 

Workplace Learning 


Can an opportunity to learn at work reduce 

stress? A revisitation of the job 

demand-control model 

Chiara Panari 

Dina Guglielmi 

Silvia Simbula 

Marco Depolo 

University of Bologna, Bologna, Italy 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to extend the stress-buffering 

hypothesis of the demand-control model. In addition to the control 

variable, it seeks to analyse the role of an opportunity for learning 

and development (L&D) in the workplace as a moderator variable 

between increased demands and need for recovery. 

Design/methodology/approach – A questionnaire was 

administered to 199 employees (middle managers and clerical 

workers) at the district court of a region in North Italy during a period 

of training activities on stress management. 

Findings – The results show that control and personal development 

perform a moderating role in the relationship between workload and 

the need for recovery by reducing exhaustion. 

Research limitations/implications – The first limitation concerns 

the cross-sectional design of the study, which does not make it 

possible to establish the direction of the causal relations 

hypothesised. Moreover, further research will be necessary to 

identify organisational strategies able to develop the personal 

competence of workers and manage learning at work. 

Practical implications – The understanding of the importance of 

learning at work has practical implications for strategies of human 

resources management. Organisations that encourage personal 

learning by workers at the same time modify themselves, so that 

they become better able to adapt to changes and external demands. 

Originality/value – The paper shows that the importance attributed 

to learning opportunities has a role in promoting work satisfaction 

and, specifically, in enhancing the quality of work life. 

Keywords Individual development, Italy, Stress, 

Workplace learning 


JWL 


Editors: Sara Cervai and Tauno Kekäle

Kybernetes 

The international journal of systems & cybernetics 

Norbert Wiener Award 

Named in memoriam and in recognition of the scientist 

who is regarded as the originator of the interscientific 

discipline of cybernetics. 1994 was the official centenary 

year. 


The Turing test and artistic creativity 

Margaret A. Boden 

Cognitive Science, University of Sussex, Brighton, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to consider the Turing test 

(TT) in relation to artistic creativity. 

Design/methodology/approach – Considers the TT in the domain 

of art rather than the usual context. Examines the TT in music and 

gives examples that involve exploratory creativity. 

Findings – The TT for computer art has been passed 

‘‘behaviourally’’ already occasionally, at a world class level. Where 

non-interactive examples (such as AARON and Emmy) are 

concerned, the test has been passed in a relatively strong form. 

Research limitations/implications – Raises the problem 

concerning the concept of creativity which is closely linked in most 

people’s minds with the concept of art. There may be no such thing 

as computer art because there is no such thing as computer 

creativity. These arguments are examined and questioned. 

Practical implications – This paper produces a discussion, which 

bears upon the relevance of the TT to artistic creativity and 

computer artworks and also in relation to musical creativity. 

Originality/value – Provides further discussion about the imitation 

game in the context of computational creativity. 

Keywords Arts, Computers, Cybernetics, Music 


K 


Editor: Brian Howard Rudall 

71 

Leadership & 

Organization 

Development 

Journal 


Career satisfaction, organizational 

commitment, and turnover intention: 

the effects of goal orientation, organizational 

learning culture and developmental feedback 

Baek-Kyoo (Brian) Joo 

Department of Business Administration, 

Winona State University, Winona, Minnesota, USA 

Sunyoung Park 

Department of Organizational Leadership, Policy and 

Development, University of Minnesota, Twin Cities, 

Minnesota, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate the impact of 

personal characteristics (goal orientation) and contextual 

characteristics (organizational learning culture and developmental 

feedback) on employees’ career satisfaction, organizational 

commitment, and turnover intention. 

Design/methodology/approach – Subjects were drawn from four 

Fortune Global 500 companies in Korea. Descriptive statistics and 

hierarchical multiple regression analyses were used to explain the 

variance in outcome variables. 

Findings – The results indicate that career satisfaction is predicted 

by organizational learning culture and performance goal orientation. 

Organizational learning culture, developmental feedback, and 

learning goal orientation are the significant predictors of 

organizational commitment. Finally, organizational learning culture, 

career satisfaction, and organizational commitment turn out to be 

the predictors of turnover intention. 

Practical implications – By enhancing organizational learning 

culture and by considering goal orientation, human resource 

development/organization development practitioners could play 

important roles in improving organizational commitment, in career 

satisfaction, and in decreasing turnover. 

Originality/value – The theoretical contribution of this paper lies in 

its inclusive approach encompassing both the personal and 

contextual factors (such as organizational learning, leadership, and 

personality) on career and organizational commitment research. It is 

an interesting finding that while performance goal is associated with 

career satisfaction, learning goal orientation is related with 

organizational commitment. 

Keywords Career development, Employee turnover, 

Job satisfaction, Learning organizations 


LODJ 


Editor: Marie McHugh

Leadership in Health 

Services 


Leadership competency for doctors: a 

framework 

John Clark 

Kirsten Armit 

NHS Institute for Innovation and Improvement, 

London, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore the use of 

competences in medical education and training and to discuss 

some existing standards, curricula and competency frameworks 

used by the medical profession in both the UK and internationally to 

inform leadership development. 

Design/methodology/approach – This research reinforces the 

message delivered by the medical profession and policy makers in 

recent years that all doctors should attain management and 

leadership competences in addition to clinical knowledge and skills 

to be an effective and safe practitioner. In the UK, this message and 

research has helped inform the development of a Medical 

Leadership Competency Framework (MLCF) published by The 

Academy of Medical Royal Colleges and NHS Institute for 

Innovation and Improvement. 

Findings – Widespread acceptance of the MLCF is now resulting in 

the integration of leadership and management competences into all 

undergraduate and postgraduate curricula. 

Practical implications – Other countries with similar histories of 

low medical engagement in planning, delivery and transformation of 

services may also benefit from the research undertaken and the 

MLCF. 

Originality/value – The paper shows that the MLCF may well 

inspire more doctors in the future to seek formal leadership 

positions. 

Keywords Competences, Doctors, Leadership, 

Professional education, Training, United Kingdom 


LHS 


Editors: Jo Lamb-White and Jennifer Bowerman 

72 

Library Hi Tech 


Format obsolescence: assessing the threat 

and the defenses 

David S.H. Rosenthal 

Stanford University Libraries, Palo Alto, California USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to examine the approach to format 

obsolescence, preparing for format migration, that has guided most 

digital preservation work for the last 15 years. It asks why this 

approach has not rescued significant content in that time, and 

whether it would succeed in rescuing future content at risk of format 

obsolescence. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper examines the 

mechanisms of format obsolescence, its historical and current 

incidence, and identifies attributes of at-risk formats. It examines 

each step of the current approach asking how effective it would be 

for these formats. 

Findings – The current approach assumes format obsolescence is 

common, happening frequently to most formats. In fact it is rare, 

happening infrequently to rare formats. The current approach, 

based on this mis-diagnosis, is ineffective. An alternate approach, 

based on open source and virtualization, is cheaper and more 

effective. 

Originality/value – The paper makes the case that the commonly 

accepted approach to digital preservation devotes resources to 

activities that are unlikely to be effective. 

Keywords Archiving, Computer software, Digital storage, 

Document handling, Obsolescence 


LHT 


Editor: Michael Seadle

Library Hi Tech News 


Optimizing library content for mobile phones 

R. Bruce Jensen 

Rohrbach Library, Kutztown University of Pennsylvania, 

Kutztown, Pennsylvania, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to present evidence that 

academic and school libraries can serve users by offering readings 

in phone-compatible files, and describe how to use readily available 

tools to cleanly and effectively format various types of documents 

for mobile devices. 

Design/methodology/approach – A survey was made of a variety 

of utilities for preparing texts to accommodate mobile reading and 

the products were tested on several types of phones – from the 

least sophisticated to popular smartphones. 

Findings – Cell phones are effective, convenient appliances for use 

as text readers. Though US subscribers have been slower than 

others to embrace their phones as readers, a fast-growing segment 

of users is doing so. Course materials traditionally offered as 

reserves can easily be made available to students on a device that 

is familiar and comfortable. 

Practical implications – Furnishing content in relevant formats 

increases user convenience and positions libraries to respond to 

technological change. Providing readings on mobile phones is a 

move toward the mainstream of today’s networked mobile 

environment. 

Social implications – In the USA, people of color and youths have 

led others in internet access by phone. Libraries, in acknowledging 

the primacy of mobile devices in people’s information universe and 

providing them with genuinely usable texts, can claim a place in 

users’ pockets, as the commercial sector has already done. 

Originality/value – The techniques presented in this paper are 

within the capabilities of all libraries and can dramatically broaden 

their service profile, enabling them to bring materials to readers in 

new, perhaps unexpected ways. 

Keywords Academic libraries, Mobile communication systems, 

Reader services, Text retrieval, United States of America 


LHTN 


Editors: Martin A. Kesselman and 

Laura Bowering Mullen 

73 

Library Management 

The Alexander Wilson Award 

Named after Alexander Wilson, Director-General of the 

British Library Reference Division from 1980 until his 

retirement in 1986. Before that he was Director of 

Cheshire Libraries and Museums, and Director of 

Libraries and Cultural Services in Dudley and Coventry. 


Educating the academic librarian as a blended 

professional: a review and case study 

Sheila Corrall 

The Information School, University of Sheffield, 

Sheffield, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to explore the phenomenon of the 

hybrid information specialist in the academic library setting. It does 

this in relation to curriculum development for preparatory and 

continuing professional education for librarianship and makes 

particular reference to the contemporary iSchools movement. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper reviews trends and 

developments in academic information services and the information 

science academy in the context of continuing technological 

advances and educational change. It presents a case study of 

curriculum development and portfolio renewal, using the specialist 

roles of digital library manager and information literacy educator to 

show how the principles of interactive planning can be applied in 

articulating an academic strategy to meet the changing demands of 

educational institutions, professional bodies and employers. 

Findings – There are significant parallels between professional 

education and professional practice in the shifting boundaries, 

expanded portfolios and challenged identities evident in the current 

information marketplace. A combination of continuous incremental 

development with periodic fundamental review enables professional 

educators to meet the changing mandates of different stakeholder 

groups. When combined with a strong professional focus, the 

breadth and depth of multidisciplinary expertise found in a researchled 

iSchool facilitates the design of specialised pathways and 

programmes for practitioners moving into blended roles. 

Practical implications – Practitioners intent on careers in 

academic libraries should consider the opportunities and demands 

of hybrid blended roles when choosing educational programmes 

and pathways. 

Originality/value – The paper provides a conceptual framework to 

illustrate the nature of emergent professional roles and current 

challenges facing professional educators. Ackoff’s interactive 

planning theory is used to illuminate the problem of academic 

planning in complex pluralist contexts. 

Keywords Academic libraries, Lifelong learning, Hybrid libraries, 

Professional education 


LM 


Editor: Steve O’Connor

Library Review 

R.D. MacLeod Award 

Named after Library Review’s founding editor, Robert 

Duncan MacLeod (1885-1973). He founded Library 

Review in 1927 and remained editor until 1964, solely 

responsible for its establishment and development 

during those 36 years, encouraging many 

up-and-coming librarians, as well as publishing material 

from many of the profession’s prominent names. 


Making information literacy relevant 

Andrew K. Shenton 

Monkseaton High School, Monkseaton, UK 

Megan Fitzgibbons 

McGill University, Montreal, Canada 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to discuss the problems of a 

one size fits all approach to information literacy (IL) teaching, and 

consider how to make the experience more relevant to the learner. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper provides a 

discussion based on an extensive analysis of the literature. 

Findings – Isolated rote learning, without any self-motivation on the 

part of the learner, will limit the degree to which information skills 

can be applied in other situations. If lifelong learning is the true goal 

of IL education, information specialists are ideally placed to impart 

skills that go beyond the ostensibly limited relevance (from a 

student’s perspective) of academic assignments. 

Research limitations/implications – The paper discusses 

alternative approaches to the teaching of IL based on a review of 

the literature. It offers new models for consideration for IL 

practitioners. 

Originality/value – The paper discusses the role of the learner and 

their motivation and how librarians can make IL training more 

relevant to the individual. As such should be of interest to 

practitioners in educational institutions of all kinds. 

Keywords Information literacy, Learning styles, Youth, 

Motivation (psychology) 


LR 


Editor: David McMenemy 

74 

Management 

Decision 


Conceptualisation of management and 

leadership 

Hester Nienaber 

University of South Africa (UNISA), Pretoria, 

South Africa 

Abstract 

Purpose – The divide in the conceptualisation of the terms 

‘‘management’’ and ‘‘leadership’’ is not clear. The purpose of this 

paper is to explore the concepts of management and leadership. 

Design/methodology/approach – The approach of the study 

followed a synthesis review and also applied content analysis, 

identifying the tasks constituting management and leadership 

respectively. 

Findings – The findings of the literature review demonstrated that 

the concepts of management and leadership are intertwined. The 

word ‘‘management’’ has French and Italian roots, while the word 

‘‘leadership’’ has Greek and Latin roots. Essentially, though, these 

words are synonymous. All of the tasks fall within the boundaries of 

management, while leadership tasks overlap with management. 

Unlike management, leadership has no distinct task that falls 

exclusively within its boundary. 

Practical implications – Implications of the findings of the study 

include debate regarding how practising managers can know what 

is expected of them if the literature is unclear on the distinction 

between these concepts, and playing down the demonstrated need 

and relevance of management. 

Originality/value – This paper is original as no previous work on 

management and leadership has attempted to compare the content 

of these concepts. 

Keywords Leadership, Management research 


MD 


Editor: John Peters

Management of 

Environmental Quality 



An overview of CSR in the renewable energy 

sector: examples from the Masdar Initiative in 

Abu Dhabi 

Toufic Mezher 

Samer Tabbara 

Nawal Al Hosani 

Masdar Institute of Technology, Abu Dhabi, 

United Arab Emirates 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is the introduce corporate 

social responsibility (CSR) in Abu Dhabi, the biggest Emirate and 

one with the largest oil reserve in United Arab Emirates (UAE). Abu 

Dhabi set the first renewable energy policy in the region in January 

2009. The policy calls for at least 7 percent of Abu Dhabi’s power 

generation capacity to come from renewable energy sources by 

2020. In 2006, the leadership of Abu Dhabi made a strategic 

decision to establish a globally competitive renewable energy sector 

in the country and hence the Masdar Initiative was created. It is 

driven by the Abu Dhabi Future Energy Company (ADFEC), also 

called Masdar. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper focuses on the 

corporate social responsibility of Masdar and the role the firm is 

playing as the ‘‘prime mover’’ in the renewable energy sector in UAE 

and the region. The paper is structured in the following manner. 

First, the literature on corporate social responsibility is reviewed. 

Second, the environmental challenges of UAE are highlighted. 

Third, the paper discusses the different business units of Masdar 

and their related projects and investments at local, regional and 

global levels. Finally, the role of ADFEC as a ‘‘prime mover’’ in 

sustainability and corporate social responsibility is highlighted. 

Findings – Masdar has taken leadership in CSR and sustainable 

energy technologies in Abu Dhabi, UAE and the region. 

Originality/value – The case demonstrates the willingness of 

oil-producing countries to become more sustainable and to do 

something about climate change. The Masdar Initiative, which 

includes the first carbon-neutral city, can be regarded as a 

benchmark for future similar projects in the region and around the 

world. 

Keywords Social responsibility, Renewable energy, Gases, 

Emission, United Arab Emirates 


MEQ 



75 

Management 

Research 

The Journal of the Iberoamerican Academy of 

Management 


Diversity and social capital of nascent 

entrepreneurial teams in business plan 

competitions 

Natalia Weisz 

Roberto S. Vassolo 

IAE Business School, Universidad Austral, 

Buenos Aires, Argentina 

Luiz Mesquita 

School of Global Management and Leadership, 

Arizona State University, Phoenix, Arizona, USA 

Arnold C. Cooper 

Krannert Graduate School of Management, 

Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine the influence of 

team member diversity and internal social capital on project 

performance within the context of business plan competitions 

(BPCs). 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper uses survey data on 

95 nascent entrepreneurial teams enrolled in an open-to-the-public 

BPCs. It assumes that higher levels of functional diversity as well as 

higher levels of internal social capital enhance the performance of 

nascent entrepreneurial teams in the crafting of their business plans 

(BPs). 

Findings – Under this particular context, where the needs for 

information processing and decision-making requirements are so 

high, teams having higher levels of functional diversity attained 

better performance. Inversely, teams with higher levels of internal 

social capital did not show a significant advantage in the 

development of the BP. 

Research limitations/implications – Limitations are associated 

with the exclusion of external social capital measures and not 

considering demographic faultlines, which might have some impact 

on the results. Besides, this paper has the limitation of basing its 

analysis upon teams within a BP contest. Theoretical implications 

stress that under contexts maximizing the difference between 

potential upside gains and downside losses, team diversity is 

expected to play a larger role for BP effectiveness and success than 

team members’ internal social capital. 

Practical implications – Recognizing team prevalence and the 

impact of social dynamics amongst team members within 

entrepreneurial settings. 

Originality/value – The paper contributes with the impact of social 

dynamic processes on nascent entrepreneurial teams. 

Keywords Entrepreneurialism, Entrepreneurs, Social capital, 

Teams 

www.emeraldinsight.com/10.1108/1536-541011047903 

MRJIAM 


Editor: Rita Campos e Cunha

Management 

Research Review 

formerly Management Research News 


The development and implementation of 

shared leadership in multi-generational family 

firms 

John James Cater III 

Department of Management and Marketing, 

Nicholls State University, Thibodaux, Louisiana, USA 

Robert T. Justis 

William W. and Catherine M. Rucks Department of 

Management, E.J. Ourso College of Business 

Administration, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, 

Louisiana, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to better understand the 

development and implementation of shared leadership in multigenerational 

family firms. Shared leadership or family top 

management teams involve multiple family members in the top 

management and ownership of family firms. 

Design/methodology/approach – A qualitative case study 

approach was employed, using in-depth interviews of the top 

managers of four family businesses. Each case was analyzed 

separately, and emergent themes found in each case; and then 

generalizations were made across the four cases in the cross-case 

analysis. 

Findings – Eight factors or conditions were examined that affect 

shared leadership in multi-generational family firms according to the 

respondents – long-term orientation, close communication and 

shared understanding, resistance to change, succession planning, 

failure to release control, reporting relationship confusion, increased 

decision time, and higher decision quality. The result of this study is 

the production of eight propositions to build theory concerning 

shared leadership, which is an under-researched area for family 

business studies. 

Research limitations/implications – This paper is rich in 

qualitative detail, but with all such case study research, its 

limitations regarding sample size are recognized. 

Practical implications – This paper views shared leadership as a 

growing phenomenon that incumbent family business leaders 

should consider as a viable alternative to primogeniture or the 

choice of a single successor. 

Originality/value – The study described in this paper is 

groundbreaking in that it examines shared leadership or the 

development and implementation of top management teams in 

family firms in depth and detail. The paper contributes a balanced 

view of the implementation of shared leadership in family firms, 

exploring both the positive and negative aspects. 

Keywords Family firms, Leadership, Succession planning 


MRR 


Editors: Joseph Sarkis 

76 

Managerial Auditing 

Journal 

Dr Larry Sawyer Award 

Named after the ‘‘grandfather’’ figure of internal auditing. 

He is the author of countless articles and has written 

Sawyer’s Internal Auditing, a text which is globally used 

and respected. 


Organisational commitment, role tension and 

affective states in audit firms 

Alice Garcia 

Université de Toulouse, Toulouse, France 

Olivier Herrbach 

Institut d’Administration des Entreprises, 

Université de Bordeaux, Bordeaux, France and 

ESC Rennes School of Business, Rennes, France 

Abstract 


relationships between auditors’ organisational commitment, role 

tension and affective states at work. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper is based on a 

questionnaire survey of 150 Big Four auditors and a two-step 

longitudinal design. 

Findings – The results show that auditors experience both 

significant positive (such as pride) and negative (such as irritability) 

workplace affect. Moreover, organisational commitment is 

correlated with auditors’ experiencing more frequent positive affect 

at work, while role conflict is correlated with experiencing more 

frequent negative affect. 

Research limitations/implications – Affect was not measured in 

real time, but through self-reports. Future research could study how 

and under what conditions auditors experience positive and 

negative emotions. 

Originality/value – This is one of the few studies that has sought to 

research the affective dimension of audit work. 

Keywords Auditing, Auditors, Employee behaviour, 

Job satisfaction, Role conflict 


MAJ 


Editors: Steven Dellaportas, Barry J. Cooper and 

Philomena Leung



S&P 500 index inclusion announcements: does 

the S&P committee tell us something new? 

Karel Hrazdil 

Faculty of Business Administration, 

Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, Canada 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to directly examine the 

information hypothesis of S&P 500 index inclusion announcements 

by investigating the degree to which information beyond Standard & 

Poor’s eight stated criteria enters the inclusion decision. 

Design/methodology/approach – Isolating a sample of S&P 500 

additions and their eligible candidates during 1987-2004, this paper 

employs logistic analysis that identifies factors ex post beyond the 

stated criteria that help distinguish the type of information that 

influences the final selection decision and that is arguably priced at 

the inclusion announcements. 

Findings – The evidence indicates that, when choosing among new 

S&P 500 candidates, the S&P’s committee relies primarily on 

publicly available information related to enterprise risk and historical 

performance. Material, private insight into future value-relevant 

information plays at most a small part in the selection. 

Research limitations/implications – The results suggest that 

index additions convey limited new information about added firms. 

Studies analysing index additions should start with the presumption 

that index inclusion announcements are information-free events, 

and focus on the consequences of index inclusions such as liquidity, 

awareness or arbitrage risk, in their relation to index premia. 

Originality/value – The results indicate that the previous evidence 

supporting the information hypothesis using the S&P 500 inclusions 

is not compelling. 

Keywords Financial services, Indexing, Investment appraisal, 

Stocks 


MF 


Editors: Don T. Johnson 

77 

Managing Service 

Quality 



Consumer trust in service companies: 

a multiple mediating analysis 

Roland Kantsperger 

Allianz Private Krankenversicherungs-AG, Munich, 

Germany 

Werner H. Kunz 

College of Management, 

University of Massachusetts Boston, Boston, 


Abstract 

Purpose – The concept of ‘‘trust’’ has gained considerable 

importance in the field of marketing during the last decades and is 

seen as a key mediator of customer relationship marketing. But 

upon a closer look at the literature, the construct ‘‘trust’’ is 

conceptualized and measured very differently. Based on a literature 

review and theoretical work, the purpose of this paper is to develop 

a conceptual model of consumer trust in a service company, which 

distinguishes two fundamental dimensions. Using these 

dimensions, it is possible to detect different mediating effects of trust 

in the customer relationship to the service company. 

Design/methodology/approach – Antecedents and 

consequences of trust are studied in a business-to-consumer 

services context in the banking industry. To test hypotheses, 

empirical data are collected from a sample of 232 retail bank 

customers with checking accounts. By means of a LISREL 

approach, two rivalling measurement models of trust are compared 

and show various mediating effects. 

Findings – The empirical data support the two-dimensional model 

of trust. Further, the two dimensions of trust are mediating the effect 

of customer satisfaction (CS) differently. In particular, it is shown that 

‘‘benevolence’’ has a significantly greater influence on customer 

loyalty than ‘‘credibility’’. Finally, beside CS, the customer’s 

propensity to trust also influences trust. 

Research limitations/implications – Findings are limited to the 

cross-sectional design of the study and the financial industry. 

Practical implications – For the management of consumers’ trust 

perception, the adequate conceptualization and measurement of 

trust is central. The aspect of benevolence is crucial for creating 

consumer loyalty and trust as well as the building of customer 

relationships. Consequently, management should foster activities to 

signal customers to be benevolent partners (e.g. service guarantees 

and branding) to ensure a high-quality service experience. 

Originality/value – In previous research, trust has been often 

conceptualized and measured in an inconsistent and unequivocal 

way. In the proposed approach, the two facets of trust are 

theoretically conceptualized and measured separately. Thus, 

differentiated effects of antecedents as well as consequences of 

trust can be detected. 

Keywords Trust, Customer satisfaction, Customer loyalty, 

Service industries 


MSQ 


Editors: Jay Kandampully, Marianna Sigala and 

Chatura Ranaweera

Marketing 

Intelligence 

& Planning 


Development of a scale measuring destination 

image 

Kevin K. Byon 

Department of Kinesiology, University of Georgia, 

Athens, Georgia, USA 

James J. Zhang 

Department of Tourism, 

Recreation and Sport Management, 

College of Health and Human Performance, 

University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to develop the scale of 

destination image (SDI) to assess destination image affecting the 

consumption associated with tourism. 

Design/methodology/approach – The scale was developed 

through four steps: review of literature, formulation of a preliminary 

scale, confirmatory factor analysis (CFA), and examination of 

predictive validity by a structural equation modeling (SEM) analysis. 

The preliminary scale consisted of 32 items. Employing a 

systematic sampling method, a total of 199 research participants 

responded to a mail survey. 

Findings – In the CFA with maximum likelihood estimation, four 

factors with 18 pertinent items are retained. This four-factor model 

displays good fit to the data, preliminary construct validity, and high 

reliability. The SEM analysis reveals that the SDI is found to be 

positively predictive of tourism behavioral intentions. 

Originality/value – This paper develops an original 

multi-dimensional 18-item scale measuring destination image from 

the perspective of tourists, which can provide academicians and 

practitioners with a reliable and valid analytical tool to assess 

destination image. 

Keywords Performance measures, 

Measurement, testing and instruments, Tourism, Travel 


MIP 


Editor: Gillian H. Wright 

78 

Measuring Business 

Excellence 


Development of index for measuring leanness: 

study of an Indian auto component industry 

Bhim Singh 


Galgotia’s College of Engineering and Technology, 

Greater Noida, India 

S.K. Garg 

Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, 

Delhi Technical University, Delhi, India 

S.K. Sharma 


NIT Kurukshetra, Haryana, India 

Abstract 

Purpose – The extant literature fails to provide an efficient method 

to measure leanness of any manufacturing firm. The purpose of this 

paper is to discuss the concept of leanness and to provide an 

efficient measurement method for measuring leanness. 

Design/methodology/approach – Measurement method is based 

on the judgment and evaluation given by leanness measurement 

team (LMT) on various leanness parameters such as supplier’s 

issues, investment priorities, Lean practices, and various waste 

addressed by lean and customers’ issues. Further fuzzy set theory 

is introduced to remove the bias of human judgment and finally 

defuzzification is done and results are presented in the form of 

leanness index. 

Findings – Leanness indices have been developed and presented 

separately on 100 points scale for all parameters of leanness i.e. 

LISuppliers = 47.98, LIInvestment = 50.66, LIpractices = 58.38, 

LIWaste = 60.01, LICustomers = 47.1. 

Research limitations/implications – This leanness measurement 

method used the views of experts and may contain human judgment 

error. 

Practical implications – It will be helpful to both academician and 

practitioners as an assessment tool for evaluation of lean status of 

any industry utilized. 

Originality/value – Leanness measurement method based on 

judgment of experts is used first time for evaluation of leanness. 

Keywords Fuzzy control, Lean production, Manufacturing systems, 

Quality management 


MBE 


Editors: Jos van Iwaarden and Giovanni Schiuma

Multicultural Education 

& Technology Journal 


Global literacy: comparing Chinese and US 

high school students 

Rong Zhang 

College of Education Science, 

Nanjing Normal University, Nanjing, China 

Hui-Yin Hsu 

School of Education, New York Institute of Technology, 

Locust Valley, New York, USA 

Shiang-Kwei Wang 

School of Education, New York Institute of Technology, 

Old Westbury, New York, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to compare high school 

students’ global literacy level in metropolitan areas of China and the 

USA. 

Design/methodology/approach – The authors adopted a global 

literacy instrument to surveyed 2,157 New York City (NYC) high 

school students and 2,220 Chinese high school students. This 

paper adopted an independent sample t-test and an ANOVA to 

identify significant differences regarding demographic features on 

the Likert-scale items, and used the Pearson correlation coefficient 

to explore the degree of association between factors. 

Findings – From this global literacy scale, compared with NYC high 

school students, Chinese students have greater awareness of 

comprehending and appreciating cross-cultural perspectives, 

becoming global citizens, and exhibited greater approval of the 

performance of their own country’s interconnectedness and 

interdependence with other countries. Students in the two countries 

exhibited similar confidence in using new literacies. 

Practical implications – Students would pay close attention to 

global issues if they were aware of how these issues affect their 

daily life and future. With critical-thinking abilities, students would be 

in a better position to make decisions that contribute to the common 

good. With awareness of diverse cultures, students could learn the 

values, strengths, and weaknesses of people. With fluency in new 

literacies, students could research and analyze information from 

multiple resources, and collaborate with others through the use of 

technology. 

Originality/value – This paper profiles the global literacy of US and 

Chinese high school students, describes factors correlated with 

both US and Chinese students’ global literacy, and suggests 

students’ preferences regarding ‘‘global education’’-related 

activities. 

Keywords China, Globalization, Literacy, Students, 



METJ 


Editor: Glen Hardaker 

79 

Multidiscipline 

Modeling in Materials 

and Structures 


The effect of up-armoring of the high-mobility 

multi-purpose wheeled vehicle (HMMWV) on 

the off-road vehicle performance 

M. Grujicic 

H. Marvi 

G. Arakere 

W.C. Bell 

I. Haque 


International Center for Automotive Research CU-ICAR, 

Clemson University, Clemson, South Carolina, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – A parallel finite-element/multi-body-dynamics 

investigation is carried out of the effect of up-armoring on the 

off-road performance of a prototypical high-mobility 

multipurpose-wheeled vehicle (HMMWV). The paper seeks to 

investigate the up-armoring effect on the vehicle performance under 

the following off-road maneuvers: straight-line flatland braking; 

straight-line off-angle downhill braking; and sharp left turn. 

Design/methodology/approach – For each of the abovementioned 

maneuvers, the appropriate vehicle-performance criteria 

are identified and the parameters used to quantify these criteria are 

defined and assessed. The ability of a computationally efficient 

multi-body dynamics approach when combined with a detailed 

model for tire/soil interactions to yield results qualitatively and 

quantitatively consistent with their computational counterparts 

obtained using computationally quite costly finite element analyses 

is assessed. 

Findings – The computational results obtained clearly reveal the 

compromises in vehicle off-road performance caused by the 

up-armoring employ to improve vehicle blast and ballistic protection 

performance/survivability. The results obtained are also analyzed 

and explained in terms of general field-test observations in order to 

judge physical soundness and fidelity of the present computational 

approaches. 

Originality/value – The paper offers insights into the effects of 

up-armoring of the HMMWV on off-road vehicle performance. 

Keywords Road vehicles, Finite element analysis, Modelling, 

Simulation 


MMMS 


Editor: Zhufeng Yue

Nankai Business 

Review International 


Empirical study on the impact of market 

orientation and innovation orientation on new 

product performance of Chinese 

manufacturers 

Jing Zhang 

Yanling Duan 

Management School, 

Huazhong University of Science and Technology, 

Wuhan, People’s Republic of China 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to examine the role of 

market orientation and innovation orientation in new product 

performance as well as the potential moderating role of innovation 

orientation and environmental variables in the market orientationnew 

product performance link among Chinese manufacturing firms. 

Design/methodology/approach – A questionnaire survey was 

conducted among 227 manufacturing firms in mainland China. A 

total of six hypotheses related to market orientation, innovation 

orientation, and new product success as well as moderating effects 

of innovation orientation and environmental variables are examined 

by structural equation modeling and hierarchical regression 

techniques. 

Findings – The research results show that: first, the conceptual 

model is superior to the popular model in Western literature in terms 

of model fit goodness; second, market orientation and innovation 

orientation have significant and positive impact, which is higher than 

the average level in previous research, upon new product success; 

third, innovation orientation and technological turbulence have a 

positive moderating effect on market orientation-new product 

performance link; and fourth, market turbulence and competitive 

intensity have no moderating effects. In addition, managerial 

implications as to how to improve product innovation performance 

are provided for Chinese manufacturers. 

Originality/value – The paper contributes to the extant literature of 

market orientation and product innovation in the following three 

ways. First of all, the research empirically validates a modified 

conceptual model incorporating market orientation, innovation 

orientation and new product performance. Second, the facilitating 

impact of strategic orientations (including market orientation and 

innovation orientation) upon new product performance is higher 

than the average level in previous studies (primarily based on 

developed economies), indicating the greater effectiveness of two 

strategic orientations in transition economy and east-Asian cultural 

context. Third, by examining the potential moderating roles of 

innovation orientation and environmental variables, we are able to 

better understand how to match market orientation strategy with 

those moderators in order to help enhance the product innovation 

performance results of manufacturing firms. 

Keywords China, Innovation, Market orientation, New products, 

Product development 


NBRI 


Editors: Wei’an Li and Jean Jinghan Chen 

80 

New Library World 


Public libraries as impartial spaces in a 

consumer society: possible, plausible, 

desirable? 

Christine Rooney-Browne 

David McMenemy 

Department of Computer and Information Sciences, 

University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to question whether, in an 

increasingly commercialised ‘‘24/7’’ information and entertainment 

society, public libraries are finding it progressively more difficult to 

provide access to trusted, impartial public spaces free from 

commercial influence. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper reflects on the 

secondary literature related to public library as an impartial space, 

considers the modern commercial factors impacting on this role, 

and provides a strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats 

(SWOT) analysis examining whether the role as impartial space is 

under threat. 

Findings – The paper addresses whether public libraries should 

conform to a more commercial model in order to survive in a 

predominantly consumer society or retain their values and continue 

to provide ‘‘... alternatives and alternative spaces in a culture 

dominated by information capitalism and media image and 

spectacle’’. Concerns are expressed regarding the influence of 

commercialism in public library services, especially around the 

marketing of specific brands within a public library environment. 

Social implications – The paper focuses on public libraries in ‘‘real 

world’’ and ‘‘virtual’’ communities and addresses pertinent issues 

related to their place in twenty-first century society. 

Originality/value – The paper considers the important issue of the 

impartiality of the public space occupied by the library and whether 

this role is in danger due to commercial influences. As such it offers 

value for theorists and practitioners involved in library and 

information science, as well as those interested in public services 

and the impact of consumerism. 

Keywords Consumers, Information society, Public libraries, 

Public sector organizations 


NLW 


Editor: Linda Ashcroft

Nutrition & Food 

Science 


The nutritional properties and health benefits 

of eggs 

C.H.S. Ruxton 

Nutrition Communications, Cupar, UK 

E. Derbyshire 

Manchester Metropolitan University, Manchester, UK 

S. Gibson 

Sig-Nurture Ltd, Guildford, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – Advice about the role of eggs in the diet has changed 

several times over the decades. The purpose of this paper is to 

evaluate published evidence reporting associations between egg 

consumption, egg nutrients and health. 

Design/methodology/approach – The scientific literature was 

searched using Medline and key words relevant to eggs and egg 

nutrients. In addition, a new secondary analysis of the UK National 

Diet and Nutrition Survey (NDNS) was undertaken to examine 

nutritional and health differences between consumers and 

non-consumers of eggs. 

Findings – Eggs are a rich source of protein and several essential 

nutrients, particularly vitamin D, vitamin B12, selenium and choline. 

Emerging evidence suggests that eating eggs is associated with 

satiety, weight management and better diet quality. In addition, 

antioxidants found in egg yolk may help prevent age-related 

macular degeneration. The secondary analysis showed that regular 

egg consumers with a low red and processed meat (RPM) intake 

ate healthier diets and had a better micronutrient status than those 

who did not eat eggs but who had a high RPM intake. It was 

concluded that egg consumption, at a range of intakes, was 

associated with nutrition and health benefits. 

Research limitations/implications – More research on eggs, and 

egg nutrients, is needed to confirm the health benefits. Future 

studies should control for other dietary and lifestyle factors. 

Originality/value – This paper develops knowledge about egg 

consumption beyond cholesterol content and provides new 

evidence from a secondary analysis of a large national dietary 

database. 

Keywords Diet, Food products, Animal products, Vitamins, 



NFS 


Editor: Mabel Blades 

81 

OCLC Systems & 

Services: International 

digital library 

perspectives 


Aluka: digitization from Maputo to Timbuktu 

Deirdre Ryan 

JSTOR, New York, New York, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to describe experiences of collaborative 

effort to digitize a wide range of scholarly materials from and about 

Africa. 

Design/methodology/approach – A brief description of Aluka is 

followed by two examples of capacity building in Africa, first in 

Maputo and second in Timbuktu. 

Findings – Success in international digitization projects can only be 

achieved through close collaboration. 

Originality/value – The paper highlights a unique project to digitize 

materials at holding institutions in Africa. 

Keywords Digital libraries, Africa 


OCLC 


Editor: Bradford Lee Eden

On The Horizon 


Knowledge workers, servant leadership and 

the search for meaning in knowledge-driven 

organizations 

Milton Correia de Sousa 

Leaders2Be, Zeist, The Netherlands 

Dirk van Dierendonck 

Rotterdam School of Management, Rotterdam, 


Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to present a meaning-based 

framework to understand the motivation of knowledge workers and 

an effective leadership model that suits that framework. 

Design/methodology/approach – Definitions of knowledge 

worker, meaning, complex adaptive systems and leadership are 

provided. The concept of meaning in work is explored through the 

constructs of work orientation and identity. Based on that, a global 

meaning framework for knowledge workers is outlined. Additionally, 

the servant leadership model is detailed and analyzed in light of the 

global meaning framework for knowledge workers and the need for 

complex adaptive behavior in successful knowledge-based 


Findings – The motivation of knowledge workers can be well 

understood from a meaning perspective, taking two constructs into 

account: work orientation and identity. The global meaning 

framework of knowledge workers is based on three main 

characteristics: work as a calling, need for a strong membership 

association with peers, and need for autonomy. Servant leadership 

is a model that fits well with those characteristics, potentially 

enabling the creation of a sense of meaning and purpose and 

consequently inducing the intrinsic motivation of knowledge 

workers. As a side-effect, complex adaptive behavior will emerge, 

leading to both organizational and social performance. 

Originality/value – The proposed model combines a meaning 

perspective with servant leadership theory to provide insight into the 

motivation of knowledge workers. This is posited in the context of 

complex adaptive behavior. 

Keywords Employees, Employees behaviour, 

Knowledge management, Leadership 


OTH 


Editor: Tom Abeles 

82 

Online Information 

Review 


Google Scholar as a tool for discovering 

journal articles in library and information 

science 

Dirk Lewandowski 

Hamburg University of Applied Sciences, Hamburg, 

Germany 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to measure the coverage of 

Google Scholar for Library and Information Science (LIS) journal 

literature as identified by a list of core LIS journals from a study by 

Schlögl and Petschnig. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper checked every article 

from 35 major LIS journals from the years 2004 to 2006 for 

availability in Google Scholar. It also collected information on the 

type of availability – whether a certain article was available as a 

PDF for a fee, as a free PDF or as a preprint. 

Findings – The paper found that only some journals are completely 

indexed by Google Scholar, that the ratio of versions available 

depends on the type of publisher, and that availability varies a lot 

from journal to journal. Google Scholar cannot substitute for 

abstracting and indexing services in that it does not cover the 

complete literature of the field. However, it can be used in many 

cases to easily find available full texts of articles already identified 

using another tool. 

Originality/value – The study differs from other Google Scholar 

coverage studies in that it takes into account not only whether an 

article is indexed in Google Scholar at all, but also the type of 

availability. 

Keywords: Information science, Libraries, Search engines 


OIR 


Editor: Gary E. Gorman

Pacific Accounting 

Review 


The impact of IFRS on financial analysts’ 

forecast accuracy in the Asia-Pacific region: 

the case of Australia, Hong Kong and 

New Zealand 

Chee Seng Cheong 

Sujin Kim 

Ralf Zurbruegg 

Business School, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, 

Australia 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to provide an investigation into whether 

financial analysts’ forecast accuracy differs between the pre- and 

post-adoption of the international financial reporting standards 

(IFRS) in the Asia-Pacific region, namely, for the countries of 

Australia, Hong Kong and New Zealand. In particular, this study 

seeks to examine whether the treatment of intangibles capitalized in 

the post-IFRS period have positively aided analysts in forecasting 

future earnings of a firm. 

Design/methodology/approach – Panel data analysis is applied 

over a period from 2001 to 2008. 

Findings – Evidence is found to show intangibles capitalized under 

the new recognition and measurement rules of IFRS are negatively 

associated with analysts’ earnings forecast errors. The results are 

robust to several model specifications across each of the countries, 

suggesting that the adoption of IFRS may indeed provide more 

value-relevant information in financial statements for the users of 

financial reports. 

Originality/value – This paper analyzed whether the adoption of 

IFRS has led to any changes in the accuracy of earnings forecasts. 

The results will be of help to analysts’ earnings forecast activity and 

those with interest in the subject. 

Keywords Financial analysis, Financial forecasting, 

International standards, Pacific region 


PAR 


Editors: Jill Hooks, Asheq Rahman, Glenn Boyle 

and Michael Bradbury 

83 

Performance 

Measurement and 

Metrics 


The use of web statistics in cultural heritage 

institutions 

Henk Voorbij 

Koninklijke Bibliotheek, Den Haag, The Netherlands 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to describe the use of web statistics by 

libraries, archives and museums in The Netherlands. 

Design/methodology/approach – Three methods were applied: 

a survey among more than 100 institutions, interviews and content 

analysis of annual reports. 

Findings – Most institutions gather web statistics. A large variety of 

packages is used, which hinders comparison among institutions. 

Web statistics are used for practical purposes, such as adapting the 

web site or setting priorities for further digitization, and as a critical 

success factor. Most archives and museums mention web statistics 

in their annual report. Usually, they do not explain the data and do 

not provide background information, which makes it difficult to 

interpret them. 

Research limitations/implications – The sample represented 

institutions with above average interest in, or experience with, 

digitizing. 

Practical implications – This inventory may stimulate large-scale 

use of web statistics in cultural heritage institutions and be the first 

step towards standardization. 

Originality/value – This study is the first attempt to investigate the 

use of web statistics in cultural heritage institutions in The 

Netherlands. 

Keywords Heritage, National cultures, Organizations, Statistics, 

The Netherlands, Worldwide web 


PMM 


Editor: Steve Thornton

Personnel 

Review 


Horizontal and vertical communication as 

determinants of professional and 

organisational identification 

Jos Bartels 

Social Science Group, 

Wageningen University & Research Centre, 

Agricultural Economics Research Institute, The Hague, 


Oscar Peters 

Menno de Jong 

Ad Pruyn 

Department of Media, Communication and Organisation, 

Faculty of Behavioural Sciences, University of Twente, 

Enschede, The Netherlands 

Marjolijn van der Molen 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, Amsterdam, The Netherlands 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper aims to present the results of a study into the 

relationship between horizontal and vertical communication and 

professional and organisational identification. 

Design/methodology/approach – An empirical study was carried 

out at a large hospital in The Netherlands with multiple locations. 

Hospital employees (n = 347) completed a written questionnaire. 

Findings – The results show that although employees identify more 

strongly with their profession than with their organisation, there is a 

positive connection between professional and organisational 

identification. Dimensions of vertical communication are important 

predictors of organisational identification, whereas dimensions of 

horizontal communication are important predictors of professional 

identification. 

Research limitations/ implications – Identification with the overall 

organisation does not depend primarily on the quality of contact with 

immediate colleagues within a work group or department; rather, it 

depends more on appreciation of the communication from and with 

the organisation’s top management. 

Practical implications – Management should find a balance 

between communication about organisational goals and individual 

needs, which is crucial in influencing professional and 

organisational identification. 

Originality/value – Previous research has shown a positive link 

between the communication climate at a specific organisational 

level and the employee’s identification with that level. The current 

study adds to this concept the influence of horizontal and vertical 

dimensions of communication on identification among different 

types of employees. 

Keywords Communication, Employees, Hospitals, 

The Netherlands, Work identity 


PR 


Editor: John Leopold 

84 

Pigment & Resin 

Technology 


Preparation and surface property of core-shell 

particles containing fluorinated polymer in 

shell 

Zonggen Qin 

Department of Investigation, 

Guangdong Police Officers College, Guangzhou, China 

Weiping Tu 

Department/School of Chemical Engineering, 

South China University of Technology, Guangzhou, 

China 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to modify the surface 

property of polyacrylate latex films using only small amounts of 

fluorinated acrylate and to optimise the results of such a 

modification. 

Design/methodology/approach – The core-shell particles with 

polyacrylate rich in core and containing fluorinated polymer rich in 

shell are prepared by a two-stage semi-continuous emulsion 

polymerisation under kinetically controlled conditions. The surface 

properties of the latex films produced from the core-shell particles 

are investigated by optical goniometer measurement as well as 

contact angle method. 

Findings – The latex films produced from the core-shell particles 

exhibited surface energy of around 10mN/m. The angle resolved 

X-ray photoelectron spectrum measurements showed an increased 

average fluorine concentration in a surface layer thickness of a few 

nanometres, when compared to the fluorine concentration in the 

bulk. 

Research limitations/implications – Methyl methacrylate, butyl 

acrylate and N-methylol acrylamide monomers are used as 

co-monomer to form the shell with fluoroalkyl methacrylate. By 

preparing core-shell emulsion with a fluoropolymer in the shell 

phase, the surface property of polyacrylate latex films is efficiently 

modified by using only small amounts of fluorinated acrylate 

monomer. 

Practical implications – The method developed provided a simple 

and practical solution to improving the surface property of 

polyacrylate latex films. 

Originality/value – The method for enhancing surface property of 

polyacrylate latex films is novel and can find numerous applications 

in surface coating. 

Keywords Coatings, Films (states of matter), Polymerization, 

Surface properties of materials 


PRT 


Editor: Long Lin

Policing 

An International Journal of Police Strategies 

& Management 


The Chicago Alternative Policing Strategy: 

a reassessment of the CAPS program 

Robert M. Lombardo 

David Olson 

Department of Criminal Justice, 

Loyola University Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, USA 

Monte Staton 

Department of Sociology, Loyola University Chicago, 

Chicago, Illinois, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to study the Chicago 

Alternative Policing Strategy (CAPS), the largest community 

policing program in the USA. 

Design/methodology/approach – The data for this research come 

from the 1993-1994 Citizen Survey of the Longitudinal Evaluation of 

Chicago’s Community Policing Program. Referred to as the CAPS 

Prototype Panel Survey, the data were obtained from the Interuniversity 

Consortium for Political and Social Science Research. 

Both ordinary least square and log linear regression were used to 

analyze the data. 

Findings – The findings indicate that people living in the CAPS 

prototype districts had significantly higher levels of satisfaction with 

police fighting crime than people living in matched comparison 

areas who were not subject to the CAPS program. The findings also 

indicate that the residents of the CAPS prototype communities were 

only marginally more satisfied with police keeping order than those 

living in non-CAPS communities. 

Research implications/limitations – The findings of this research 

have important implications for police-community relations. The fact 

that citizens were more satisfied with police efforts against crime 

after the implementation of the CAPS initiative supports community 

policing programs that center on building strong community ties. 

The fact that citizens in the prototype districts were not significantly 

more satisfied with police order maintenance efforts bears further 

scrutiny. 

Practical implications – The paper’s findings confirm earlier 

research that informal (non-enforcement) contacts with the police 

are important for improving satisfaction with police performance, 

that resident’s perception of the level of disorder in their 

neighborhood is a significant factor shaping their opinion of the 

police, and that community policing is an effective way of improving 

police citizen interaction. 

Originality/value – This paper analyzes 4,078 previously collected 

interviews. 

Keywords Community policing, Community relations, 

Attitudes to the police, United States of America 


PIJPSM 


Editor: Lawrence F. Travis III 

85 

Program 

Electronic library and information systems 


ScotlandsPlaces XML: bespoke XML or XML 

mapping? 

Ashley Beamer 

Mark Gillick 

The Royal Commission on the Ancient and Historical 

Monuments of Scotland, Edinburgh, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate web services 

(in the form of parameterised URLs), specifically in the context of 

the ScotlandsPlaces project. This involves cross-domain querying, 

data retrieval and display via the development of a bespoke XML 

standard rather than existing XML formats and mapping between 

them. 

Design/methodology/approach – In looking at the different 

heritage domain datasets as well as the metadata formats used for 

storage and data exchange, the ScotlandsPlaces XML format is 

revealed as the most appropriate for this type of project. The nature 

of the project itself and the need for dynamic web services are in 

turn explored. 

Findings – It was found that, due to the nature of the project, the 

combination of a bespoke ScotlandsPlaces XML format and a set of 

matching web services was the best choice in terms of the retrieval 

of different domain datasets, as well as the desired extensible 

nature of the project. 

Research limitations/implications – It may have proven useful to 

investigate the datasets of more ScotlandsPlaces partners, but as 

yet only a limited number of first phase partners’ datasets could be 

studied, as the second phase of the project has yet to begin. 

Originality/value – Rather than an information portal, the 

ScotlandsPlaces web site aggregates disparate types of record, 

whether site records, archival or otherwise, into a single web site 

and makes these records discoverable via geographical searching. 

Aggregated data are accessed through web service queries (using 

a bespoke XML format developed specifically for the project for data 

return) and allow partner organisations to add their datasets 

regardless of the organisational domain. The service also allows 

spatially referenced records to be plotted on to a geo-browser via a 

KML file, which in turn lets users evaluate the results based on 

geographical location. 

Keywords Extensible Markup Language, Worldwide web, 

Knowledge management, Archives 


PROG 


Editor: Lucy A. Tedd

Property Management 


The cost-effectiveness of refurbishing Polish 

housing stock: a case study of apartments in 

Olsztyn 

Miroslaw Belej 

University of Warmia and Mazury in Olsztyn, 

Warmia and Mazury, Poland 

Sally Sims 

Oxford Brookes University, Oxford, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – Climatic conditions in Poland vary tremendously each 

year with temperatures exceeding 258ºC in the summer and subzero 

in the winter. Therefore the provision of adequate heating and 

cooling in residential, public and industrial buildings is essential. 

Poland has recently embarked on a refurbishment process known 

as ‘‘thermomodernisation’’, which focuses on improving buildings’ 

thermal and energy efficiency. This paper aims to present the results 

from a case study of refurbished apartments in Olsztyn, Poland, to 

determine whether this process increases market value. 

Design/methodology/approach – The research focuses on 

property in Olsztyn, Poland where residential property is typically 

situated in apartments within high-rise and low-rise buildings. 

Findings – The majority of housing stock in Poland was built during 

the 1970s to 1990s when the thermal properties of building 

materials were not considered in the construction process, the 

thermal performance in most residential buildings is very low and 

heating costs unacceptably high. The results suggest both 

occupiers and professionals consider thermomodernisation benefits 

the occupiers by reducing energy and maintenance costs and 

improving the amenity value of a home. However, whilst both 

thought that property value was increased this increase was not 

significant. 

Practical implications – This paper provides information on the 

financial benefits to the occupier from ‘‘thermodernistion’’, and 

encourages professionals to highlight these benefits when 

marketing property. 

Originality/value – No published research has explored this issue. 

This paper addresses this situation. 

Keywords Residential property, Thermal efficiency, Market value, 

Poland, Service improvements 


PM 


Editor: Clive Warren 

86 

Qualitative Research 

in Accounting & 

Management 


The financial crisis and mark-to-market 

accounting: an analysis of cascading media 

rhetoric and storytelling 

William L. Smith 

David M. Boje 

Kevin D. Melendrez 

New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, 

New Mexico, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to analyze media 

storytelling and rhetoric surrounding the credibility of the 

longstanding accounting practice of mark-to-market valuation. 

Design/methodology/approach – The cascading storytelling 

model of progressive framing by the media of mark-to-market 

valuation was applied to story subsets of the three types of classic 

Aristotelian rhetorical appeals. 

Findings – The authors found that the media blamed the 

accounting profession’s mark-to-market valuation practices as 

substantive cause of recent corporate problems and declines in 

market values. In addition, the rhetorical framing of mark-to-market 

accounting practices in the media prompted the Financial 

Accounting Standards Board to a rush to judgment. 

Research limitations/implications – The paper is limited to the 

analysis of the storytelling included. Different results from other 

sources may provide another result. 

Practical implications – The failure in the media to address the 

duality between the logos of accounting and the ethos of the media 

narratives exacerbated the cascading activation. Understanding this 

duality may provide a different lens in looking at information 

dissemination. This is not only relative to stakeholders in making 

more informed decisions but should also serve as a warning to the 

profession, to have more voice, to use a rhetorical strategy that can 

have more saliency in the public arena. 

Originality/value – The paper examined storytelling as interplay of 

retrospective narrative, the presentness of living story, and the 

antenarratives shaping the future of not only the unfolding economic 

crisis, but the future of accounting itself. In terms of rhetoric, we 

extended the application of pathos, ethos, and logos by examining a 

cascading activation theory model. This is one of the few studies of 

antenarratives and how through cascade rhetoric the future is 

shaped. 

Keywords Accounting, Marketing, Rhetoric, Storytelling 


QRAM 


Editor: Deryl Northcott


in Financial Markets 


The crisis of 2008 and financial reform 

Werner De Bondt 

Richard H. Driehaus Center for Behavioral Finance, 

DePaul University, Chicago, Illinois, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to discuss the financial 

turmoil of 2008 that followed the collapse of the housing bubble in 

the USA which was the starting point of a global economic crisis. 

Huge costs are borne by every part of society. Much wealth has 

been destroyed. Millions of jobs have been lost. The crisis has 

tarnished faith in free enterprise, in the financial system, and in 

financial theory. Likely, the era of laissez-faire capitalism that started 

during the Reagan-Thatcher years is ending. We are entering a 

period of profound uncertainty. It is imperative that the moral 

dimension of capitalism be restored. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper is based on a review 

of theory and historical evidence relating to financial bubbles and 

financial regulation. 

Findings – The author offers suggestions on how to rebuild the 

global financial system. We need: a systemic risk regulator, 

independent from business and political influence; higher capital 

requirements for all systemically significant financial service firms; 

restrictions on proprietary trading in commercial banks; 

transparency in derivatives; new ways to compensate bankers that 

reduce the incentive to take excessive risks; consumer protection 

against defective financial products; and the re-establishment of the 

principle of fiduciary duty. 

Practical implications – The paper lists practical suggestions on 

how to reform the global financial system. 

Social implications – Economic success is based on trust. After 

the 2008 crisis, regulatory reform is the best way to rebuild trust in 

the financial system. 

Originality/value – The paper offers a unique perspective based in 

part on insights drawn from behavioral finance. 

Keywords Regulation, Economic reform, Behavioural economics, 

World economy, Capitalist systems 


QRFM 


Editor: Bruce Burton 

87 


in Organizations and 

Management 



Managerial narratives: a critical dialogical 

approach to managerial identity 

Steve McKenna 

School of Administrative Studies, Atkinson Faculty, 

York University, Toronto, Canada 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore the use of a 

dialogical approach, associated with the Russian literary critic and 

philosopher Bakhtin, in understanding the portrayal of managerial 

identity in management narratives. In particular, it applies these 

ideas critically to understand how managers’ identities are partly 

shaped by the dominant discourse or idea about what a manager 

should ‘‘be’’. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper draws on three 

written narratives of managers. It applies a dialogical approach to 

consider how they position themselves interactionally in the 

narratives in such a way as to highlight a managerial identity based 

on being ‘‘enterprising’’ and ‘‘for change’’, while simultaneously 

voicing alternative identities negatively. The use of the written 

narratives of managers and the application of a dialogical approach 

is an important contribution to the literature. 

Findings – The findings suggest that managers, when reflecting on 

organizational events through narrative, assume a managerial 

identity that reflects current dominant discourse about what a 

manager should ‘‘be’’. In doing so they reject other possible 

discourses that offer alternatives, not only to managerial ‘‘being’’, 

but also to what management and organizations might reflect and 

represent. The paper also, however, recognizes that some 

managers reject this identity and its implications for organizational 

activity. 

Research limitations/implications – The paper suggests that 

managerial identity is partly a product of a dominant discursive/ 

ideological formation rather than individual choice. Although 

managers may reject this interpellation creating an alternative is 

constrained by the regime of truth that prevails about what 

management is at any given time. The approach might be 

considered overly deterministic in its view of managerial identity. 

Originality/value – The paper extends the understanding of 

managerial identity and how it is portrayed through narrative by 

using a dialogical approach to interpretation. 

Keywords Managers, Narratives, Work identity 


QROM 


Editors: Gillian Symon and Catherine Cassell

Quality Assurance in 

Education 


Quality assurance in post-secondary 

education: the student experience 

Dennis Chung Sea Law 

Caritas Francis Hsu College, Hong Kong 

Abstract 

Purpose – A major focus of the recent research into the quality of 

post-secondary education is the centrality of the student 

experience. The purpose of this paper is to review the literature on 

studies addressing such a focus to shed light on how quality 

assurance (QA) practices can be improved. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper reviews some of the 

approaches to addressing the quality issues from the viewpoints of 

students’ evaluations of teaching effectiveness, students’ 

programme experiences, students’ total experiences, student 

satisfaction and service quality, and some of the quantitative 

instruments that have been developed for measuring the respective 

constructs. 

Findings – The employment of student surveys using self-report 

inventories/questionnaires with established reliability, validity and 

diagnostic power has the potential to transform both the external 

and internal quality-monitoring mechanisms now being practiced in 

post-secondary education, and help shift the focus of QA activities 

more to the enhancement-led views. 

Originality/value – To cope with the complexity of the education 

system and to get quality into it, this paper promotes the practice of 

conducting student surveys by taking reference from the relevant 

research literature and adopting a rigorous approach to developing 

and improving data-collection instruments to tap into the students’ 

experiences, so that the QA activities of educational institutions are 

research informed, evidence based and enhancement led. 

Keywords Higher education, Students, Customer services quality, 

Customer satisfaction, Quality assurance 


QAE 


Editor: John F. Dalrymple 

88 

Rapid Prototyping 

Journal 


Effect of height to width ratio on the dynamics 

of ultrasonic consolidation 

James M. Gibert 



Eric M. Austin 

CSA Engineering, Inc., Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA 

Georges Fadel 



Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to focus on the changing 

dynamics of the ultrasonic consolidation (UC) process due to 

changes in substrate geometry. Past research points to a limiting 

height to width ranging from 0.7 to 1.2 on build features. 

Design/methodology/approach – Resonances of a build feature 

due to a change in geometry are examined and then a simple 

non-linear dynamic model of the UC process is constructed that 

examines how the geometry change may influence the overall 

dynamics of the process. This simple model is used to provide 

estimates of how substrate geometry affects the differential motion 

at the bonding interface and the amount of energy emitted by friction 

change due to build height. The trends of changes in natural 

frequency, differential motion, and frictional energy are compared to 

experimental limits on build height. 

Findings – The paper shows that, at the nominal build, dimensions 

of the feature the excitation caused by the UC approach two 

resonances in the feature. In addition trends in regions of changes 

of differential motion, force of friction, and frictional energy follow the 

experimental limit on build height. 

Originality/value – This paper explores several aspects of the UC 

process not currently found in the current literature: examining the 

modal properties of build features, and a lumped parameter 

dynamic model to account for the changes in the substrate 

geometry. 

Keywords Construction engineering, Friction, Geometry, 

Substrates, Ultrasonics 


RPJ 


Editor: Ian Campbell

Records Management 

Journal 


The records-risk nexus: exploring the 

relationship between records and risk 

Victoria L. Lemieux 

School of Library, Archival and Information Studies, 

University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper seeks to explore the nexus between records 

and risks. It briefly traces different conceptualizations and the 

historical evolution of risk and risk management and analyzes 

discourse on risk and the use of risk management in the field of 

records management and allied disciplines such as archives and 

information science. 

Design/methodology/approach – The methodological approach 

involves searching for and extracting for analysis references to 

‘‘risk’’ in articles from well-known journals and subjecting the 248 

references to a visual analysis. 

Findings – The visual analysis reveals 15 distinct, and in some 

cases conceptually related topics or categories of articles on risk. 

These are analysed further to create a typology of seven distinct 

topics of discourse defining the records-risk nexus in the sampled 

literature. 

Originality/value – This paper contributes an analysis of the 

literature on records and risk that defines the nexus between the two 

subjects, presents a typology of discourse on the records-risk 

nexus, and demonstrates the use of an innovative methodology 

(visual analysis) for analysis of large sets of bibliographic data. 

Keywords Records management, Risk management 


RMJ 


Editor: Julie McLeod 

89 

Reference Services 

Review 

Dr Ilene F. Rockman Award 

In memoriam and in recognition of Dr Ilene F. Rockman, 

Editor of Reference Services Review 1985-2005. 

Dr Rockman was a tireless advocate for integrating 

information literacy into the higher education curriculum. 

She was active nationally and locally as a speaker, 

author and consultant. She held leadership positions 

within the American Library Association, the Association 

of College and Research Libraries (ACRL, and its 

California chapter), and the Reference and User 

Services Association. 


What net generation students really want: 

determining library help-seeking preferences 

of undergraduates 

Lizah Ismail 

Marywood University Library, Scranton, 

Pennsylvania, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – Many academic libraries are trying a variety of 

innovative services to meet net generation users ‘‘on their own turf’’ 

and ‘‘on their own terms’’. This paper aims to address the need for 

academic libraries to determine the wants and preferences of their 

institution’s own net generation students before launching any new 

service that could be costly and ineffective, and to discuss a method 

for doing so. 

Design/methodology/approach – An online survey of 

undergraduates was conducted at Marywood University to 

investigate if the net generation profile – being technologically savvy 

and desiring the quick and easy – applies to help-seeking 

preferences at the library. Students were asked to rate their 

preference for a variety of research assistance options such as 

e-mail, IM, Facebook and librarian assistance outside the library. 

Findings – Results of the study run counter to expectations, and 

show that certain research assistance options, namely assistance 

via chat, Facebook, and course management software, are not a 

favorite among 18-22 year-olds at Marywood. 

Research limitations/implications – Because of a low response 

rate of about 10 percent, the library recognizes that it is not possible 

to generalize these results to all undergraduates at Marywood. 

However, findings do show an interesting trend that goes against 

the net generation profile. Another survey is planned in conjunction 

with focus groups. 

Originality/value – The Marywood Library has discovered, through 

a survey, that one size does not necessarily fit all when catering to 

the net generation. Time, effort, and expense could be saved if 

academic libraries conducted a similar study to determine the 

preferences of their net generation students. 

Keywords Library users, Reference services, Undergraduates, 

User studies 


RSR 


Editors: Eleanor Mitchell and 

Sarah Barbara Watstein

Review of Accounting 

and Finance 


Does the disclosure of corporate governance 

structures affect firms’ earnings quality? 

Jui-Chin Chang 

Department of Accounting, School of Business, 

Howard University, NW Washington, 

District of Columbia, USA 

Huey-Lian Sun 

Department of Accounting & Finance, 

School of Business & Management, 

Morgan State University, Baltimore, Maryland, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX) mandated a variety of 

corporate governance mechanisms to improve the transparency of 

financial reporting quality. This paper’s aim is to investigate whether 

SOX’s recently mandated disclosure of corporate governance 

structures affects the market’s perception of earnings 

informativeness and firms’ earnings management. 

Design/methodology/approach – Since the first compliant 

disclosure of the Act would be found in firms’ 2002-2003 financial 

reports, the authors retrieve the post-SOX data (pre-SOX data) from 

the 2002 to 2003 (2001-2002) period. Further, the study adopts 

Anderson et al.’s model to test the relations between earnings 

informativeness, audit committee independence, and other 

corporate governance variables. A similar mode is used by Chang 

and Sun in their study of cross-listed foreign firms. To measure the 

discretionary accruals, the authors adopt Kothari et al.’s model and 

use the two-digit SIC code in the cross-sectional regression. 

Findings – It is found that the market valuation of earnings 

surprises is significantly higher for firms which disclose stronger 

corporate governance functions. It is also found that the 

effectiveness of corporate governance in monitoring earnings 

management is improved after the mandated disclosure. 

Originality/value – The empirical evidence shows that the quality of 

accounting earnings is increased after the SOX’s mandated 

disclosure, which strengthens the link between financial reporting 

and corporate governance functions. 

Keywords Corporate governance, Earnings, Financial reporting 


RAF 


Editors: C. Janie Chang and Janis Zaima 

90 

Sensor Review 

Jack Hollingum Award 

Named after Jack Hollingum, who was one of the 

founding editors of Sensor Review as well as of our sister 

journals Assembly Automation and Industrial Robot. 

Over the years he wrote countless articles and remained 

a regular contributor right up to having a stroke in April 

2001. 


A generic framework for colour texture 

segmentation 

Padmapriya Nammalwar 

Ovidiu Ghita 

Paul F. Whelan 

Vision Systems Group, School of Electronic Engineering, 

Dublin City University, Dublin, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to propose a generic 

framework based on the colour and the texture features for colourtextured 

image segmentation. The framework can be applied to any 

real-world applications for appropriate interpretation. 

Design/methodology/approach – The framework derives the 

contributions of colour and texture in image segmentation. Local 

binary pattern and an unsupervised k-means clustering are used to 

cluster pixels in the chrominance plane. An unsupervised 

segmentation method is adopted. A quantitative estimation of colour 

and texture performance in segmentation is presented. The 

proposed method is tested using different mosaic and natural 

images and other image database used in computer vision. The 

framework is applied to three different applications namely, Irish 

script on screen images, skin cancer images and sediment profile 

imagery to demonstrate the robustness of the framework. 

Findings – The inclusion of colour and texture as distributions of 

regions provided a good discrimination of the colour and the texture. 

The results indicate that the incorporation of colour information 

enhanced the texture analysis techniques and the methodology 

proved effective and efficient. 

Originality/value – The novelty lies in the development of a generic 

framework using both colour and texture features for image 

segmentation and the different applications from various fields. 

Keywords Image processing, Adaptive system theory, 

Colours technology, Cluster analysis, Smoothing methods 


SR 


Editor: Clive Loughlin

Social Enterprise 

Journal 


Conceptualising ethical capital in social 

enterprise 

Mike Bull 

Manchester Metropolitan University, Manchester, UK 

Rory Ridley-Duff 


Doug Foster 

University of Surrey, Guildford, UK 

Pam Seanor 


Abstract 

Purpose – In popular culture, ethics and morality are topical, 

heightened by recent attention to the banking industry and pay 

awards, monopoly capitalism, global warming and sustainability. 

Yet, surprisingly, little attention is given to these in the narrative of 

the conceptualisation of social enterprise or social entrepreneurship 

– nor in the academic research on the sector. Current 

conceptualisations of social enterprise fail to fully satisfy the spirit of 

the movement which advances a narrative that social enterprises: 

are more like businesses than voluntary organisations; are more 

entrepreneurial than public service delivery; use business models 

but are not just in it for the money. A focus on the economic implies 

a business model where deep tensions lie. A focus on social capital 

offers a different frame of reference, yet both these 

conceptualisations fail to fully identify the phenomenon that is social 

enterprise. The objective of this paper is to fill that gap. Ethical 

capital is offered here as an alternative and unrecognised 

conceptualisation in the field of social enterprise. 

Design/methodology/approach – This paper is exploratory in 

nature – a tentative piece of theorising that brings together the 

authors’ perspectives on ethical capital to offer a newframe of 

reference on social enterprise. It sets out to investigate some of the 

issues in order to provoke further research. 

Findings – It is argued in the paper that the current ideology of the 

neo-classical economic paradigm pursues interests towards the self 

and towards the erosion of the moral basis of association. The 

outcome leaves society with a problem of low ethical virtue. The 

implications of this paper are that social enterprises maximise 

ethical virtue beyond any other form of organisation and as such 

hold great value beyond their missions and values. 

Research limitations/implications – This paper starts the process 

of intellectual debate about the notion of ethical capital in social 

enterprises. The conclusions of this paper outline further research 

questions that need to be addressed in order to fully develop this 

concept. 

Originality/value – This paper offers great value in the 

understanding of social enterprise through fresh insight into its 

conceptualisation. A critical perspective is adopted towards the 

current literature. This paper sheds new light on an understanding of 

the sector, providing practitioners, business support agencies and 

academics alike with a conceptualisation that has not been explored 

before. 

Keywords Business ethics, Social capital, Non-profit organizations 


SEJ 


Editor: Bob Doherty 

91 

Social Responsibility 

Journal 


From corporate social responsibility 

awareness to action? 

Caroline D. Ditlev-Simonsen 

Centre for Corporate Responsibility, 

BI – Norwegian School of Management, 

Department of Public Governance, Oslo, Norway 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to describe how the term 

‘‘corporate social responsibility’’ (CSR) is interpreted, introduced 

and applied in corporations from the point of view of the person in 

charge of this process, i.e. the translator. 

Design/methodology/approach – A case study approach is 

applied. Semi-structured interviews with those responsible for CSR 

introduction in three different companies are conducted, based on 

the knowledge transfer and translation theory (KTT). The content of 

CSR reports issued by the three companies is also reviewed to 

describe the CSR introduction process. 

Findings – The findings suggest that the translator’s understanding 

of the term CSR, as well as his or her position and motivation, 

impacts the outcome of CSR introduction. Furthermore, the findings 

reveal that introducing the term CSR into the corporate vocabulary 

does not necessarily reflect changes in corporate activities. 

Research limitations/implications – The cases were selected to 

reflect differing corporate settings. However, for the purposes of 

generalization, the findings should be tested on other companies 

and in other countries. 

Practical implications – The study and findings are useful for selfevaluation 

and benchmarking by other corporations. 

Social implications – The study confirms that the growth in volume 

and scope of CSR reports does not necessarily reflect the same 

increase in CSR activities. In these cases, the main effect of CSR 

introduction reflects increased openness about already ongoing 

environmental and social activities. 

Originality/value – Whereas most attention so far has been given 

to how institutional pressure leads to CSR activities, the paper 

reveals the importance of the individual translator’s interpretation of 

institutional CSR pressure and how this subsequently becomes the 

corporate CSR approach. 

Keywords Social responsibility, Knowledge management, 

Financial reporting 


SRJ 


Editors: David Crowther and Guler Aras

Society and Business 

Review 


Staff induction practices and organizational 

socialization: a review and extension of the 

debate 

Elena P. Antonacopoulou 

GNOSIS, University of Liverpool Management School, 

Liverpool, UK 

Wolfgang H. Güttel 

Institute of Human Resource and Change Management, 

Johannes Kepler-University Linz, Linz, Austria 

Abstract 

Purpose – Socialization is one of the fundamental processes that 

define how collectivities emerge. Socialization underpins the social 

structures that shape not only how social actors interact in 

community but also the boundaries of action and the rules of 

engagement. In the context of organizations, socialization is a 

process that significantly shapes organization in the way core 

practices shape how things are done and why they are done in 

particular ways. This emphasis on consistency within and between 

practices is seen to be greatly facilitated by specific practices like 

staff induction. The purpose of this paper is to review the current 

conceptual and empirical research on staff induction as a process of 

organizational socialization and outlines some of the areas for future 

research particularly if a social practice perspective is adopted. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper presents a 

systematic review of the relevant literature on organizational 

socialization and staff induction and outlines themes to which the 

debate can usefully be extended. 

Findings – This paper focuses on how staff induction practices 

provide valuable insights about how social agents (especially 

newcomers) get socialized in organizations. 

Research limitations/implications – This paper provides a 

foundation for the various staff induction practices that other papers 

in this issue will be presenting. By outlining the current debate and 

insights from previous empirical research on staff induction, the 

objective is to extend the debate by outlining some new avenues for 

research that papers in the special issue both respond to and further 

explicate. 

Originality/value – This paper explores staff induction and 

organizational socialization as a practice that can provide new 

insights into the dynamics of social interaction within organizations. 

Keywords Induction, Organizational culture, Socialization 


SBR 


Editor: Yvon Pesqueux 

92 

Soldering & Surface 

Mount Technology 


X-ray solder alloy volume measurement 

(XSVM) in pin-in-paste technology (PIP) 

Mihály Janózki 

László Jakab 

Department of Electronics Technology, Budapest 

University of Technology and Economics, Budapest, 

Hungary 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to develop a novel 

automatic and accurate measurement technique for the volume of 

solder which is present in solder paste in pin-in-paste (PIP) 

technology and a calculation algorithm for predicting solder joint 

quality. 

Design/methodology/approach – A new method is described for 

accurately determining the volume of solder alloy in solder paste 

that is present in and around the through hole, using X-ray 

measurements (orthogonal view X-ray images, instead of angle 

view), image processing and other calculations. In addition, various 

calibration tool constructions are investigated and a method is 

suggested for determining the calibration curve (for each solder 

paste) of an X-ray machine. 

Findings – A new calibration tool has been developed to accurately 

measure the calibration curve of X-ray machines. Based on several 

tests, a fast and reliable image processing method for measuring 

the average grey scale of each pasted through hole is described. 

Numerous PIP solder joints have been created then analysed using 

the methodology. To verify the efficiency of the described methods, 

joints are soldered and inspected using cross-sectioning and X-ray 

imaging. 

Originality/value – Calibration curve measurement of an X-ray 

machine is done with the help of the developed tool for PIP 

technology. Orthogonal view X-ray images are used to measure the 

volume of printed solder alloy (paste). During the image processing, 

circle fitting has been simplified to line fitting. 

Keywords X-rays, Solder, Alloys, Volume measurement, 

Solder paste 


SSMT 


Editor: Martin Goosey

Strategy & Leadership 


Rethinking the organization: leadership for 

game-changing innovation 

Stephen Denning 

Washington DC, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The paper aims to identify the lessons CEOs of large 

established organizations need to learn to make continuous 

innovation a part of the firm’s DNA. Instead of innovation and 

organizational learning being the responsibility of a few iconoclastic, 

courageous and rare individuals or departments, it needs to become 

institutionalized as an organization-wide capability. 

Design/methodology/approach – The author has drafted a lesson 

plan for top managers based on the best practice suggestions for 

introducing and fostering an innovation culture – pull management, 

authentic and interactive communication and putting the customer 

value zone at the center of the organization. 

Findings – Pull management poses the complex challenge of 

delivering steadily increasing value to customers and engaging 

employees and customers in conversations. This is a radically 

different business environment. It requires understanding and 

mastering a radically different kind of management. 

Practical implications – The management lesson plan: learn the 

skills required to practice pull management, authentic and 

interactive communication and putting the customer value zone at 

the center of the organization. 

Originality/value – The paper postulates that organization-wide 

continuous innovation, which will be vital to survival in the coming 

years, requires a radically new approach to management and the 

learning of a completely new set of skills. 

Keywords Communication management, 

Continuous improvement, Innovation, Performance levels, 

Workplace training 


SL 


Editor: Robert Randall 

93 

Structural Survey 


Condition survey objectivity and philosophy 

driven masonry repair: an increased 

probability for project divergence? 

Alan Mark Forster 

James Douglas 


Edinburgh, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – The assessment of a deteriorating masonry structure 

should lead to an objective evaluation of condition. This process is, 

however, inevitably subjective owing to human interpretation. The 

condition of the substrate and the required repairs cannot be 

guaranteed and may vary from building inspector to inspector. For 

conservation works the determination of repairs is a function of 

condition but also directly relates to the underpinning framework of 

building conservation philosophy. These are also fundamentally 

subjective. The combination of both condition survey subjectivity 

and building conservation philosophy’s nebulous nature creates the 

potential for project aesthetic and technical divergence. This paper 

aims to examine this issue. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper presents a literature 

review and hypothetical case studies. 

Findings – It has been shown by various researchers that a visual 

survey is subjective and is therefore prone to differences in 

reporting. In addition, the application of building conservation 

philosophy is seen through the perspective of the professional 

specifying the repairs. The combination of these two factors leads to 

the potential for significant project outcomes. 

Originality/value – Subjectivity of evaluation of condition for 

traditional masonry structures has been little studied by academics 

and practitioners alike, and it is generally assumed that these yield 

objective, rational data. This is not necessarily the case. The 

application of building conservation philosophy to determine repair 

strategies is also a subjective process. The combination of both may 

lead to significant project divergence. These combined factors have 

never previously been discussed. 

Keywords Building conservation, Surveying, Maintenance 


SS 


Editors: Mark Shelbourn and Michael Hoxley

Studies in Economics 

and Finance 


The 2007 crisis and countercyclical policy 

Joan O’Connell 

Department of Economics, National University of Ireland, 

Galway, Ireland 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of the paper is to outline the global financial 

and economic crisis that began in 2007, together with the 

macroeconomic policy changes that were put in place as a result. 

Design/methodology/approach – The content is partly descriptive 

and partly analytical. 

Findings – The paper sets out the history of the financial and 

economic crisis to date. 

Originality/value – This is determined by the subject matter, and 

consists mainly in the manner in which the material is presented. 

Keywords: Credit institutions, Economic cycles, Housing, 

Recession, United States of America, World economy 


SEF 


Editors: Mahendra Raj and Hamid Uddin 

94 

Supply Chain 

Management 



Overseas sourcing decisions – the total cost of 

sourcing from China 

K.W. Platts 

N. Song 

University of Cambridge, Cambridge, UK 

Abstract 

Purpose – Although cost savings are found by many researchers to 

be a major reason for sourcing from China, the actual cost savings 

may not be as great as expected. This paper aims at studying and 

comparing the true cost of sourcing from China and companies’ 

perceptions of the total cost of their China sourcing projects. 

Design/methodology/approach – This research comprises six 

case studies and a mailed survey to 201 UK manufacturers with the 

experience of global sourcing from China. Comparisons of the 

findings from the cases and the survey are made. 

Findings – The findings provide a comprehensive analysis of the 

total costs of outsourcing from China. Additional costs (additional to 

the quoted price), found from in-depth case studies, averaged 50 

per cent of the quoted price. The perception of additional costs, 

found from a survey, averaged 25 per cent of the quoted price. 

Taken together, these findings suggest that companies generally do 

not comprehensively measure the costs of global sourcing, and 

significantly underestimate the true costs incurred. 

Practical implications – This has implications for decision making 

and ultimately profitability, and the paper suggests that more 

attention is paid to measuring the actual total acquisition costs. It 

confirms the benefit of a comprehensive cost framework, as a 

checklist that will prompt companies to think about all the possible 

sources of cost when sourcing globally. This should both guide their 

decision making, and also act to identify possible cost reduction 

activities. 

Originality/value – This research is the first effort to establish the 

total cost of sourcing from China and to compare this with 

companies’ perceptions of the cost of such sourcing. It is valuable in 

providing increased understanding of the sources and magnitudes 

of the costs of sourcing from China. 

Keywords Case studies, China, Outsourcing, Surveys 


SCM 


Editors: Beverly A. Wagner

Sustainability 

Accounting, 

Management and 

Policy Journal 


Market reactions to the first-time issuance of 

corporate sustainability reports: evidence that 

quality matters 

Ronald P. Guidry 

Dennis M. Patten 

Illinois State University, Normal, Illinois, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – The paper attempts to determine whether market 

participants see value in the corporate choice to begin publishing a 

standalone sustainability report. It also seeks to investigate whether 

differences in market reactions are associated with the quality of the 

sustainability report. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper uses standard 

market model methods to isolate the unexpected change in market 

returns in the period surrounding the announcement of the release 

of a first-time sustainability report. 

Findings – The paper finds, on average, no significant market 

reaction to the announcement of the release of the sustainability 

reports. However, in cross-sectional analyses, it is found that 

companies with the highest quality reports exhibited significantly 

more positive market reactions than companies issuing lower 

quality reports. These results hold when we control for firm size and 

membership in socially exposed industries. 

Research limitations/implications – The paper examines only the 

US firms and the measure of quality is based on an assessment of 

the extent to which reports provide disclosures recommended by 

the Global Reporting Initiative. The sample is also relatively small. 

Finally, the analysis examines perceived value for only one potential 

stakeholder group – shareholders. Future research could address 

any of these shortcomings. 

Practical implications – The evidence suggests that companies 

seeking value from their sustainability reporting need to carefully 

consider the quality of their presentations. 

Originality/value – The finding that quality of sustainability 

reporting is important to investors provides valuable evidence to 

support improvements in the implementation of sustainability 

accounting and reporting. 

Keywords Corporate social responsibility, Market forces, Reports, 

Sustainable development 


SAMPJ 


Editor: Carol Adams 

95 

Team Performance 

Management 



Global teams: a network analysis 

Nicola Berg 

University of Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany 

Dirk Holtbrügge 

Department of International Management, 

University of Erlangen-Nuremberg, Nuremberg, 

Germany 

Abstract 

Purpose – In the last few years, several empirical studies about the 

determinants and success factors of global teams have been 

published. While these studies show many interesting results, they 

are often focused on single variables such as cultural homogeneity, 

cooperation length, or task complexity, but rarely analyze the 

complex relationships between these concepts. The aim of this 

paper is to explore how members of global teams consider the 

relevance of different determinants of their cooperation, these 

determinants are interrelated, and how they influence team 

performance. 

Design/methodology/approach – In this paper, a network study of 

global teams in the automotive and airline industries is presented. 

Based on interviews with the members of nine teams in three 

companies the software programs NVivo and UCINET were applied 

for a construct causal network analysis of the relationships between 

various team characteristics and their impact on team performance. 

Findings – The study shows that the interaction of team members 

from different cultures does not directly impact the productivity and 

creativity of teams. This relationship is rather influenced by various 

determinants such as task complexity, language skills, 

communication media and intercultural training. 

Research limitations/implications – A restriction of this study is its 

regional concentration on teams with members from European 

cultures. Future research should broaden this perspective and focus 

on global teams with a more diverse composition in terms of culture. 

For example, it would be interesting to know whether for global 

teams in Asia, South America or Asia similar or different 

determinants are relevant. 

Originality/value – The study enhances the knowledge of the 

complex interrelationships between various determinants of global 

teams and their impact on team performance. A major 

methodological contribution is the analysis of real teams, enabling a 

far more realistic picture than previous experimental studies 

conducted in this area that deal with simulated teams, whose 

members do not have a shared past nor a shared future. 

Keywords Globalization, Team working, Networking, 

Team performance, Cross-cultural management 


TPM 


Editor: Fiona Lettice

The Bottom Line 


Narrative-based library marketing: selling your 

library’s value during tough economic times 

Michael A. Germano 

John F. Kennedy Memorial Library, 

California State University, Los Angeles, California, USA 

Abstract 

Purpose – Managing through crises, especially economic ones, 

represents both peril and opportunity. Libraries of all types, whether 

academic, special or public, would benefit from an infusion of 

marketing activity in the current economic climate. Such marketing 

need not be resource-intensive but must be relevant to specific user 

populations. In order to reap the greatest rewards while expending 

the least effort or resources, adopting a narrative or story-based 

marketing message that develops and reinforces a consistent value 

proposition can improve patron experience by speaking in a 

language that resonates with them regarding services and 

resources that may be unclear or altogether unknown. This paper 

aims to discuss current trends in developing narrative or storybased 

marketing that focuses on customer needs and applies it to 

library marketing specifically. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper discusses of current 

trends informed by current marketing scholarship and draws upon 

the author’s prior experience in sales and marketing as a vendor for 

LexisNexis. 

Findings – Adopting a narrative-based marketing plan for libraries 

of all kinds, one that is based upon a specific user population’s 

needs and expectations, can promote a notion of increased value 

as well as an overall sense of being indispensable and critical to 

those patrons. The ultimate goal is a demonstrable strengthening of 

support from user populations that will translate into avoidance of 

deeper or ongoing cuts during the current economic climate. Further 

benefits also include the ability to identify and target users and 

groups for fundraising opportunities while improving library 

personnel morale based upon the increased, generalized 

perception of the library’s value within the broader organization or 

community. 

Practical implications – Based upon years of sales and marketing 

experience, the author takes a practical and seasoned approach to 

creating a marketing plan that draws upon little to no resources but 

is compelling in its tailored and targeted approach that uses 

identifiable language to reinforce and describe specific user-driven 

needs. 

Originality/value – The paper provides recommendations for 

developing, creating and executing a narrative or story-based 

marketing plan that speaks to users in the language and needs 

most critical to them while highlighting resources and services that 

may not be currently valued or even known. 

Keywords Academic libraries, Public libraries, Services marketing, 

Special libraries, Strategic marketing 


BL 


Editor: Bradford Lee Eden 

96 

The Electronic Library 

The international journal for the application of 

technology in information environments 


Assessment of taxonomy building tools 

Abdus Sattar Chaudhry 

Department of Library and Information Science, 

College of Social Sciences, Kuwait University, 

Kuwait City, Kuwait 

Abstract 

Purpose – The main objective of the paper is to assess selected 

taxonomy building tools to review their features and capabilities for 

supporting development and deployment of taxonomy functions. 

Design/methodology/approach – A checklist of desirable features 

and capabilities of taxonomy tools was used for assessment 

focusing on development, deployment, display, and information 

environment supported. White papers and product information 

datasheets on vendor sites were consulted to analyze features and 

capabilities of selected taxonomy tools. 

Findings – The review indicates that more than 50 per cent of the 

selected tools support automatic and hybrid taxonomy building; 

about 80 per cent allow import and export of taxonomies and 

vocabularies; and all tools reviewed support classification and 

tagging. User interfaces, for maintenance, and display in facets, are 

supported by some tools, while, some have also integrated other 

visualization tools, or modules to provide clear representation of 

contents, and relationships. 

Research limitations/implications – Analysis is based on review 

of white papers and product information sheets and is therefore 

limited to indication of availability features and capabilities. The 

review does not assess performance of tools which would require 

use of tools and feedback from actual users. 

Practical implications – The checklist used for assessment 

provides a useful template for organizations interested in assessing 

tools for taxonomy implementation. A summary of features and 

capabilities of selected taxonomy tools may also be useful in 

selecting tools for taxonomy application projects. 

Originality/value – Little research has been reported in the 

literature on assessment methodology and evaluation of taxonomy 

tools. This study makes a good contribution to the literature on this 

important aspect of research and makes available useful practical 

information as well. 

Keywords Classification schemes, Information strategy, Knowledge 

management, Knowledge organizations 


EL 


Editor: David Raitt

The TQM Journal 

(formerly The TQM Magazine) 


Integrated lean TQM model for global 

sustainability and competitiveness 

Samuel K.M. Ho 

Coventry University, Coventry, UK and 

Hang Seng School of Commerce, Shatin, Hong Kong 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to explore an integrated 

total quality management (TQM) model for global sustainability. 

Design/methodology/approach – It has been well-recognised that 

Japanese firms compete in quality, cost and speed of delivery. Over 

the last century, the Japanese have formalised the technique and 

call it ‘‘5S’’ Practice. Through his research in Japan under the 

‘‘Oshikawa Fellowship’’ of the Asian Productivity Organisation in 

1988, the author has re-defined the name as ‘‘the 5-S’’ and 

developed the world’s first 5-S Audit Checklist. Recently, in the 

wake of the soaring oil prices, the author developed another 

Checklist on Lean 5-S, aiming at minimising wastage of all kinds. 

Thus, the author adds another dimension to the Japanese 

competitiveness trio above – environment. Since 1993, the author 

has used the proprietary 5-S Checklist for training and consultancy 

in no less than ten countries with over 100,000 persons from around 

8,000 organisations worldwide. On the other hand, HKSAR takes 

the lead in the global oil energy consumption/GPD. The experience 

is shared in this paper. 

Findings – On entering into year 2008, the price of oil soared to 

US$148/barrel, and kept rising. This calls for the pressing need for 

lean, the most important word for any organisation in the 

contemporary world. By now, the oil crisis seems to be over. 

Unfortunately, it has ignited the financial tsunami, a much bigger 

problem than the oil crisis, which we can live with. The lean 

management model proposed in this paper has shown some 

evidence to help organisations overcome the damages caused by 

the financial tsunami. 

Research limitations/implications – As the Integrated Lean TQM 

Model has only been tested in HKSAR, China and Japan, interested 

academics and related parties are invited to join in to validate this 

model for the global sustainability and competitiveness. 

Originality/value – The greatest contribution to the field of TQM in 

this paper are the two checklists created, each of them with 50 

checkpoints, and tested by the author. When used properly, these 

two checklists are the corner stones for competitiveness and global 

sustainability in resources management. 

Keywords Lean production, Modelling, Productivity rate, 

Sustainable development, Total quality management 


TQM 


Editor: Alex Douglas 

97 

Tourism Review 


The impact of image congruence between 

sport event and destination on behavioural 

intentions 

Kirstin Hallmann 

Christoph Breuer 

Institute of Sport Economics and Sport Management, 

German Sport University Cologne, Cologne, Germany 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate the influence 

of image congruence between sport events and their hosts as 

perceived by sport tourists on future visits to the destination, 

respectively the sport event. 

Design/methodology/approach – In order to measure image 

congruence an indirect, multi-attributive measure was chosen – 

using a self-administered questionnaire distributed to sport tourists 

at six different sport events in Germany – so as to be able to 

investigate the two images first separately and second to construct 

an independent fit measure using the absolute differences of 

corresponding items. Logistic regression analyses evaluated 

dependencies between image congruence, location components 

and socio-demographic aspects on behavioural intentions. 

Findings – The results show that the overall models are significant 

and that certain elements such as the affinity of atmosphere do play 

a central role in predicting future visits. 

Research limitations/implications – A research limitation could 

arise due to the sample because almost all sport tourists were 

German. A more international sample might have shown different 

results. Future research should analyse samples of different sports 

concluding whether the sport performed influences behaviour, too. 

Practical implications – Some practical implications with respect 

to the kind of appeal towards sport tourists are given. 

Originality/value – This paper shows that not only separated 

images affect future behaviour but that the perceived fit between two 

actually distinct images influences behaviour as well. 

Keywords Germany, Product image, Sporting events, Tourism 


TR 


Editors: Thomas Bieger and Christian Laesser

Training & 

Management 

Development 

Methods 


Entertainment, engagement and education in 

e-learning 

Poushali Chatterjee 

TATA Interactive Systems, India 

Abstract 

Purpose – This paper seeks to examine whether training is more 

effective when it includes an element of entertainment. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper investigates the 

connections between entertainment and engagement and 

entertainment and creativity. It explores why some training 

managers fear including an element of entertainment in their 

programmes. It also describes how entertainment-based 

programmes score over others. It also considers what is the ‘‘right’’ 

amount of entertainment to include in training programmes and the 

circumstances to consider when making this judgement. 

Findings – The paper argues that entertainment is an important 

element in e-learning programmes and is needed for all age groups. 

It can stimulate learners’ minds and get them involved in the 

training. The ‘‘right’’ amount of entertainment depends on the 

audience and on the content being taught. 

Practical implications – The paper advances the view that 

including an entertainment element in training can help people to 

have more fun while learning, and help organizations to achieve 

learning objectives by stealth. 

Social implications – The paper highlights the particular value of 

entertainment in delivering boring, difficult-to-remember content, or 

training to learners with a short attention span or lower levels of 

educational achievement. 

Originality/value – The paper forms an interesting, well-researched 

and cogently argued piece on the value of including an element of 

entertainment in training programmes. 

Keywords Entertainment, Computer based learning, 

Learning methods, Training methods 


TMDM 

Volume 24 Number 6, 2010, pp. 6.01-6.22 

Editor: David Pollitt 

98 

Transforming 

Government: People, 

Process and Policy 


E-government adoption in Cambodia: a partial 

least squares approach 

Sinawong Sang 

National ICT Development Authority (NiDA), 

Phnom Penh, Kingdom of Cambodia 

Jeong-Dong Lee 

Jongsu Lee 

Technology Management, Economics, and Policy 

Program (TEMEP), Seoul National University, Seoul, 

Republic of Korea 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to investigate factors 

influencing end-user acceptance and use of government 

administration information system (GAIS). 

Design/methodology/approach – A conceptual structural model of 

end-user acceptance and use of the GAIS was developed with 

technology acceptance model as a theoretical background and 

tested using a structural equation modeling with partial least 

squares (PLS) approach on a data collected from a survey among 

112 public officers in 12 ministries in Cambodia. 

Findings – The results indicate that the factors influencing end-user 

adoption of the GAIS are significantly affected by perceived 

usefulness, relative advantage, and trust. Perceived usefulness of 

the GAIS is directly affected by subjective norm, image, output 

quality, and perceived ease of use. 

Practical implications – The results are of practical significance to 

all those interested in this area, mainly the government policy 

makers and practitioners in Cambodia’s public services. 

Originality/value – The paper is the first to investigate end-user 

adoption of the GAIS. It is unique to Cambodia. It adds to the limited 

literature in e-government in Cambodia. Simultaneously, the PLS 

approach use in this study is quite unique with government 

information system research. As such, it contributes to the 

methodology development in the government information system 

research field. 

Keywords Government, Information systems, Innovation, 

Communication technologies, User studies, Cambodia 


TG 


Editor: Zahir Irani

VINE 

The journal of information and knowledge 

management systems 


Six tenets for developing an effective 

knowledge transfer strategy 

Stephen McLaughlin 

School of Business and Management, 


Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this article is to identify common traits 

amongst complex, knowledge-intensive organizations in their 

approach to managing their core business processes in a way that 

maximises knowledge transfer along these processes. 

Design/methodology/approach – The research follows an 

empirically-based multiple case study approach across six national/ 

multi-national knowledge-based organizations. A core-complex 

process was identified within each organization, and key employees 

along the respective process where interviewed concerning the 

manner in which the processes were managed and modified. 

Findings – Those organizations that identified their core business 

processes as being responsive and flexible could be shown to adopt 

common traits in their approach to ensuring continued performance 

related knowledge transfer. However, those that had lessresponsive 

processes seemed to share similar issues; failure to 

align their knowledge strategy to their process development and 

failure to engage end-users throughout the process life cycle. 

Research limitations/implications – The findings are based on a 

limited sample size of six organizations, and the nature of the 

findings are presented in an inductive-theory building way. 

Therefore, the findings are not presented as a final position, but as a 

starting point for further research into complex, knowledge transfer 

intensive business process development and design. 

Practical implications – From the findings, six tenets that all of the 

more successful organizations follow. 

Originality/value – Within any dynamic organization core business 

processes are under pressure to perform within a constantly 

changing business environment. These processes can be viewed 

as knowledge-pathway, therefore, it is important to understand how 

an organization can continue to re-shape processes in a way that 

continues to support performance related knowledge transfer. 

Keywords Knowledge transfer, Process management, Innovation, 

Supply chain management 


VINE 


Editors: Frada Burstein and Rongbin W.B. Lee 

99 

Worldwide Hospitality 

and Tourism Themes 


Does sustainable tourism offer solutions for 

the protection of the Amazon rainforest in 

Suriname? 

Harrold A. Sijlbing 

Santour Foundation, Paramaribo, Suriname 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to provide an overview of 

the tourism sector in Suriname drawing attention to some key 

initiatives for conservation and protection of the rainforest in 

Suriname. The paper also identifies the principal prospects, 

challenges, and weaknesses that attend both the planning and 

management of tourism in Suriname. 

Design/methodology/approach – The paper analyzes and draws 

evidence from articles, research papers, scholarly publications and 

official documents and supplements those findings with interviews 

with key officials and actors in the tourism sector. The paper reflects 

a balance of multiple perspectives in its investigation of the role of 

sustainable tourism initiatives in the effort to protect the rainforest of 

the Amazon region of Suriname. 

Findings – Suriname has been making strong efforts to expand the 

management of the area of forest that is under protection despite 

the increasing encroachments from mining activities. Apart from 

those challenges on the ground, there are also challenges of an 

institutional nature in the weak regulations and legislative framework 

necessary to conserve and protect rainforests through sustainable 

tourism activity. 

Practical implications – As the tourism authorities of Suriname 

plan to accelerate growth in the tourism sector and to double arrivals 

within the next three years, the issues addressed in this paper 

relating to sound rainforest management and most sustainable 

tourism practices should not escape the attention of tourism 

planners in Suriname. 

Originality/value – Suriname promotes itself as ‘‘the beating heart 

of the Amazon’’. This paper reveals some of the strong sustainability 

credentials of Suriname that have also received world recognition 

even as it presents a sobering picture of the clear and present 

threats to that sustainable future. 

Keywords Tourism, Tourism development, 

Sustainable development, Conservation, Forests, Suriname 


WHATT 


Editor: Richard Teare

Young Consumers 

Insight and Ideas for Responsible Marketers 


Applying lead user theory to young adults 

N. Oosterloo 

Groningen, The Netherlands 

J. Kratzer 

Fakultät VII Wirtschaft und Management, 

Institut für Technologie und Management, 

Technische Universität Berlin, Berlin, Germany 

M.C. Achterkamp 


Department of Marketing, University of Groningen, 

Groningen, The Netherlands 

Abstract 

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to identify lead users within 

social networks of young adults between 14 and 17 years of age. 

Design/methodology/approach – A questionnaire and the 

SAGS-method were used to collect data within seven high schools 

in the north of The Netherlands. These data were used to 

empirically test five hypotheses using the variables which could 

enable the identification of lead users. A multiple regression 

analysis was used to test the predictive value of the variables. The 

analysis was complemented with a qualitative analysis of the 

collected data. 

Findings – The main characteristics which identify lead users 

among adults can also be used with young adults. Those young 

adults who are more likely to be a lead user, are more ahead of a 

trend and have a higher amount of expected benefit. They also 

display more expertise than other young adults. 

Research limitations/implications – The variable of perceived 

information benefits could complement the variables used for 

identifying lead users among young adults, but further research is 

necessary. Because the focus is on only one specific product, the 

generalizability of the results from this research is limited. Further 

research should include different products or services in different 

domains of interest. The variables of perceived information benefits 

and efficiency did not have a significant positive relation with lead 

userness, but further research is needed. 

Practical implications – The identification of lead users could be 

valuable to organizations that focus on young adults in the age 

range 14 to 17 years and could lead to significant commercial 

benefits. Young adults are a large potential market and the 

identification of lead users within this target group could help 


Originality/value – Research on lead user theory is mainly focused 

on adults or organizations. This article tries to fill this research gap 

by focusing on young adults. It is an extension of the research of 

Kratzer and Lettl, Kunst and Kratzer and Molenmaker et al. who 

focused on children from eight to 12 years old. 

Keywords Innovation, Marketing strategy, Social networks, 

Young adults 


YC 


Editor: Brian Young 

100

Highly Commended Awards 2011 

Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal 

Anglo-American capitalism: the role and potential role of social accounting 

David Collison, Colin Dey, Gwen Hannah and Lorna Stevenson 

Vol. 23 No. 8, 2010 

Accounting and visual cultural studies: potentialities, challenges and prospects 

Judy Brown 

Vol. 23 No. 4, 2010 

Accounting Research Journal 

The equity and efficiency of the Australian share market with respect to 

director trading 

Katherine Uylangco, Steve Easton and Robert Faff 

Vol. 23 No. 1, 2010 

Value relevance of alternative accounting performance measures: 

Australian evidence 

Ahsan Habib 

Vol. 23 No. 2, 2010 

Are socially responsible investment markets worldwide integrated? 

Eduardo Roca, Victor S.H. Wong and Gurudeo Anand Tularam 

Vol. 23 No. 3, 2010 

Agricultural Finance Review 

Tax-deferred exchanges of farmland: theory and evidence from federal tax 

data 

James M. Williamson, Michael P. Brady and Ron Durst 

Vol. 70 No. 2, 2010 

Anti-Corrosion Methods and Materials 

Acid-dyes as corrosion inhibitors for mechanically pretreated aluminium 

I. Tsangaraki-Kaplanoglou, A. Kanta, S. Theohari and V. Ninni 

Vol. 57 No. 1, 2010 

Oxidation and electrochemical corrosion performance of Ti3Al alloy with TiAl 

coating 

Yan Jun Xi, Yong Jun Liu, Zhi Xin Wang and Jin Bin Liu 

Vol. 57 No. 1, 2010 

Corrosion degradation of pipeline carbon steels subjected to geothermal plant 

conditions 

C. Miranda-Herrera, I. Sauceda, J. González-Sánchez and N. Acuña 

Vol. 57 No. 4, 2010 

Quantitative analysis of the effect of coarse aggregate diffusivity on 

reinforcing steel corrosion initiation with a finite element model 

Hui Yu and William H. Hartt 

Vol. 57 No. 2, 2010 

101

Asia-Pacific Journal of Business Administration 

Confucian moral roots of citizenship behaviour in China 

Yong Han 

Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

Psychological capital and authentic leadership: measurement, gender, and 

cultural extension 

Arran Caza, Richard P. Bagozzi, Lydia Woolley, Lester Levy and 

Brianna Barker Caza 

Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

Asian Journal on Quality 

A study on the difference of supply chain performance from the fitness 

between competitive priorities and supplier selection criteria 

Jeong Soo Park and Deok Shin Chang 

Vol. 11 No. 2, 2010 


Repositories and journals: are they in conflict? A literature review of relevant 

literature 

David J. Brown 

Vol. 62 No. 2, 2010 

Forms, effects, function: LIS students’ attitudes towards portable e-book 

readers 

M. Cristina Pattuelli and Debbie Rabina 

Vol. 62 No. 3, 2010 

Assembly Automation 

Technology review for mass customisation using rapid manufacturing 

Daniel Eyers and Krassimir Dotchev 

Vol. 30 No. 1, 2010 

Fundamental mindset that drives improvements towards lean production 

Yuji Yamamoto and Monica Bellgran 

Vol. 30 No. 2, 2010 

A flexible joints microassembly robot with metamorphic gripper 

Luca Bruzzone and Giorgio Bozzini 

Vol. 30 No. 3, 2010 

Baltic Journal of Management 

Management orientation and export performance: the case of Norwegian ICT 

companies 

Carl Arthur Solberg and Ulf H. Olsson 

Vol. 5 No. 1, 2010 

Building organizational trust in a low-trust societal context 

Raminta Pucetaite, Anna-Maija Lämsä and Aurelija Novelskaite 

Vol. 5 No. 2, 2010 

102

Benchmarking 

An empirical study of total quality management in engineering educational 

institutions of India: perspective of management 

Begum Sayeda, Chandrasekharan Rajendran and Prakash Sai Lokachari 

Vol. 17 No. 5, 2010 

Mitigating resisting forces to achieve the collaboration-enabled supply chain 

Stanley E. Fawcett, Gregory M. Magnan and Amydee M. Fawcett 

Vol. 17 No. 2, 2010 

Benchmarking the service quality of ocean container carriers using AHP 

Vanumamalai Kannan 

Vol. 17 No. 5, 2010 


Brand familiarity and tasting in conjoint analysis: an experimental study with 

Croatian beer consumers 

Marija Cerjak, Rainer Haas and Damir Kovačić 

Vol. 112 No. 6, 2010 

Business Process Management Journal 

Open process innovation: the impact of personnel resource scarcity on the 

involvement of customers and consultants in public sector BPM 

Bjoern Niehaves 

Vol. 16 No. 3, 2010 

Reflections on the modularity of business process models: the case for 

introducing the aspect-oriented paradigm 

Claudia Cappelli, Flávia Maria Santoro, Julio Cesar Sampaio do Prado Leite, 

Thais Batista, Ana Luisa Medeiros and Clarissa S.C. Romeiro 

Vol. 16 No. 4, 2010 

Incorporating business process management into RFID-enabled application 

systems 

Xiaohui Zhao, Chengfei Liu and Tao Lin 

Vol. 16 No. 6, 2010 

Campus-Wide Information Systems 

Plasticity: the online learning environment’s potential to support varied 

learning styles and approaches 

Susan L. Greener 

Vol. 27 No. 4, 2010 

Career Development International 

Satisfaction with mentoring relationships: does gender identity matter? 

Rowena Ortiz-Walters, Kimberly-Ann Eddleston and Kathleen Simione 

Vol. 15 No. 2, 2010 

Migration and career success: testing a time-sequenced model 

Nithya Tharmaseelan, Kerr Inkson and Stuart C. Carr 

Vol. 15 No. 3, 2010 

103

Work schedule, work schedule control and satisfaction in relation to 

work-family conflict, work-family synergy, and domain satisfaction 

Nicholas J. Beutell 

Vol. 15 No. 5, 2010 

China Agricultural Economic Review 

Achieving food security in China: past three decades and beyond 

Zhangyue Zhou 

Vol. 2 No. 3, 2010 

Borrowing amongst friends: the economics of informal credit in rural China 

Calum G. Turvey, Rong Kong and Xuexi Huo 

Vol. 2 No. 2, 2010 

Circuit World 

Gigabit data transmission with a novel flexible printed circuit structure 

Yu-Chang Pai and Shou-kuo Sogo Hsu 

Vol. 36 No. 4, 2010 

Printing technology for ubiquitous electronics 

Jayna R. Sheats, David Biesty, Julien Noel and Gary N. Taylor 

Vol. 36 No. 2, 2010 

Development of an ultra-small micro drill bit for packaging substrates 

Lianyu Fu and Qiang Guo 

Vol. 36 No. 3, 2010 

Clinical Governance 

Catheter-related blood stream infection (CRBSI) in TPN patients: benefit of 

an educational programme and multimodal expression of CRBSI incidence 

Criona M. Walshe, Kevin S. Boner, Jane Bourke, Rosemary Hone, 

Maureen Lynch, Liam Delaney and Dermot Phelan 

Vol. 15 No. 4, 2010 

A pragmatic model for evidence-based guideline development in hospitals 

Tari Turner, Claire Harris and Sally Green 

Vol. 15 No. 4, 2010 

Is inadequate response to whistleblowing perpetuating a culture of silence in 

hospitals? 

Linda Moore and Eilish McAuliffe 

Vol. 3 No.15, 2010 

Collection Building 

Collaborative collection development: a Canadian-Indonesian initiative 

Andre P. Bolduc 

Vol. 29 No. 4, 2010 

Electronic collection growth: an academic library case study 

Diana Kichuk 

Vol. 29 No. 2 

104

The availability of e-books: examples of nursing and business 

Sarah Pomerantz 

Vol. 29 No. 1, 2010 

COMPEL 

Discontinuous Galerkin time-domain solution of Maxwell’s equations on 

locally refined grids with fictitious domains 

A. Bouquet, C. Dedeban and S. Piperno 

Vol. 29 No.3, 2010 

Proposal of electromagnetic spherical actuator with 3-DOF 

Shohei Ikejiri, Katsuhiro Hirata and Shuhei Maeda 

Vol. 29 No. 4 , 2010 

Simulation of wave propagation effects in machine windings 

Herbert De Gersem, Olaf Henze, Thomas Weiland and Andreas Binder 

Vol. 1 No. 29, 2010 

Competitiveness Review 

Canada’s global and business competitiveness: competition policy reform in 

a changing world 

Moses N. Kiggundu and Aareni Uruthirapathy 

Vol. 20 No.4, 2010 

Emerging logics of competition: paradigm shift, fantasy, or reality check? 

Aseem Kinra and Imoh Antai 

Vol. 20 No. 2, 2010 

Co-opetition: a source of international opportunities in Finnish SMEs 

Sören Kock, Johanna Nisuls and Anette Söderqvist 

Vol. 20 No. 2, 2010 

Construction Innovation 

Using ANP priorities with goal programming in optimally allocating marketing 

resources 

Gul Polat 

Vol. 10 No. 3, 2010 

Corporate Communications 

Towards a more dynamic stakeholder model: acknowledging multiple issue 

arenas 

Vilma Luoma-aho and Marita Vos 

Vol. 15 No. 3, 2010 

Creating esprit de corps in times of crisis: employee identification with values 

in a Danish windmill company 

Mona Agerholm Andersen 

Vol. 15 No. 1, 2010 

The acceptance of responsibility and expressions of regret in organizational 

apologies after a transgression 

Kristin M. Pace, Tomasz A. Fediuk and Isabel C. Botero 

Vol. 15 No. 4, 2010 

105

Corporate Governance 

Stakeholder cohesion, innovation, and competitive advantage 

Mario Minoja, Maurizio Zollo and Vittorio Coda 

Vol. 10 No. 4, 2010 

Deregulation and the stakeholder model 

Eva Jansson 

Vol. 10 No. 2, 2010 

Globalization and governance for sustainability 

Alberto Martinelli and Atle Midttun 

Vol. 10 No. 1, 2010 

critical perspectives on international business 

Learning in multinational enterprises as the socially embedded translation of 

practices 

Florian Becker-Ritterspach, Ayse Saka-Helmhout and Jasper J. Hotho 

Vol. 6 No. 1, 2010 

Lost in translation? Culture, language and the role of the translator in 

international business 

John Blenkinsopp and Maryam Shademan Pajouh 

Vol. 6 No. 1, 2010 

A response to ‘‘Reflections on a global financial crisis’’ 

Robert Hudson and Sara Maioli 

Vol. 6 No. 1, 2010 

Cross Cultural Management 

Organizational stress, psychological strain, and work outcomes in six national 

contexts: a closer look at the moderating influences of coping styles and 

decision latitude 

Rabi S. Bhagat, Balaji Krishnan, Terry A. Nelson, Karen Moustafa Leonard, 

David L. Ford Jr and Tejinder K. Billing 

Vol. 17 No. 1, 2010 

The meaning of job performance in collectivistic and high power distance 

cultures: evidence from three Latin American countries 

Otmar E. Varela, Elvira I. Salgado and Maria V. Lasio 

Vol. 17 No. 4, 2010 

Development and Learning in Organizations 

A talent development framework: tackling the puzzle 

Mark E. Haskins and George R. Shaffer 

Vol. 24 No. 1, 2010 

Awakened leaders: who are they and why do we need them? 

Joan F. Marques 

Vol. 24 No. 2, 2010 

Designing leadership development initiatives: clarifying the why, who, what, 

how and when 

Shaun Killian 

Vol. 24 No. 5, 2010 

106

Disaster Prevention and Management 

Living alongside a volcano in Baliau, Papua New Guinea 

Jessica Mercer and Ilan Kelman 

Vol. 19 No. 4, 2010 

Education + Training 

Effects of business internships on job marketability: the employers’ 

perspective 

Jack Gault, Evan Leach and Marc Duey 

Vol. 52 No. 1, 2010 

Perceived learning outcomes in entrepreneurship education: the impact of 

student motivation and team behaviour 

Ulla Hytti, Pekka Stenholm, Jarna Heinonen and Jaana Seikkula-Leino 

Vol. 52 No. 8/9, 2010 

Theory and practice: the experience of marketing graduates 

Simon Stephens, Camelia Gabriela Balan and Shaun Callaghan 

Vol. 52 No. 6/7, 2010 

Employee Relations 

The changing nature of the traditional expatriate psychological contract 

Judy Pate and Hugh Scullion 

Vol. 32 No. 1, 2010 

The exit coping response to workplace bullying: the contribution of inclusivist 

and exclusivist HRM strategies 

Premilla D’Cruz and Ernesto Noronha 

Vol. 32 No. 2, 2010 

Stereotyping of citizens in an expatriate-dominated labour market: 

Implications for workforce localisation policy 

Mohammed Al-Waqfi and Ingo Forstenlechner 

Vol. 32 No. 4, 2010 

Engineering Computations 

Analytical trial function method for development of new 8-node plane element 

based on the variational principle containing Airy stress function 

Xiang-Rong Fu, Song Cen, C.F. Li and Xiao-Ming Chen 

Vol. 27 No. 4, 2010 

Virtual testing for the prediction of damping in joints 

A. Caignot, P. Ladevèze,D.Nèron and J.-F. Durand 

Vol. 27 No. 5, 2010 

Neurocomputing strategies for solving reliability-robust design optimization 

problems 

Nikos D. Lagaros, Vagelis Plevris and Manolis Papadrakakis 

Vol. 27 No. 7, 2010 

107

Engineering, Construction and Architectural Management 

Excellent contractor performance in the UK construction industry 

Dave C.A. Butcher and Michael J. Sheehan 

Vol. 17 No. 1, 2010 

EuroMed Journal of Business 

A chaos analysis for Greek and Turkish equity markets 

Alper Ozun, Mike P. Hanias and Panayiotis G. Curtis 

Vol. 5 No .1, 2010 

The emergence of Chinese investment in Europe 

Ruth Rios-Morales and Louis Brennan 

Vol. 5 No. 2, 2010 

European Journal of Innovation Management 

Types of innovation, sources of information and performance in 

entrepreneurial SMEs 

Miika Varis and Hannu Littunen 

Vol. 13 No. 2, 2010 

Limits to the diffusion of innovation: a literature review and integrative model 

Jason MacVaugh and Francesco Schiavone 

Vol. 13 No. 2, 2010 

Organizational culture as determinant of product innovation 

Julia C. Naranjo Valencia, Raquel Sanz Valle and Daniel Jiménez Jiménez 

Vol. 13 No. 4, 2010 

European Journal of Marketing 

Product brand differentiation and dual-channel store performances of a 

multi-channel retailer 

Ruiliang Yan 

Vol. 44 No. 5, 2010 

The political role of government-sponsored social marketing campaigns 

Effi Raftopoulou and Margaret K. Hogg 

Vol. 44 No. 7/8, 2010 

The ‘‘killer’’ ad: an assessment of advertising violence 

Magnus Söderlund and Micael Dahlén 

Vol. 44 No. 11/12, 2010 

Facilities 

Occupant acceptance as a screening parameter for indoor environmental 

assessments 

P.S. Hui, L.T. Wong and K.W. Mui 

Vol. 28 No. 7 and 8, 2010 

Government measures needed to promote building energy efficiency (BEE) 

in China 

Queena K. Qian and Edwin H.W. Chan 

Vol. 28 Nos 11 and 12, 2010 

108

Gender in Management 

Gender role stereotypes and requisite management characteristics: the case 

of South Africa 

Lize A.E. Booysen and Stella M. Nkomo 

Vol. 25 No. 4, 2010 

Is gender inclusivity an answer to ethical issues in business? 

An Indian stance 

Suveera Gill 

Vol. 25 No. 1, 2010 


Development of health promoting leadership – experiences of a training 

programme 

Andrea Eriksson, Runo Axelsson and Susanna Bihari Axelsson 

Vol. 110 No.2, 2010 

Coaching to enhance quality of implementation in prevention 

Linda Dusenbury, William B. Hansen, Julia Jackson-Newsom, 

Donna S. Pittman, Cicely V. Wilson, Kathleen Nelson-Simley, Chris Ringwalt, 

Melinda Pankratz and Steven M. Giles 

Vol. 110 No. 1, 2010 

Family structure, mother-child communication, father-child communication, 

and adolescent life satisfaction: a cross-sectional multilevel analysis 

Kate A. Levin and Candace Currie 

Vol. 110 No. 3, 2010 

Industrial and Commercial Training 

Leading through problems: recognizing the potential of getting their hands 

dirty 

Roland K. Yeo 

Vol. 42 No. 3, 2010 

Corporate social responsibility: a strategic issue or a wasteful distraction? 

Charles Holme 

Vol. 42 No. 4, 2010 

Volunteering and the evolution to community action learning 

Julie Perigo 

Vol. 42 No. 7, 2010 

Industrial Management & Data Systems 

Information systems outsourcing reasons and risks: a new assessment 

Reyes Gonzalez, Jose Gasco and Juan Llopis 

Vol. 110 No. 2, 2010 

Industrial Robot 

Development of an autonomous in-pipe robot for offshore pipeline 

maintenance 

Zhongwei Wang, Qixin Cao, Nan Luan and Lei Zhang 

Vol. 37 No. 2, 2010 

109

A new manipulator structure for power-assist devices 

Pablo Gonzalez de Santos, E. Garcia, Javier Sarria, Roberto Ponticelli and 

Jesus Reviejo 

Vol. 37 No. 5, 2010 

A Bernoulli principle gripper for handling of planar and 3D (food) products 

Anders Petterson, Thomas Ohlsson, Darwin G. Caldwell, Steven Davis, 

John O. Gray and Tony J. Dodd 

Vol. 37 No. 6, 2010 

info 

M-banking in developing markets: competitive and regulatory implications 

Jamie Anderson 

Vol. 12 No. 1, 2010 

Learning from each other: promises and pitfalls of benchmarking in 

communications policy 

Johannes M. Bauer 

Vol. 12 No. 6, 2010 

Information Management & Computer Security 

Exploring the supply of pirate software for mobile devices: an analysis of 

software types and piracy groups 

Sigi Goode 

Vol. 18 No. 4, 2010 

Brand, knowledge, and false sense of security 

Wendy Hui 

Vol. 18 No. 3, 2010 

Information Technology & People 

Learning routines and disruptive technological change: hyper-learning in 

seven software development organizations during internet adoption 

Kalle Lyytinen, Gregory Rose and Youngjin Yoo 

Vol. 23 No. 2, 2010 

Knowledge transfer processes for different experience levels of knowledge 

recipients at an offshore technical support center 

Jihong Chen and Robert J. McQueen 

Vol. 23 No. 1, 2010 

Events, emotions, and technology: examining acceptance of workplace 

technology changes 

Kathryn R. Stam and Jeffrey M. Stanton 

Vol. 23 No. 1, 2010 

Interlending & Document Supply 

KITS: a national system for document supply in Turkey 

Ertugrul Cimen, Ayhan Tuglu, Mehmet Manyas, Sema Çelikbas and 

Zeki Çelikbas 

Vol. 38 No. 1, 2010 

110

Development of document delivery by libraries in Germany since 2003 

Uwe Rosemann and Markus Brammer 

Vol. 38 No. 1, 2010 

Lowering the barriers from Discovery to Delivery: a JISC funded EDINA and 

Mimas project 

Fred Guy and Joy Elizabeth Palmer 

Vol. 38 No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Accounting and Information Management 

Quality of the external auditor, information asymmetry, and bid-ask spread: 

Case of the listed Tunisian firms 

Faten Hakim and Mohamed Ali Omri 

Vol. 18 No. 1, 2010 

Extent and scope of diffusion and adoption of process innovations in 

management accounting systems 

Seleshi Sisaye and Jacob Birnberg 

Vol. 18 No. 2, 2010 

Re-stating financial statements and its reaction in financial market: evidence 

from Canadian stock market 

Mohammad G. Robbani and Rafiqul Bhuyan 

Vol. 18 No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Bank Marketing 

Testing perceived relational benefits as satisfaction and behavioral outcomes 

drivers 

Sergios Dimitriadis 

Vol. 28 No. 4, 2010 

International Journal of Climate Change Strategies and 

Management 

The role of afforestation programme in combating desertification in Nigeria 

Nasiru Idris Medugu, M. Rafee Majid, Foziah Johar and I.D. Choji 

Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

Appraising climate change information reported to Congress 

Matthew R. Auer and Michael Cox 

Vol. 2 No. 2, 2010 

Adapting to climate change in Himalayan cold deserts 

Gargi Banerji and Sejuti Basu 

Vol. 2 No. 4, 2010 

International Journal of Commerce and Management 

Determinants of FDI in emerging markets: evidence from Brazil 

Claudio Felisoni de Angelo, Rangamohan V. Eunni and Nuno Manoel Martins 

Dias Fouto 

Vol. 20 No. 3, 2010 

111

The role of corporate governance in R&D intensity of US-based international 

firms 

Pol Herrmann, Jeffrey Kaufmann and Howard van Auken 

Vol. 20 No. 2, 2010 

Ownership structure, corporate governance and corporate performance in 

Malaysia 

Nazli Anum Mohd Ghazali 

Vol. 20 No. 2, 2010 

International Journal of Conflict Management 

A re-evaluation of conflict theory for the management of multiple, 

simultaneous conflict episodes 

James Speakman and Lynette Ryals 

Vol. 21 No. 2, 2010 

The role of face in the decision not to negotiate 

Edward W. Miles 

Vol. 21 No. 4, 2010 

Negotiated capital: conflict, its resolution, and workplace social capital 

Ariel C. Avgar 

Vol. 21 No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Contemporary Hospitality Management 

Hotel performance: state of the art 

Ruggero Sainaghi 

Vol. 22 No. 7 , 2010 

Leadership styles and burnout: is there an association? 

Anastasios Zopiatis and Panayiotis Constanti 

Vol. 22 No. 3, 2010 

‘‘When experience matters’’: building and measuring hotel brand equity: 

the customers’ perspective 

Kevin Kam Fung So and Ceridwyn King 

Vol. 22 No. 5, 2010 

International Journal of Development Issues 

Population and food crop production in male- and female-headed households 

in Ghana 

Samuel Nii Ardey Codjoe 

Vol. 9 No. 1, 2010 

State vulnerability and the facets of development: some lessons from 

transitional economies of South-East Europe 

Valentin Cojanu 

Vol. 9 No. 2, 2010 

Inter-country trade dependence and inflation transmission mechanisms: 

the case of a small open African economy 

João Tovar Jalles 

Vol. 9 No. 3, 2010 

112

International Journal of Disaster Resilience in the Built 

Environment 

Resourcing for a resilient post-disaster reconstruction environment 

Yan Chang, Suzanne Wilkinson, Erica Seville and Regan Potangaroa 

Vol. 1 No. 1 , 2010 

Investigating homeowners’ interest in property-level flood protection 

Aleksandra Kazmierczak and Erik Bichard 

Vol.1 No. 2, 2010 

Disaster impact analysis based on inter-relationship of critical infrastructure 

and associated industries: a winter flood disaster event 

Eun Ho Oh, Abhijeet Deshmukh and Makarand Hastak 

Vol. 1 No. 1, 2010 

International Journal of Educational Management 

Choosing futures: influence of ethnic origin in university choice 

Jonathan Ivy 

Vol. 24 No. 5, 2010 

Vision effects: a critical gap in educational leadership research 

Sooksan Kantabutra 

Vol. 24 No. 5, 2010 

International Journal of Energy Sector Management 

Merchant power plants in India: risk analysis using simulation 

Sriram Siddhartha Potluri and Thillai Rajan A. 

Vol. 4 No. 1, 2010 

Multi-criteria analysis weighting methodology to incorporate stakeholders’ 

preferences in energy and climate policy interactions 

Stelios Grafakos, Alexandros Flamos, Vlasis Oikonomou and 

Dimitrios Zevgolis 

Vol. 4 No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behaviour & Research 

Funding gap, what funding gap? Financial bootstrapping: supply, demand 

and creation of entrepreneurial finance 

Wing Lam 

Vol. 16 No. 4, 2010 

Entrepreneurial intent: a twelve-country evaluation of Ajzen’s model of 

planned behavior 

Robert L. Engle, Nikolay Dimitriadi, Jose V. Gavidia, Christopher Schlaegel, 

Servane Delanoe, Irene Alvarado, Xiaohong He, Samuel Buame and 

Birgitta Wolff 

Vol. 16 No. 1, 2010 

A critical examination of the EO-performance relationship 

Jim Andersén 

Vol. 16 No. 4, 2010 

113

International Journal of Gender and Entrepreneurship 

Social constructionism and personal constructivism: getting the business 

owner’s view on the role of sex and gender 

Fiona Wilson and Stephen Tagg 

Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

International Journal of Health Care Quality Assurance 

Factors that prevent physicians reporting adverse events 

Anastasius Moumtzoglou 

Vol. 23 No. 1, 2010 

Telephone and web-based pediatric day surgery questionnaires 

Erica Amari, Christine Vandebeek, Carolyne J. Montgomery, Erik Skarsgard 

and J. Mark Ansermino 

Vol. 23 No. 3, 2010 

Factors affecting the climate of hospital patient safety: a study of hospitals in 

Saudi Arabia 

Stephen L. Walston, Badran A. Al-Omar and Faisal A. Al-Mutari 

Vol. 23 No. 1, 2010 

International Journal of Housing Markets and Analysis 

List price and sale price variation across the housing market cycle 

Stanley McGreal, Louise Brown and Alastair Adair 

Vol. 3 No. 2, 2010 

Neighborhood environment and obesity in the Louisville, Kentucky area 

Thomas E. Lambert and Hokey Min 

Vol. 3 No. 2, 2010 

A pilot case study of brownfield high-density housing development in China 

Hao Wu and Chuan Chen 

Vol. 3 No. 2, 2010 

International Journal of Intelligent Computing and Cybernetics 

A neural network approach to digital data hiding based on the perceptual 

masking model of the human vision system 

Hossein L. Najafi 

Vol. 3 No. 3, 2010 

Evidence of a mechanism of neural adaptation in the closed loop control of 

directions 

Byron Olson and Jennie Si 

Vol. 3 No. 1, 2010 

Perception-based image classification 

Christopher Henry and James F. Peters 

Vol. 3 No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Law and Management 

Insurance law: fit for purpose in the twenty-first century? 

Gerald Swaby 

Vol. 52 No. 1, 2010 

114

The ‘‘creative capitalism’’ corporate governance model: how radical an 

approach to modern capitalism? 

Thomas Hemphill 

Vol. 52 No. 2, 2010 

Narrative reporting: the UK experience 

Peter Yeoh 

Vol. 52 No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Law in the Built Environment 

Building information modelling: the UK legal context 

Brodie McAdam 

Vol. 2 No. 3, 2010 

The International Journal of Logistics Management 

Inter-organisational costing approaches: the inhibiting factors 

Marko Bastl, Tonci Grubic, Simon Templar, Alan Harrison and Ip-Shing Fan 

Vol. 21 No. 1, 2010 

Agency theory and quality fade in buyer-supplier relationships 

Judith M. Whipple and Joseph Roh 

Vol. 21 No. 3, 2010 

Developing a scale for proactive improvement within logistics outsourcing 

relationships 

Carl Marcus Wallenburg, A. Michael Knemeyer, Thomas J. Goldsby and 

David L. Cahill 

Vol. 21 No. 1, 2010 

International Journal of Managerial Finance 

A note on capital structure target adjustment – Indonesian evidence 

Ludwig Reinhard and Steven Li 

Vol. 6 No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Managing Projects in Business 

Project management in the international development industry: the project 

coordinator’s perspective 

Lavagnon A. Ika, Amadou Diallo and Denis Thuillier 

Vol. 3 No. 1, 2010 

Groupthink in temporary organizations 

Markus Hällgren 

Vol. 3 No. 1, 2010 

Understanding mergers and acquisitions (M&As) from a program 

management perspective 

Kersti Nogeste 

Vol. 3 No. 1, 2010 

115

International Journal of Manpower 

The relation between child work and the employment of mothers in India 

Francesca Francavilla, Gianna Claudia Giannelli 

Vol. 31 No. 2, 2010 

Do buy-outs of older workers matter?: Estimating retirement behaviour with 

special early retirement offers 

Daniel Hallberg and Matias Eklöf 

Vol. 31 No. 3, 2010 

Escaping low pay: do male labour market entrants stand a chance? 

Dimitris Pavlopoulos and Didier Fouarge 

Vol. 31 No. 8, 2010 

International Journal of Numerical Methods for Heat & Fluid Flow 

Bio-thermal convection caused by combined effects of swimming of oxytactic 

bacteria and inclined temperature gradient in a shallow fluid layer 

A.A. Avramenko and A.V. Kuznetsov 

Vol. 20 No. 3, 2010 

Parametric studies on pulsating heat pipe 

K. Rama Narasimha, S.N. Sridhara, M.S. Rajagopal and K.N. Seetharamu 

Vol. 20 No. 4, 2010 

A novel single domain approach for numerical modelling solid oxide fuel cells 

A. Mauro, F. Arpino, N. Massarotti and P. Nithiarasu 

Vol. 20 No. 5, 2010 

International Journal of Operations & Production Management 

Bundling resources across supply chain dyads: the role of modularity and 

coordination capabilities 

Paulo J. Gomes and Sonia Dahab 

Vol. 30 No. 1, 2010 

Customer feedback mechanisms and organisational learning in service 

operations 

Barbara Caemmerer and Alan Wilson 

Vol. 30 No. 3, 2010 

Trading interactions: supplier empathy, consensus and bias 

Alistair Brandon-Jones, John Ramsay and Beverly Wagner 

Vol. 30 No. 5, 2010 

International Journal of Organizational Analysis 

Towards new organizational forms 

Maria J. Sanchez-Bueno and Isabel Suarez-Gonzalez 

Vol. 18 No 3, 2010 

International Journal of Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Marketing 

The relationship between emotional intelligence and customer orientation for 

pharmaceutical salespeople: a UK perspective 

Charles E. Pettijohn, Elizabeth J. Rozella and Andrew Newman 

Vol. 4 No. 1, 2010 

116

Management commitment to service quality and service recovery performance: 

a study of frontline employees in public and private hospitals 

Michel Rod and Nicholas J. Ashill 

Vol. 4 No. 1, 2010 

Hospital length of stay and probability of acquiring infection 

Mahmud Hassan, Howard P. Tuckman, Robert H. Patrick, David S. Kountz 

and Jennifer L. Kohn 

Vo. 4 No. 4, 2010 

International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics 

Management 

Strategic alliances in a manufacturing supply chain: influence of 

organizational culture from the manufacturer’s perspective 

Murali Sambasivan and Ching Nget Yen 

Vol. 40 No. 6, 2010 

Information sharing with key suppliers: a transaction cost theory perspective 

Ogan M. Yigitbasioglu 

Vol. 40 No. 7, 2010 

Logistics outsourcing performance and loyalty behaviour: comparisons 

between Germany and the United States 

Carl Marcus Wallenburg, David L. Cahill, Thomas J. Goldsby and 

A. Michael Knemeyer 

Vol. 40 No. 7, 2010 

International Journal of Productivity and Performance 

Management 

Managing corporate performance: Investigating the relationship between 

corporate social responsibility and financial performance in emerging markets 

Güler Aras, Asli Aybars and Ozlem Kutlu 

Vol. 59 No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Public Sector Management 

Police misconduct: accountability of internal investigations 

Terry Lamboo 

Vol. 23 No. 7, 2010 

The Ombudsman in developing democracies: the Commonwealth Caribbean 

experience 

Najmul Abedin 

Vol. 23 No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Quality and Service Sciences 

Transitioning from service management to service-dominant logic: 

observations and recommendations 

Evert Gummesson, Robert F. Lusch and Stephen L. Vargo 

Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

117

Service quality implementation: problems and solutions 

Moshe Sharabi and Moshe Davidow 

Vol. 2 No. 2, 2010 

Service quality on three management levels: a study of service quality in 

public tendering contracts 

Carolina Camén 

Vol.2, No. 3, 2010 

International Journal of Social Economics 

Heterodox influences on Schumpeter 

Panayotis G. Michaelides, John G. Milios, Angelos Vouldis and 

Spyros Lapatsioras 

Vol. 37 No. 3, 2010 

The liberal Hegelianism of Edward Caird: or, how to transcend the social 

economics of Kant and the romantics 

Colin Tyler 

Vol. 37 No. 11, 2010 

Development of Zakah and Zakah coverage in monotheistic faiths 

Abdus Samad and Lowell M. Glenn 

Vol. 37 No. 4, 2010 

International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy 

Barriers to outsourcing domestic chores in dual-earner households 

Jan Windebank 

Vol. 30 No. 7 and 8, 2010 

The recontextualization of commercialization: the shifting discourse of an 

R&D unit 

Theodora Asimakou and Cliff Oswick 

Vol. 30 No. 5 and 6, 2010 

Economic inequality and poverty: where do we go from here? 

Noel Smith 

Vol. 30 No. 3 and 4, 2010 

International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education 

Educating students to cross boundaries between disciplines and cultures and 

between theory and practice 

Ir. Karen P.J. Fortuin and Simon R. Bush 

Vol. 11 No. 1, 2010 

Development of MBA with specialisation in sustainable development: 

the experience of Universiti Sains Malaysia 

Azlan Amran, Siti Nabiha Abdul Khalid, Dzulkifli Abdul Razak and 

Hasnah Haron 

Vol. 11 No. 3, 2010 

118

International Journal of Wine Business Research 

Buying wine on promotion is trading-up in UK supermarkets: a case study in 

Wales and Northern Ireland 

Caroline Ritchie, Gary Elliott and Mike Flynn 

Vol. 22 No. 2, 2010 

The financial value of corporations in a cobweb economy: champagne 

industry dynamics 

Francis Declerck and L. Martin Cloutier 

Vol. 22 No. 3, 2010 

Region of origin as choice factor: wine knowledge and wine tourism 

involvement influence 

Biagio Famularo, Johan Bruwer and Elton Li 

Vol. 22 No. 4, 2010 

Journal of Accounting & Organizational Change 

Strategic performance measurement systems and managers’ understanding 

of the strategy: a field research in a financial institution 

Carmen Aranda and Javier Arellano 

Vol. 6 No. 3, 2010 

Resisting compliance with IFRS goodwill accounting and reporting disclosures: 

evidence from Australia 

Tyrone M. Carlin and Nigel Finch 

Vol. 6 No. 2, 2010 

Strategic management accounting and business strategy: a loose coupling? 

Lino Cinquini and Andrea Tenucci 

Vol. 6 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Asia Business Studies 

Foreign exchange rates and FDI behavior of multinational enterprises: 

comparative analysis before and after the 1997 Korean financial crisis 

Byung S. Min 

Vol. 4 No. 2, 2010 

Chinese CEOs’ leadership styles and firm performance 

Dongil Jung, Francis Chan, Gongmeng Chen and Chee Chow 

Vol. 4 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing 

How can economic sociology help business relationship management? 

Tibor Mandják and Zoltán Szánto 

Vol. 25 No. 3, 2010 

Learning from cooperative inter-organizational relationships: the case of 

international joint venture 

Yen-Tsung Huang 

Vol. 25 No. 6, 2010 

119

Journal of Chinese Economic and Foreign Trade Studies 

Culture distance and foreign equity ownership in international joint ventures: 

evidence from China 

Qiangbing Chen, Yali Liu and Lu Jiang 

Vol. 3 No. 3, 2010 

Health, education, and economic growth in East Asia 

Hongyi Li and Huang Liang 

Vol. 3 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Chinese Entrepreneurship 

Anatomy of nascent entrepreneurship in China: a preliminary study from 

CPSED project 

Dan Long, Jun Yang and Jiayong Gao 

Vol. 2 No. 2, 2010 

An empirical study of mechanisms to enhance entrepreneurs’ capabilities 

through entrepreneurial learning in an emerging market 

Hao Jiao, dt ogilvie and Yu Cui 

Vol. 2 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Chinese Human Resource Management 

Business managers’ work value changes through down economies 

Jan Selmer and Romie Littrell 

Vol. 1 No. 1, 2010 

Journal of Consumer Marketing 

Product attachment and satisfaction: understanding consumers’ 

post-purchase behavior 

Ruth Mugge, Hendrik N.J. Schifferstein and Jan P.L. Schoormans 

Vol. 27 No. 3, 2010 

Green consumer behavior: determinants of curtailment and eco-innovation 

adoption 

Johan Jansson, Agneta Marell and Annika Nordlund 

Vol. 27, No. 4, 2010 

Decoding consumer perceptions of premium products with rule-developing 

experimentation 

Alex Gofman, Howard R. Moskowitz, Marco Bevolo and Tönis Mets 

Vol. 27, No. 5, 2010 

Journal of Corporate Real Estate 

Corporate real estate performance: contribution to core business 

competitiveness at global pharmaceutical enterprises 

Georg Stadlhofer 

Vol. 12 No. 2, 2010 

Rationale, practice and outcomes in municipal property asset management 

Alan Phelps 

Vol. 12 No. 3, 2010 

120

Journal of Documentation 

Orally-based information 

Deborah Turner 

Vol. 66 No. 3, 2010 

Document, text and medium: concepts, theories and disciplines 

Niels Windfeld Lund 

Vol. 66 No. 5, 2010 

Journal of Educational Administration 

Relationships in reform: the role of teachers’ social networks 

Alan J. Daly, Nienke M. Moolenaar, Jose M. Bolivar and Peggy Burke 

Vol. 48 No. 3, 2010 

Leadership style and organizational learning: the mediate effect of school 

vision 

Hanna Kurland, Hilla Peretz and Rachel Hertz-Lazarowitz 

Vol. 48 No. 1, 2010 

Journal of Economic Studies 

Endogenous corruption in economic development 

Keith Blackburn, Niloy Bose and M. Emranul Haque 

Vol. 37 No. 1, 2010 

Journal of Enterprise Information Management 

The enterprise system as a part of an organization’s administrative paradox 

Ulf Melin 

Vol. 23 No. 2, 2010 

An empirical study on the influences on the acquisition of enterprise software 

decisions: a practitioner’s perspective 

Ramaraj Palanisamy, Jacques Verville, Christine Bernadas and Nazim Taskin 

Vol. 23 No. 5, 2010 

Journal of Enterprising Communities: People and Places in the 

Global Economy 

The overseas Taiwanese in Belize: an exploration of a South-South 

development project in a Belizean context 

Marissa Popma and Carel Roessingh 

Vol. 4 No. 2, 2010 

Local planning for sustainable development: a small rural district case study 

from New Zealand 

Caroline Saunders and Paul Dalziel 

Vol. 4 No. 3, 2010 

Religious environmentalism as a vital contribution to sustainability 

Anne White 

Vol. 4 No. 3, 2010 

121

Journal of European Industrial Training 

The relationship between diversity training, organizational commitment, and 

career satisfaction 

Margaret Yap, Mark Robert Holmes, Charity-Ann Hannan and Wendy Cukier 

Vol. 34 No. 6, 2010 

The moderating role of cultural similarity in leadership training effectiveness 

Qiumei Jane Xu and Jianfeng Jiang 

Vol. 34 No. 3, 2010 

UK managers’ conceptions of employee training and development 

Almuth McDowall and Mark N.K. Saunders 

Vol. 34 No. 7, 2010 

Journal of European Real Estate Research 

The effect of subsidy on housing construction in various regions of Sweden 

Abukar Warsame, Mats Wilhelmsson and Lena Borg 

Vol. 3 No. 3, 2010 

Journal of Financial Crime 

EU anti-fraud enforcement: overcoming obstacles 

Simone White 

Vol. 17 No. 1, 2010 

Keeping under the radar: watch out for ‘‘Smurfs’’ 

William Tupman 

Vol. 17 No. 1, 2010 

State control and the weak stock market in China 

Wei Cai 

Vol. 17 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Financial Economic Policy 

Bank marketing investments and bank performance 

Donald J. Mullineaux and Mark K. Pyles, 

Vol. 2 No. 4, 2010 

What macroeconomic shocks affect the German banking system?: 

analysis in an integrated micro-macro model 

Sven Blank and Jonas Dovern 

Vol. 2 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Financial Management of Property and Construction 

PPPs in road renovation and maintenance: a case study of the East Coast 

road project 

Thillai Rajan A., R. Siddharth and S.P. Mukund 

Vol. 15 No. 1, 2010 

Examining fuzzy tactical asset allocation (FTAA) as an alternative to modern 

portfolio theory (MPT) asset allocation for international and direct real estate 

investment 

Kim Hin/David Ho, Eddie Chi Man Hui and Huiyong Su 

Vol. 15 No. 1, 2010 

122

Journal of Financial Regulation and Compliance 

Banks, knowledge and crisis: a case of knowledge and learning failure 

John Holland 

Vol. 18 No. 2, 2010 

The effect of building society demutualisation on levels of efficiency at large 

UK commercial banks 

Robert Webb, Cormac Bryce and Duncan Watson 

Vol. 18 No. 4, 2010 

Financial innovation and social welfare 

Andrew William (Andy) Mullineux 

Vol. 18 No. 3, 2010 

Journal of Global Responsibility 

The rule of Saint Benedict and corporate management: employing the whole 

person 

Birgit Kleymann and Hedley Malloch 

Vol. 1 No.2, 2010 

Legitimating corporate global irresponsibility: origins, contexts and vectors of 

the market modern newspeak 

Bernard Sionneau 

Vol. 1 No.2, 2010 

A Chomskyan approach to responsible critical management education 

Carlos A. Rabasso and Javier Rabasso 

Vol. 1 No.1, 2010 

Journal of Historical Research in Marketing 

George Washington Hill and the ‘‘Reach for a Lucky . . . ’’ campaign 

Fred Beard and Anna Klyueva 

Vol. 2 No. 2, 2010 

Transatlantic retailing: the Franco-Mexican business model of fin-de-sie‘cle 

department stores in Mexico City 

Steven B. Bunker 

Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

‘‘You are a part of all of us’’: black department store employees in 

Jim Crow Richmond 

Beth Kreydatus 

Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

Journal of Human Resource Costing & Accounting 

The makings of a statement: accounting for employee health 

Mikael Holmgren Caicedo and Maria MÍrtensson 

Vol.14 No. 4, 2010 

Intellectual capital and the capital market: a review and synthesis 

Subhash Abhayawansa and James Guthrie 

Vol. 14 No. 3, 2010 

123

Journal of Intellectual Capital 

Innovation processes in social enterprises: an IC perspective 

Eric Kong 

Vol. 11 No. 2, 2010 

Intellectual capital in service- and product-oriented companies 

Aino Kianto, Pia Hurmelinna-Laukkanen and Paavo Ritala 

Vol. 11 No. 3, 2010 

Journal of International Trade Law and Policy 

Principle of necessity in China – intellectual property rights 

Navid R. Sato 

Vol. 9 No. 2, 2010 

The impact of the recent financial crisis on EU competition policy for the 

banking sector 

Ilias Kapsis 

Vol. 9 No. 3, 2010 

Journal of Investment Compliance 

FinCEN and regulators issue joint guidance on obtaining beneficial ownership 

information, potentially expanding certain financial institutions’ USA PATRIOT 

Act obligations 

Betty Santangelo and Amber Stokes 

Vol. 11 No. 4, 2010 

FINRA’s sanctions in 2009: a sign of things to come? 

Deborah G. Heilizer, Brian L. Rubin and Shanyn L. Gillespie 

Vol. 11 No. 4, 2010 

The control system in the Italian banking sector: recent changes in the 

application of Legislative Decree No. 231 of June 8, 2001 

Gabriella Opromolla and Michela Maccarini 

Vol. 11 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Islamic Accounting and Business Research 

Accounting, religion and organisational culture: the creation of Jordan Islamic 

Bank 

Bassam Maali and Christopher Napier 

Vol. 1 No.2, 2010 

Journal of Islamic Marketing 

Islamic hospitality in the UAE: indigenization of products and human capital 

Marcus L. Stephenson, Karl A. Russell and David Edgar 

Vol. 1 No. 1, 2010 

Shaping the Halal into a brand? 

Jonathan A.J. Wilson and Jonathan Liu 

Vol. 1 No. 2, 2010 

The constructs mediating religions’ influence on buyers and consumers 

Nazlida Muhamad and Dick Mizerski 

Vol. 1 No. 2, 2010 

124

Is spiritual tourism a new strategy for marketing Islam? 

Farooq Haq and Ho Yin Wong 

Vol. 1 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Knowledge Management 

Optimal knowledge transfer methods: a Generation X perspective 

Debby McNichols 

Vol. 14 No. 1, 2010 

Learning expert thinking processes: using KM to structure the development of 

expertise 

Christine van Winkelen and Richard McDermott 

Vol. 14 No. 4, 2010 

External knowledge acquisition processes in knowledge-intensive clusters 

Pedro Lœpez-Saéz, José Emilio Navas-Lœpez, Gregorio Martín-de-Castro 

and Jorge Cruz-González 

Vol. 14 No. 5, 2010 

Journal of Knowledge-based Innovation in China 

Empirical study of the relations between the knowledge base and innovation 

performance of an economy 

Panqiang Niu, Fuji Xie and Tchuta Leonard 

Vol. 2 No. 2, 2010 

Multinational investment projects in the petrochemical industry in China 

Emanuela Todeva and Yan Fu 

Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

Journal of Management Development 

The traps that keep women from reaching the top and how to avoid them 

Paul Vanderbroeck 

Vol. 29 No. 9, 2010 

Practical wisdom for turbulent times: exegesis beyond historical and 

canonical concerns 

Gilbert Lenssen 

Vol. 29 No. 7/8, 2010 

The dynamics of mindfulness in managing emotions and stress 

Andrew Hede 

Vol. 29 No. 1, 2010 

Journal of Management History 

The value of original source readings in management education: the case of 

Frederick Winslow Taylor 

Aditya Simha and David J. Lemak 

Vol. 16 No. 2, 2010 

The social shaping of the early business schools in The Netherlands: 

professions and the power of abstraction 

Peter van Baalen and Luchien Karsten 

Vol. 16 No. 2, 2010 

125

Re-considering managerial use of child labor: Lessons from the experience of 

nineteenth century Australia 

Bradley Bowden and Peta Stevenson-Clarke 

Vol. 16 No. 3, 2010 

Journal of Managerial Psychology 

The multicultural workplace: interactive acculturation and intergroup relations 

Wido G.M. Oerlemans and Maria C.W. Peeters 

Vol. 25 No. 5, 2010 

The effects of foreign accents on employment-related decisions 

Megumi Hosoda and Eugene Stone-Romero 

Vol. 25 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Manufacturing Technology Management 

Transforming mass production contact centres using approaches from 

manufacturing 

Marisa K. Smith, Peter D. Ball, Umit S. Bititci and Robert van der Meer 

Vol. 21 No. 4, 2010 

Challenges in transforming manufacturing organisations into product-service 

providers 

Veronica Martinez, Marko Bastl, Jennifer Kingston and Stephen Evans 

Vol. 21 No. 4, 2010 

Equipment supplier/user collaboration in the process industries: in search of 

enhanced operating performance 

Thomas Lager and Johan Frishammar 

Vol. 21 No. 6, 2010 

Journal of Modelling in Management 

Revisiting customer value analysis in a heterogeneous market 

Wayne S. DeSarbo, Peter Ebbes, Duncan K.H. Fong and Charles C. Snow 

Vol. 5 No.1, 2010 

Modeling the barriers of supply chain collaboration 

A. Ramesh, D.K. Banwet and R. Shankar 

Vol. 5 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Money Laundering Control 

Promoting financial sector stability through an effective AML/CFT regime 

Abdullahi Y. Shehu 

Vol. 13 No. 2, 2010 

Promise and perils: the making of global money laundering, terrorist finance 

norms 

M. Michelle Gallant 

Vol. 13 No. 3, 2010 

International anti-money laundering programs: empirical assessment and 

issues in criminal regulation 

Marco Arnone and Leonardo Borlini 

Vol. 13 No. 3, 2010 

126

Journal of Organizational Change Management 

The fantasy of the organizational one: postdemocracy, organizational 

transformation and the (im)possibility of politics 

Timon Beyes and Christina Volkmann 

Vol. 23 No.6, 2010 

From ‘‘taking’’ network pictures to ‘‘making’’ network pictures: a new 

metaphorical manifesto for industrial marketing research 

Sharon Purchase, Sid Lowe and Nick Ellis 

Vol. 23 No.5 , 2010 

Journal of Product & Brand Management 

Impact of brand personality on three major relational consequences (trust, 

attachment, and commitment to the brand) 

Didier Louis and Cindy Lombart 

Vol. 19 No. 2, 2010 

Brand equity’s antecedent/consequence relationships in cross-cultural 

settings 

S. Allen Broyles, Thaweephan Leingpibul, Robert H. Ross and 

Brent M. Foster 

Vol. 19 No. 3, 2010 

The effect of brand extensions on product brand image 

F. Müge Arslan and Oylum Korkut Altuna 

Vol. 19 No. 3, 2010 

Journal of Property Investment & Finance 

Role of farm real estate in a globally diversified asset portfolio 

Gilbert Nartea and Chris Eves 

Vol. 28 No. 3, 2010 

The value of rental deposits 

Norman E. Hutchison, Alastair S. Adair and Kyungsun Park 

Vol. 28 No. 4, 2010 

Accounting for leases: telling it how it is 

Julian Lyon 

Vol. 28 No. 5, 2010 

Journal of Risk Finance 

The determinants of terrorist shocks’ cross-market transmission 

Konstantinos Drakos 

Vol. 11 No. 2, 2010 

Weather derivatives, price forwards, and corporate risk management 

Mulong Wang, Min-Ming Wen and Charles C. Yang 

Vol. 11 No. 4, 2010 

Value-at-risk: techniques to account for leptokurtosis and asymmetric 

behavior in returns distributions 

Lindsay A. Lechner and Timothy C. Ovaert 

Vol. 11 No. 5, 2010 

127

Journal of Science and Technology Policy in China 

Shanzhai manufacturing – an alternative innovation phenomenon in China: 

its value chain and implications for Chinese science and technology policies 

Sheng Zhu and Yongjiang Shi 

Vol. 1 No. 1, 2010 

Technological innovation and culture: research needed for China and other 

countries 

Don E. Kash 

Vol. 1 No. 1, 2010 

China’s technological capability and Northeast Asian integration in electronics 

industry, 1974-2000 

Ning Li 

Vol. 1 No. 3, 2010 

Journal of Service Management 

Emotion display rules at work in the global service economy: the special case 

of the customer 

Alicia Grandey, Anat Rafaeli, Shy Ravid, Jochen Wirtz and Dirk D. Steiner 

Vol. 21 No. 3, 2010 

Organizational learning from customer feedback received by service 

employees: a social capital perspective 

Jochen Wirtz, Siok Kuan Tambyah and Anna S. Mattila 

Vol. 21 No. 3, 2010 

A framework for evaluating the customer wait experience 

Kelly A. McGuire, Sheryl E. Kimes, Michael Lynn, Madeline E. Pullman and 

Russell C. Lloyd 

Vol. 21 No. 3, 2010 

Journal of Services Marketing 

The service hand-off: effects of multivendor service performance on customer 

satisfaction – an experimental study 

Chad R. Allred and R. Bruce Money 

Vol. 24 No. 3, 2010 

The international search for ethics norms: which consumer behaviors do 

consumers consider (un)acceptable? 

Larry Neale and Sam Fullerton 

Vol. 24 No. 6, 2010 

A CIT investigation of other customers’ influence in services 

Jingyun Zhang, Sharon E. Beatty and David Mothersbaugh 

Vol. 24 No. 5, 2010 

Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development 

Ethnic minority businesses and immigrant entrepreneurship in Greece 

Panagiotis Piperopoulos 

Vol. 17 No. 1, 2010 

128

An analysis of marketing programmes adopted by regional small and 

medium-sized enterprises 

Guy Parrott, Muhammad Azam Roomi and David Holliman 

Vol. 17 No. 2, 2010 

Is there a relationship between information technology adoption and human 

resource management? 

Wendy R. Carroll and Terry H. Wagar 

Vol. 17 No. 2, 2010 

Journal of Strategy and Management 

Management perspectives of high technology strategic alliance outcomes 

Thomas L. Powers and Rachel C. Wilson 

Vol. 3 No. 1, 2010 

Business cycle management and firm performance: tying the empirical knot 

Peter Navarro, Philip Bromiley and Pedro Sottile 

Vol. 3 No. 1, 2010 

The black and white and grey of strategy 

Andrew Campbell, Phil Renshaw and Staffan Engstrom 

Vol. 3 No. 4, 2010 

Journal of Workplace Learning 

Learning gaps in a learning organization: professionals’ values versus 

management values 

Karolina Parding and Lena Abrahamsson 

Vol. 22 No. 5, 2010 

Constructing standards: a study of nurses negotiating with multiple modes of 

knowledge 

Sturle Nes and Anne Moen 

Vol. 22 No. 6, 2010 

An examination of the mediating role of person-job fit in relations between 

information literacy and work outcomes 

Chung-Kai Li and Chia-Hung Hung 

Vol. 22 No. 5, 2010 

Kybernetes 

Social mechanisms in organizations: awakened from their Sarcophagi 

Jon-Arild Johannessen 

Vol. 39 No. 4, 2010 

Why markets make mistakes 

Henry Birdseye Weil 

Vol. 39 No. 9 and 10, 2010 

Cybernetics of Tao 

Zude Ye and Maurice Yolles 

Vol. 39 No. 4, 2010 

129

Leadership & Organization Development Journal 

The impact of executive coaching on self-efficacy related to management 

soft-skills 

Louis Baron and Lucie Morin 

Vol. 31 No.1, 2010 

Leadership development: the key to unlocking individual creativity in 

organizations 

Jeffery D. Houghton and Trudy C. DiLiello 

Vol. 31 No. 3, 2010 

Attributing leadership personality and effectiveness from the leader’s face: an 

exploratory study 

Eli Nana, Brad Jackson and Giles St J Burch 

Vol. 31 No. 8 , 2010 

Leadership in Health Services 

How to implement a knowledge management program in hospital-in-the-home 

units 

Juan-Gabriel Cegarra-Navarro and Gabriel Cepeda-Carriœn 

Vol. 23 No.1, 2010 

The role of organizational culture on practising quality improvement in 

Jordanian public hospitals 

Raed Ismail Ababaneh 

Vol. 23 No. 3, 2010 

Building a framework for a geriatric acute care model 

Marie Boltz, Elizabeth Capezuti and Nina Shabbat 

Vol. 23 No. 4, 2010 


Artificially intelligent conversational agents in libraries 

Victoria L. Rubin, Yimin Chen and Lynne Marie Thorimbert 

Vol. 28 No. 4, 2010 

The use of handheld mobile devices: their impact and implications for library 

services 

Joel Cummings, Alex Merrill and Steve Borrelli 

Vol. 28 No. 1, 2010 

Evaluating and comparing discovery tools: how close are we towards next 

generation catalog? 

Sharon Q. Yang and Kurt Wagner 

Vol. 28 No. 4, 2010 

Library Hi Tech News 

Snap & Go: a QReative case in point 

Paula MacKinnon and Cathy Sanford 

Vol. 27 Nos 4 and 5, 2010 

Picturing your community: flickr use in public libraries 

Ellen Forsyth and Leanne Perry 

Vol. 27 No. 1, 2010 

130

Library Management 

Service innovation in academic libraries: is there a place for the customers? 

Ada Scupola and Hanne Westh Nicolajsen 

Vol. 31 No. 4 and 5, 2010 

Academic libraries in transition: some leadership issues – a viewpoint 

Robert Moropa 

Vol. 31 No. 6, 2010 

Use of open access journals in biomedicine in Greece 

Assimina Vlachaki and Christine Urquhart 

Vol. 31 No. 1 and 2, 2010 

Library Review 

Classification of Islamic literature in Pakistani libraries: a survey 

Haroon Idrees and Khalid Mahmood 

Vol. 59 No. 3 

Assessing the digital divide in a Jordanian academic library 

Othman Obeidat and Paul Genoni 

Vol. 59 No. 6, 2010 

A review of biological deterioration of library materials and possible control 

strategies in the tropics 

Olubanke M. Bankole 

Vol. 59 No. 6, 2010 

Management Decision 

Improved capital budgeting decision making: evidence from Canada 

Karim Bennouna, Geoffrey G. Meredith and Teresa Marchant 

Vol. 48 No. 2, 2010 

Business-level strategy and performance: the moderating effects of 

environment and structure 

M.K. Nandakumar, Abby Ghobadian and Nicholas O’Regan 

Vol. 48 No. 6, 2010 

Competitive strategy, structure and firm performance: a comparison of the 

resource-based view and the contingency approach 

Eva M. Pertusa-Ortega, José F. Molina-Azorín and Enrique Claver-Cortés 

Vol. 48 No. 8, 2010 

Management of Environmental Quality 

Metals evaluation in coastal wetlands receiving treated wastewater 

Guang Jin, A.J. Englande, Jr and Chih-Yang Hu 

Vol. 21 No. 3, 2010 

Biomass for transport, heat and electricity: scientific challenges 

J.F. Dallemand, G. De Santi, A. Leip, D. Baxter, N. Rettenmaier and 

H. Ossenbrink 

Vol. 21 No. 4, 2010 

131

Management Research Review 

A framework of theoretical lenses and strategic purposes to describe 

relationships among firm environmental strategy, financial performance, and 

environmental performance 

Bruce Clemens and Lynn Bakstran 

Vol. 33 No. 4, 2010 

Decision making for transportation systems as a support for sustainable 

stewardship: freight transport process evaluation using the ETIENNE-Tool 

Edeltraud Guenther and Vera Greschner Farkavcová 

Vol. 33 No. 4, 2010 

Corporate entrepreneurship of IJVs in China 

Theresa Lau, K.F. Chan, Susan H.C. Tai and David K.C. Ng 

Vo. 33 No. 1, 2010 

Managerial Auditing Journal 

The making of accountants: the continuing influence of early career 

experiences 

R. Drew Sellers and Timothy J. Fogarty 

Vol. 25 No. 7, 2010 

Fraud detection, redress and reporting by auditors 

Harold Hassink, Roger Meuwissen and Laury Bollen 

Vol. 25 No. 9, 2010 

Effects of ethical context on conflict and commitment among Chinese 

accountants 

William E. Shafer and Zhihong Wang 

Vol. 25 No. 4, 2010 


The effect of CEO tenure on CEO compensation: evidence from inside CEOs 

vs outside CEOs 

Yudan Zheng 

Vol. 36 No. 10, 2010 

Dividend policy, signalling and free cash flow: an integrated approach 

Richard Fairchild 

Vol. 36 No. 5, 2010 

Economies of scope and scale in the mutual-fund industry 

John Banko, Scott Beyer and Richard Dowen 

Vol. 36 No. 4, 2010 

Managing Service Quality 

E-services as resources in customer value creation: a service logic approach 

Johanna Gummerus 

Vol. 20 No. 5. 2010 

The relative importance of service features in explaining customer 

satisfaction: a comparison of measurement models 

Angelos Pantouvakis 

Vol. 20 No. 4, 2010 

132

Coping with confusion: the case of the Dutch mobile phone market 

Hans Kasper, Josée Bloemer and Paul H. Driessen 

Vol. 20 No. 2, 2010 

Marketing Intelligence & Planning 

Factors contributing to rural consumers’ inshopping behavior: effects of 

institutional environment and social capital 

Jiyoung Kim and Leslie Stoel 

Vol. 28 No. 1, 2010 

The role of the stakeholder perspective in measuring corporate reputation 

Petya Puncheva-Michelotti and Marco Michelotti 

Vol. 28 No. 3, 2010 

Customer relationship oriented marketing practices in SMEs 

Helen Reijonen and Tommi Laukkanen 

Vol. 28 No. 2, 2010 

Multicultural Education & Technology Journal 

Exploring international multicultural field experiences in educational 

technology 

Hilary Wilder, Sharmila Pixy Ferris and Heejung An 

Vol. 4 No. 1, 2010 

Unlikely teachers: redefining the best and the brightest 

Mary Cain Fehr 

Vol. 4 No. 4, 2010 

New Library World 

Social networking in academic libraries: the possibilities and the concerns 

Andrea Dickson and Robert P. Holley 

Vol. 111 No. 11/12, 2010 

Citizen services and public libraries: an analysis of a new service in Danish 

public libraries 

Niels Ole Pors 

Vol. 111 No. 7/8, 2010 

Emerging patterns and trends in utilizing electronic resources in a higher 

education environment: an empirical analysis 

Hepu Deng 

Vol. 11 No. 3/4, 2010 

Nutrition & Food Science 

Low-fat diet: case study of a cardiology patient 

Tanefa A. Apekey, Anne J.E. Morris, Shamusi Fagbemi and G.J. Griffiths 

Vol. 40 No. 2, 2010 

A systematic review of the quality, content, and context of breakfast 

consumption 

Barbara Ann Mullan and Monika Singh 

Vol. 40 No. 1, 2010 

133

Effects of low vitamin D status in rickets and type 1 diabetes in children 

D. Papandreou, Z. Karabouta and I. Rousso 

Vol. 40 No. 5, 2010 

OCLC Systems & Services 

Revitalizing a library collection rich in educational potential 

Jim Frutchey 

Vol. 26 No. 4, 2010 

Beyond the OPAC: creating different interfaces for specialized collections in 

an ILS system 

Sai Deng 

Vol. 26 No. 4, 2010 

DmBridge: Building a collaborative solution for streamlined digital library 

design and development 

Cory Lampert, Alex Dolski and Brian Egan 

Vol. 26 No. 2, 2010 

On The Horizon 

Why You Tube matters. Why it is so important, why we should all be using it, 

and why blocking it blocks our kids’ education 

Marc Prensky 

Vol. 18 No. 2, 2010 

‘‘Ethical’’ cheating in formal education 

Arthur M. Harkins and George H. Kubik 

Vol. 18 No. 2, 2010 

The last professors: the corporate university and the fate of the humanities 

Robert B. Tapp 

Vol. 18 No. 2, 2010 

Online Information Review 

Google and the scholar: the role of Google in scientists’ information-seeking 

behaviour 

Hamid R. Jamali and Saeid Asadi 

Vol. 34 No. 2, 2010 

Search strategies on a new health information retrieval system 

Xiangming Mu and Kun Lu, Hohyon Ryu 

Vol. 34 No, 2010 

Pacific Accounting Review 

New Zealand unit trust disclosure: asset allocation, style analysis, and return 

attribution 

Ross Fowler, Robin Grieves and J. Clay Singleton 

Vol. 22 No. 1, 2010 

134

Performance Measurement and Metrics 

The research commons: a new creature in the library? 

William Daniels, Colin Darch and Karin de Jager 

Vol. 11 No. 2, 2010 

Burning platforms and melting icebergs: an exploratory analysis of present 

strategic challenges and cross-pressures in the public libraries 

Niels Ole Pors 

Vol. 11 No. 1, 2010 

Towards an assessment of public library value: statistics on the policy 

makers’ agenda 

Kristine Pabe - rza 

Vol. 11 No. 1, 2010 

Pigment & Resin Technology 

Novel nano-composite particles: titania-coated silica cores 

Peter Greenwood, Börje S. Gevert, Jan-Erik Otterstedt, Gunnar Niklasson 

and William Vargas 

Vol. 39 No. 3, 2010 

Encapsulation of Pigment Red 122 into UV-curable resins via a mini-emulsion 

technique 

O.A. Hakeim, Qinguo Fan and Yong K. Kim 

Vol. 39 No. 1, 2010 

Policing: An International Journal of Police Strategies & 

Management 

An examination of police use of force utilizing police training and 

neighborhood contextual factors: a multilevel analysis 

Hoon Lee, Hyunseok Jang, Ilhong Yun, Hyeyoung Lim and David W. Tushaus 

Vol. 33 No. 4, 2010 

A longitudinal analysis of citizens’ attitudes about police 

Jacinta M. Gau 

Vol. 33 No. 2, 2010 

Measuring public perceptions of the police 

Edward R. Maguire and Devon Johnson 

Vol. 33 No. 4, 2010 

Program 

Three-dimensional extension of a digital library service system 

Long Xiao 

Vol. 44 No. 4, 2010 

Collaboration nation: the building of the Welsh Repository Network 

Jacqueline Knowles 

Vol. 44 No. 2, 2010 

Promoting your e-books: lessons from the UK JISC National e-Book 

Observatory 

Ray Lonsdale and Chris Armstrong 

Vol. 44 No. 3, 2010 

135

Property Management 

Workplace impact of social networking 

James Bennett, Mark Owers, Michael Pitt and Matthew Tucker 

Vol. 28 No. 3, 2010 

Rapid Prototyping Journal 

Microscale metal additive manufacturing of multi-component medical devices 

Adam Cohen, Richard Chen, Uri Frodis, Ming-Ting Wu and Chris Folk 

Vol. 16 No. 3, 2010 

Selective laser melting of Inconel 625 using pulse shaping 

Kamran Mumtaz and Neil Hopkinson 

Vol. 16 No. 4, 2010 

Records Management Journal 

Digital recordkeeping: are we at a tipping point? 

Kate Cumming and Cassie Findlay 

Vol. 20 No. 3, 2010 

Information governance: information security and access within a UK context 

Elizabeth Lomas 

Vol. 20 No. 2, 2010 

Do we need bigger buckets or better search engines? The challenge of 

unlimited storage and semantic web search for records management 

Lawrence W. Serewicz 

Vol. 20 No. 2, 2010 

Qualitative Research in Accounting & Management 

Exploring efficiency’s dominance: the wholeness of the process 

Patrick J. Devlin 

Vol. 7 No. 2, 2010 

Performance management in primary healthcare services: evidence from a 

field study 

Paulino Silva and Aldœnio Ferreira 

Vol. 7 No. 4, 2010 

Qualitative Research in Financial Markets 

The perception of tax concessions in retirement savings decisions 

Silvia Jordan and Corinna Treisch 

Vol. 2 No. 3, 2010 

Financial distress resolution in China – two case studies 

Amy Kam, David Citron and Gulnur Muradoglu 

Vol. 2 No. 2, 2010 

Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management 

The diary project: revealing the gendered organisation 

Penelope J. Plowman 

Vol. 5 No. 1, 2010 

136

Advancing a pragmatist epistemology in organisational research 

Diane Ruwhiu and Malcolm Cone 

Vol. 5 No. 2, 2010 

Reference Services Review 

Reference service without the desk 

Theresa S. Arndt 

Vol. 38 No. 1, 2010 

A mobile future for academic libraries 

Joan K. Lippincott 

Vol. 38 No. 2, 2010 

Web 2.0 for reference services staff training and communication 

Jane P. Currie 

Vol. 38 No. 1, 2010 

Review of Accounting and Finance 

The market mispricing of special items and accruals: one anomaly or two? 

T.J. Atwood and Hong Xie 

Vol. 9 No. 2, 2010 

Audit tenure and earnings surprise management 

Li-Chin Jennifer Ho, Chao-Shin Liu and Thomas Schaefer 

Vol. 9 No. 2, 2010 

The wealth effects of investing in information technology: the case of 

Sarbanes-Oxley section 404 compliance 

Surendranath R. Jory, Jacob Peng and Caroline O. Ford 

Vol. 9 No. 3, 2010 

Sensor Review 

INKtelligent printing 1 for sensorial applications 

Marcus Maiwald, Christian Werner, Volker Zöllmer and Matthias Busse 

Vol. 30 No. 1, 2010 

Binocular vision system for both weld pool and root gap in robot welding 

process 

Hongbo Ma, Shanchun Wei, Tao Lin, Shanben Chen and Laiping Li 

Vol. 30 No. 2, 2010 

Recovering pose and occlusion consistencies in augmented reality systems 

using affine properties 

Tao Guan and Li Duan 

Vol. 30 No. 2, 2010 

Social Enterprise Journal 

The governance of fair trade social enterprises in Belgium 

Benjamin Huybrechts 

Vol. 6 No. 2, 2010 

Governance, entrepreneurship and effectiveness: exploring the link 

Monica C. Diochon 

Vol. 6 No. 2, 2010 

137

Speke: a view of regeneration in a localized third sector setting 

Robbie Davison 

Vol. 6 No. 1, 2010 

Social Responsibility Journal 

Collectors behaving ethically: an emerging consumption constellation 

Jennifer Yurchisin and Sara B. Marcketti 

Vol. 6 No. 1, 2010 

Corporate social responsibility and consumers’ perception of price 

Daniela Abrantes Ferreira, Marcos Gonçalves Avila and Marina Dias de Faria 

Vol. 6 No. 2, 2010 

Does nationalization increase stakeholder democracy? 

Simeon Scott 

Vol. 6 No. 2, 2010 

Society and Business Review 

Induction as an institutionalized and institutionalizing practice: insights from 

retail banking and management consulting in France 

Jér˛me Méric and Rémi Jardat 

Vol. 5 No. 1, 2010 

Dynamic capability and staff induction practices in small firms 

Deborah E.M. Mulders, Peter A.J. Berends and A. Georges L. Romme 

Vol. 5 No. 2, 2010 

Balancing values and economic efficiency in the public sector! What can 

public welfare service institutions learn from private service firms? 

John Storm Pedersen and Jacob Dahl Rendtorff 

Vol. 5 No. 3, 2010 

Soldering & Surface Mount Technology 

Effects of Zn additions on the structure of the soldered Sn-3.5Ag and Cu 

interfaces 

R.L. Xu, Y.C. Liu, C. Wei and L.M. Yu 

Vol. 22 No. 2, 2010 

Thermomechanically loaded lead-free LGA joints in LTCC/PWB assemblies 

Olli Nousiainen, Timo Urhonen, Tero Kangasvieri, Risto Rautioaho and 

Jouko Vähäkangas 

Vol. 22 No. 2, 2010 

Investigation of Sn-Zn-Bi solders – Part I: surface tension, interfacial tension 

and density measurements of SnZn7Bi solders 

K. Bukat, Z. Moser, J. Sitek, W. Gasior, M. Koscielski and J. Pstrus 

Vol. 22 No. 3, 2010 

Investigation of Sn-Zn-Bi solders – Part II: wetting measurements on 

Sn-Zn7Bi solders on copper and on PCBs with lead-free finishes by means of 

the wetting balance method 

K. Bukat, Z. Moser, J. Sitek, W. Gasior, M. Koscielski and J. Pstrus 

Vol. 22 No. 4, 2010 

138


Design thinking – a new mental model of value innovation 

Brian Leavy 

Vol. 38 No. 3, 2010 

Scenario planning for economic recovery: short-term decision making in a 

recession 

Patrick B. Marren and Peter J. Kennedy Jr 

Vol. 38 No. 1, 2010 

Delivering on the promise of open innovation 

Jorge Rufat-Latre, Amy Muller and Dave Jones 

Vol. 38 No. 6, 2010 

Structural Survey 

Building conservation philosophy for masonry repair: part 2 – ‘‘principles’’ 

Alan M. Forster 

Vol. 28 No. 3, 2010 

Individual heat metering and charging of multi-dwelling residential housing 

Simon Siggelsten and Stefan Olander 

Vol. 28 No. 3, 2010 

Studies in Economics and Finance 

The global recession: analysis, evaluation, and implications of the policy 

response and some reform proposals 

Michael Sakbani 

Vol. 27 No. 2, 2010 

Enhancement of value portfolio performance using data envelopment 

analysis 

Eero J. Pätäri, Timo H. Leivo and J.V. Samuli Honkapuro 

Vol. 27 No. 3, 2010 

Lead bank quality and adverse rating announcements 

Wei-Huei Hsu, Abdullah Mamun and Lawrence C. Rose 

Vol. 27 No. 4, 2010 

Supply Chain Management 

Inter-organizational governance, learning and performance in supply chains 

Miguel Hernández-Espallardo, Augusto Rodríguez-Orejuela and 

Manuel Sánchez-Pérez 

Vol. 15 No. 2, 2010 

Teleological approaches in supply chain management: illustrations 

Göran Svensson 

Vol. 15 No. 1, 2010 

Collaborative supply chain practices and performance: exploring the key role 

of information quality 

Frank Wiengarten, Paul Humphreys, Guangming Cao, Brian Fynes and 

Alan McKittrick 

Vol. 15 No. 6, 2010 

139

Sustainability Accounting, Management and Policy Journal 

Collaborating to achieve corporate social responsibility and sustainability? 

Possibilities and problems 

Alan Murray, Kathryn Haynes and Lucian J. Hudson 

Vol. 1 No. 2, 2010 

A re-evaluation of social, environmental and sustainability accounting: 

an exploration of an emerging trans-disciplinary field? 

Rob Gray 

Vol. 1 No. 1, 2010 

Team Performance Management 

Effective teamworking: can functional flexibility act as an enhancing factor? 

An Australian case study 

Kym Fraser and Hans-Henrik Hvolby 

Vol. 16 No. 1 and 2, 2010 

Interactive and collaborative behaviour of software product-development 

teams 

Randhir Reghunath Pushpa and Mary Mathew 

Vol. 16 No. 7 and 8, 2010 

When Arab-expatriate relations work well: diversity and discourse in the Gulf 

Arab workplace 

Mark Neal 

Vol. 16 No. 5 and 6, 2010 

The Bottom Line 

Exceptional service during and after deep serial cuts 

Mary K. Throumoulos 

Vol. 23 No. 1, 2010 


Information technology and gender gap: toward a global view 

Golnessa Galyani Moghaddam 

Vol. 28, No.5, 2010 

An innovative approach for developing and employing electronic libraries to 

support context-aware ubiquitous learning 

Hui-Chun Chu, Gwo-Jen Hwang and Judy C.R. Tseng 

Vol. 28 No. 6, 2010 

Challenges and opportunities of e-government in South Africa 

Stephen M. Mutula and Janneke Mostert 

Vol. 28 No. 1, 2010 


Systems thinking in quality management 

Tito Conti 

Vol. 22 No. 4, 2010 

140

The structural relationships between TQM factors and organizational 

performance 

Christos V. Fotopoulos and Evangelos L. Psomas 

Vol. 22 No. 5, 2010 

A study into the effectiveness of quality management training: a focus on 

tools and critical success factors 

Ben Clegg, Chris Rees and Mike Titchen 

Vol. 22 No. 2, 2010 

Tourism Review 

Governance: a review and synthesis of the literature 

Lisa Ruhanen, Noel Scott, Brent Ritchie and Aaron Tkaczynski 

Vol. 65 No. 4, 2010 

Training & Management Development Methods 

Strengthening professional moral courage: a balanced approach to ethics 

training 

Leslie E Sekerka and Lindsey Godwin 

Vol. 24 No. 5, 2010 

Demonstrating care and respect for all learners, a re-examination 

Randall P Bandura and Paul Lyons 

Vol. 24 No. 2, 2010 

An evaluation of training in workforce planning for allied health professionals 

Brian Howieson 

Vol. 24 No. 2, 2010 

Transforming Government: People, Process and Policy 

Characteristics of a successful shared services centre in the Australian public 

sector 

Mark Borman 

Vol. 4 No. 3, 2010 

Adopting shared services in a public-sector organization 

Frank Ulbrich 

Vol. 4 No. 3, 2010 

Exploring the importance of citizen participation and involvement in 

e-government projects: practice, incentives, and organization 

Karin Axelsson, Ulf Melin and Ida Lindgren 

Vol. 4 No. 3, 2010 

VINE 

The roles and values of personal knowledge management: an exploratory 

study 

Ricky K.F. Cheong and Eric Tsui 

Vol. 40 No. 2, 2010 

141

Worldwide Hospitality and Tourism Themes 

Weighing the option of biometrics in the hospitality industry 

Kelly Warren 

Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

Douro Valley tourism plan: the plan as part of a sustainable tourist destination 

development process 

Nuno Fazenda, Fernando Nunes da Silva and Carlos Costa 

Vol. 2 No. 4, 2010 

The role of animal-based attractions in ecological sustainability: 

current issues and controversies 

Amir Shani and Abraham Pizam 

Vol. 2 No 3, 2010 


Impulse buying and cognitive dissonance: a study conducted among the 

spring break student shoppers 

Babu P. George and Gallayanee Yaoyuneyong 

Vol. 11 No. 4, 2010 

The influence of vicarious role models on purchase intentions of Botswana 

teenagers 

Rina Makgosa 

Vol. 11 No. 4, 2010 

An exploration of adolescent snacking conventions and dilemmas 

Tino Bech-Larsen, Birger Boutrup Jensen and Susanne Pedersen 

Vol. 11 No. 4, 2010 

142

Outstanding Author Contribution 2011 

Advances in Accounting Behavioural Research 

The role of confidence in tax return preparation using tax software 

Amy M. Hageman 

Book Volume 13 

Advances in Accounting Education 

Accounting doctoral programs: a multidimensional description 

Amelia A. Baldwin, Carol E. Brown and Brad S. Trinkle 


Advances in Appreciative Inquiry 

Forms of government and systemic sustainability: a positive design approach 

to the design of information systems 

Kenneth E. Kendall and Julie E. Kendall 

Book Volume 3 

Advances in Austrian Economics 

Instincts and institutions: the rise of the market 

Jean-Paul Carvalho and Mark Koyama 


Advances in Business and Management Forecasting 

Seasonal regression forecasting in the US beer import market 

John F. Kros and Christopher M. Keller 

Book Volume 7 

Advances in Business Marketing and Purchasing 

Anatomy of relationship significance: a critical realist exploration 

Filipe J. Sousa and Luis M. de Castro 


Advances in Culture, Tourism and Hospitality Research 

Information usefulness auditing of tourism destination websites: assessing 

Los Angeles, San Diego, and San Francisco’s performance 

Carlynn Woolsey 

Book Volume 4 

Advances in Econometrics 

The panel probit model: adaptive integration on sparse grids 

Florian Heiss 


143

Advances in Ecopolitics 

Ecotourism and sustainability in the tourism sector 

James Hanrahan 

Book Volume 5 

Advances in Educational Administration 

Leadership for inclusive schools and inclusive school leadership 

Cristina Devecchi and Ann Nevin 


Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence and Growth 

Advancing the 3R 

Pramodita Sharma 


Advances in Gender Research 

Gender, class, and work: the complex impacts of globalization 

Krista M. Brumley 


Advances in Health Care Management 

Lead for demand and lag for supply: the use of pay level to predict hospital 

performance 

Mark P. Brown, Jonathon R. B. Halbesleben and Anthony R. Wheeler 

Book Volume 9 

Advances in Health Economics and Health Services Research 

The effect of drug vintage on survival: micro evidence from Puerto Rico’s 

medicaid program 

Frank R. Lichtenberg 


Advances in Hospitality and Leisure 

Competitive pricing in european hotels 

Cathy A. Enz and Linda Canina 

Book Volume 6 

Advances in Industrial & Labor Relations 

Channels of buyer influence and labor standard compliance: the case of 

Cambodia’s garment sector 

Chikako Oka 


Advances in International Management 

Behavioral elements in foreign direct investments 

Yair Aharoni 


144

Advances in Learning and Behavioral Disabilities 

A longitudinal study of the impact of effective beginning reading instruction for 

English learners: literacy, language, and learning disabilities 

Anne W. Graves 


Advances in Librarianship 

Using search engine technology to improve library catalogs 

Dirk Lewandowski 


Advances in Medical Sociology 

A social change model of the obesity epidemic 

Deborah Sullivan 


Advances in Mergers and Acquistions 

Trust dynamics in acquistions: the role of relationship history, interfirm 

distance and acquirer’s integration approach 

Gunter K. Stahl and Sim B. Sitkin 

Book Volume 9 

Advances in Motivation and Achievement 

Current and future directions in teacher motivation research 

Paul W. Richardson and Helen M. G. Watt 

Book Volume 0 

Advances in Public Interest Accounting 

Does equity compensation induce executives to maximize firm value or their 

own personal wealth? 

Theresa F. Henry 


Advances in Research on Teaching 

Reflections on the shared ordeal of accreditation across institutional narratives 

Lynnette B. Erickson and Nancy Wentworth 


Advances in Special Education 

Multicultural education: not a general and special education panacea 

Festus E. Obiakor 


Advances in Taxation 

Microanomie as an explanation of tax fraud: a preliminary investigation 

Michele W. Ganon and James J. Donegan 


145

Advances in the Economic Analysis of Participatory & 

Labor-Managed Firms 

To join or not to join? Factors influencing employee share plan membership in 

a multinational corporation 

Alex Bryson and Richard B. Freeman 


Applications of Management Science 

A multicriteria approach to critical facility security system design 

Patrick T. Hester and Sankaran Mahadevan 


Bridging Tourism Theories and Practices 

Deconstructing Brand Equity 

William C. Gartner 

Book Volume 1 

Community, Environment and Disaster Risk Management 

Disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation: enabling environment 

for integration 

Tran Phong and Bui Duc Tinh 

Book Volume 4 

Contributions to Conflict Management, Peace Economics and 

Development 

A method to compute a peace gross world product by country and by 

economic sector 

Jurgen Brauer and John Tepper Marlin 


Contributions to Conflict Management, Peace Economics and 

Development 

A method to compute a peace gross world product by country and by 

economic sector 

Jurgen Brauer and John Tepper Marlin 


Contributions to Economic Analysis 

Transportation indicators and business cycles 

Kajal Lahiri 


Critical Studies on Corporate Responsibility, Governance and 

Sustainability 

CSR 2.0: from the age of greed to the age of responsibility 

Wayne Visser 

Book Volume 1 

146

Current Perspectives in Social Theory 

Why Nazified Germans killed Jewish people: insights from agent-based 

modeling of genocidal actions 

Robert B. Smith 


Current Research in the Semantics/Pragmatics Interface 

The semantics of grammatical dependencies 

Alastair Butler 


Developments in Corporate Governance and Responsibility 

Corporate volunteering in Portugal 

Maria João Santos 

Book Volume 1 

Frontiers of Economics and Globalization 

Ex-ante assessment of the welfare impacts of trade reforms with numerical 

models 

Joseph Francois and Will Martin 

Book Volume 7 

Innovation and Leadership in English Language Teaching 

Service climate in English language teaching centers: a survey of providers 

John Walker 

Book Volume 2 

International Finance Review 

Reforming international standards for bank capital requirements: 

a perspective from the developing world 

Pierre-Richard Agénor and Luiz A. Pereira da Silva 


International Perspectives on Education and Society 

Monitoring the quality of education: exploration of concept, methodology, and 

the link between research and policy 

Mioko Saito and Frank van Cappelle 


International Symposia in Economic Theory and Econometrics 

Oil prices and exchange rates: some new evidence using linear and nonlinear 

models 

Mohamed El Hedi Arouri and Fredj Jawadi 


147

New Technology Based Firms in the New Millennium 

Linking innovation and entrepreneurship in higher education: a study of 

Swedish schools of entrepreneurship 

A˚ sa Lindholm Dahlstrand and Eva Berggren 

Book Volume 8 

Political Power and Social Theory 

The sociospatial reconfiguration of middle classes and their impact on politics 

and development in the global south: preliminary ideas for future research 

Diane E. Davis 


Research in Accounting in Emerging Economies 

A new institutional analysis of IFRS 

Ahmed Kholeif 


Research in Consumer Behaviour 

Socialization of adult and young consumers into materialism: the roles of 

media and church in Peru 

Sandra K. Smith Speck and Teri Peterson 


Research in Economic Anthropology 

Borrowed places: eviction wars and property rights formalization in 

Kazakhstan 

Saulesh Yessenova 


Research in Experimental Economics 

Tacit coordination in contribution-based grouping with two endowment levels 

Anna Gunnthorsdottir, Roumen Vragov and Jianfei Shen 


Research in Labor Economics 

Income inequality, income mobility, and social welfare for urban and rural 

households of China and the United States 

John Pencavel and Niny Khor 


Research in Occupational Stress and Well Being 

Occupational stressors and job performance: an updated review and 

recommendations 

Christopher C. Rosen, Chu-Hsiang Chang, Emilija Djurdjevic and Erin Eatough 

Book Volume 8 

148

Research in Organizational Change and Development 

Built to change organizations and responsible progress: twin pillars of 

sustainable success 

Christopher G. Worley, Edward E. Lawler 


Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 

Workplace safety: a multilevel, interdisciplinary perspective 

Michael J. Burke and Sloane M. Signal 


Research in Political Economy 

Is the national question an aporia for humanity? How to read Rosa 

Luxemburg’s ‘‘The national question and autonomy’’ 

Narihiko Ito 


Research in Professional Responsibility and Ethics in Accounting 

Moral intensity, ethical reasoning, and equitable relief judgments 

Gary M. Fleischman, Sean Valentine and Don W. Finn 


Research in Public Policy Analysis and Management 

Public administration Singapore style 

Jon Quah 


Research in Social Movements, Conflicts and Change 

The impacts of repression: the effect of police presence and action on 

subsequent protest rates 

Jennifer S. Earl and Sarah A. Soule 


Research in the Sociology of Health Care 

How much time do Americans spend seeking health care? Racial and ethnic 

differences in patient experiences 

Deborah Carr, Yoko Ibuka and Louise B. Russell 


Research in the Sociology of Organizations 

The political economy of financial exuberance 

Greta Krippner 

Book Volume 0 

149

Research in the Sociology of Work 

Caring, curing, and the community: black masculinity in a feminized 

profession 

Adia Harvey Wingfield 


Research on Economic Inequality 

Counting poverty orderings and deprivation curves 

Maria Casilda Lasso de la Vega 


Research on Emotion in Organizations 

Service encounter needs theory: a dyadic, psychosocial approach to 

understanding service encounters 

Graham L. Bradley, Janet R. McColl-Kennedy, Beverley A. Sparks, 

Nerina L. Jimmieson and Dieter Zapf 

Book Volume 6 

Research on Managing Groups and Teams 

Restorative justice: seeking a shared identity in dynamic intragroup contexts 

Tyler G. Okimoto, Michael Wenzel and Michael J. Platow 


Review of Marketing Research 

A backward glance of who and what marketing scholars have been 

researching, 1977-2002 

John B. Ford, Douglas West, Vincent P. Magnini, Michael S. LaTour and 

Michael J. Polonsky 

Book Volume 7 

Sociological Studies of Children and Youth 

‘‘And no flowers grow there and stuff’’: young children’s social representations 

of poverty 

Carin Neitzel and Judith Chafel 


Studies in Law, Politics and Society 

Indigeneity: before and beyond the law 

Kathleen Birrell 


Studies in Qualitative Methodology 

Technology and the end of ethnography 

Kevin Love 


150

Studies in the Development of Accounting Thought 

Gerhard G. Mueller: Father of International Accounting Education 

Dale L. Flesher 


Tourism Social Science Series 

The story of a postcard 

Jean-Michel Dewailly 


151

Best Practical Implications Award 2011 

This award was launched two years ago for the Paper with the Best Practical 

Implications. Emerald has always held to the philosophy that research in the area of 

business and management should have relevance for practitioners founded in 

rigorous academic research. The AACSB’s 2008 Impact of Research states, 

‘‘schools be required to demonstrate the value of their faculties’ research not simply 

by listing its citations in journals, but by demonstrating the impact it has in the 

workaday world’’, and this principle is perfectly encapsulated in Emerald’s strap line: 

‘‘Research you can use’’. 

The criteria for selection were as follows. 

Required 

. That the article be published in the preceding year. 

. That there is a clear application for the research. 

. That the article is based on quality and rigorous research. 

. That the literature review and references are up to date and complete. 

. That the article could easily be adapted for practical use. 

Desirable 

. There is a broad application for business. 

. That the article has a significant number of downloads from the Emerald web site. 

. That the paper has been jointly authored between academic and practitioner 

authors. 

We reward the following papers: 

Implementing strategies through management control systems: the case of 

sustainability 

International Journal of Productivity and Performance Management, Vol. 59 No. 2, 2010 

Angelo Riccaboni and Emilia Luisa Leone 

University of Siena, Siena, Italy 

Improving competence and compliance through self-service and e-learning development 

Strategic HR Review, Vol. 9 No. 1, 2010 

Matt Mundey 

Hertfordshire Primary Care Trust, Welwyn Garden City, UK 

Can an opportunity to learn at work reduce stress? A re-visitation of the job demandcontrol 

model 

Journal of Workplace Learning, Vol. 22 No. 3, 2010 

Chiara Panari, Dina Guglielmi, Silvia Simbula and Marco Depolo 

University of Bologna, Bologna, Italy 

152

Social Impact Award 2011 

This award recognizes outstanding research that makes a tangible difference for the 

good of society. Reflecting Emerald’s publishing philosophy of ‘‘research you can 

use’’, the award was open to articles published in an Emerald journal in 2010 that 

demonstrated real-world application with a high social impact. 

The shortlist and winning paper was judged and chosen by a panel of experts from 

the Globally Responsible Leadership Initiative (GRLI), the largest community of 

businesses and business schools/learning institutions uniquely focused on 

developing a "new" generation of globally responsible leaders. 

The winning paper is: 

Building social capital through corporate social investment 

Asia-Pacific Journal of Business Administration, Vol. 2 No. 1, 2010 

David Cooke 

College of Management, Southern Cross University, Tweed Heads, Australia 

153

Impact of Research Award 2011 

Emerald is exceedingly passionate about publishing research which has an impact; 

we do acknowledge however that impact cannot always be immediate. 

In light of this for 2011 we have launched the Impact of Research Award. The winning 

papers must have been published before 2006 and could go back as far as the first 

issue of the first volume. Three journals have been chosen to pilot this inaugural 

award as they have made a significant subject-specific contribution. 

We have rewarded one paper from each journal which the editors deem to have had 

the greatest impact in their field. The winning papers are seminal articles and can 

demonstrate impact on one or more of the headings below: 

. The body of knowledge. 

. Practice. 

. Teaching and learning. 

. Public policy making. 

. Society and environment. 

. Economy. 

The winners are: 

Antecedents and consequences of employee engagement 

Journal of Managerial Psychology, Vol. 27 No. 2, 2006 

Professor Alan M. Saks 

University of Toronto, Canada 

The Mechanism of Internationalisation 

International Marketing Review, Vol. 7 No. 4, 1990 

Professor Jan Johanson 

Uppsala University, Sweden 

Professor Jan-Erik Vahlne 

Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden 

Conceptions of corporate social responsibility the nature of managerial capture 

Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, Vol. 16 No. 4, 2003 

Professor Brendan O’Dwyer 

Amsterdam Graduate Business School, Netherlands 

154

Best New Journal Award 2011 

This award is aimed at highlighting new journals that are publishing outstanding 

quality research in current, strong and evolving subjects. Free access was given to 

the 13 eligible journals. Over 400 votes were cast and the winner is: 

Strategic Outsourcing: An International Journal 

One voter commented: 

Strategic Outsourcing: An International Journal is exceptional because it attracts top research in 

outsourcing from among many different disciplines. As a reader of the journal, I have cited several 

excellent papers and I have found the quality of the research to be extremely high. I also read and cite 

the industry insights because they are topical, timely and insightful. As an author in the journal, I found 

the Editor-in-Chief, Marco Busi, to be helpful, developmental, and encouraging. The review process is 

thorough and swift – something other top journals strive for but don’t always achieve. 

The runner up is: 


155

Outstanding Special Issue Award 2011 

We recognize the very distinct contribution made by special issues to our journals 

and the database by making an annual award to the Guest Editor(s) of the 

outstanding special issue of the year. It is a way of recognizing and rewarding the 

very real contribution made by the Guest Editors and of acknowledging the added 

value brought to the journals through their hard work and expertise. Most of these 

guest editors undertake the full role of the ‘‘Editor’’ for that particular issue and most 

do not receive any monetary reward. 

They: 

. collaborate with the editor on the subject of the special issue using their own 

specialist subject knowledge and interest; 

. identify and define the subject scope of the special issue; 

. use their own networks to commission papers or arrange calls for papers to attract 

the authors to write for the issue; 

. manage the peer review process and reviewers and liaise with the authors for 

revisions if needed; 

. collate the issue for the Editor/Managing Editor; 

. write a guest editorial for the journal – these are often extensive essays which draw 

together the component papers and provide an overview of the topic. 

What makes an outstanding special issue? 

The criteria, by which we select and chose our winning special issues, are varied but 

we believe sensible, fair, and demonstrable and can be applied in all subject fields 

and to all journals: 

. internationality in content and/or authorship; 

. leading edge content and originality; 

. broad subject interest appeal; 

. a consistency in the papers either through a commonality of approach or 

theme or their comparative nature; 

. the authors of the papers are some of the active and respected figures in the 

field; 

. a well written guest editorial which exhibits real understanding of the value and 

import of the issue, and above all; 

. Guest Editor(s) who put a lot into the work involved in the commissioning and 

production of the special issue. 

The winners for 2011 

Emerald is particularly pleased and proud to announce the Outstanding Special 

Issue Awards for 2011. 

Winner 

Globalization: expanding horizons in women’s leadership 

Guest Editor: Associate Professor Whitney H. Sherman, 

Virginia Commonwealth University, USA 

Journal of Educational Administration, Vol. 48 No. 6, 2010 

The issue is a collection of manuscripts related to women in educational leadership. 

Educational leadership is defined by the authors in ways that are inclusive of a large 

156

span of ages and positions in the field of education worldwide. The intent of the 

Guest Editor (which has been admirably achieved) is to offer as global a perspective 

on women in educational leadership as possible. Accordingly, this special issue 

presents 17 authors from 12 universities and embodies the perspectives of women in 

nine countries. 

A primary objective of the issue is to promote social justice and inclusiveness of voice 

specific to women and their experiences in educational leadership. The result is a 

volume of work that signifies women are doing amazing things with their lives at 

various levels, but that there is still much room for pioneering work by women in 

educational leadership and, in turn, continuing research on their work. 

The authors in this special issue have ploughed new ground in several ways. For 

example, they have written about women leaders in education from primary schools 

to the professoriate across different countries. While we do have a fairly robust body 

of knowledge helping us to understand the conditions under which women lead 

schools in English-speaking countries such as the UK, USA, Canada, Australia and 

New Zealand, we know very little if anything, about women educational leaders in 

other parts of the world. The articles in this special issue by Agezo, Ngunnjiri, Shapira 

et al., and Speradio give us precious glimpses into African, Arab-Israeli, Bangladeshi 

and Indian women’s leadership practices and concerns. In addition, young women 

leaders as a group have not been well studied. McNae’s article about a 

co-constructed leadership program for young women in high school, Mansfield et 

al.’s piece about women in US educational leadership programs, and Sherman et 

al.’s narrative study of young women professors of education break into very new 

territory. Moreover, this collection of articles provides strong threads connecting the 

often-separated Pre K-12 world and the sphere of higher education as Coleman’s 

article nicely demonstrates. 

The preparation of this special issue demanded much of the Guest Editor, particularly 

in establishing contacts with non-American authors. Rather than advertise via a call 

for papers, Sherman used her impressive network of colleagues to identify significant 

researchers in the realm of women in educational leadership. That she succeeded in 

securing contributions from so many countries bears testament to her determination 

to produce a special issue of the highest order. 

This issue is indeed ‘‘special’’. It will be an indispensable source of knowledge and 

thinking for scholars and practitioners in educational leadership and a source of 

inspiration for women in the field of leadership through all levels of education. 

Highly commended: 

Accounting in the media 

Guest Editor: Grant Samkin, University of Waikato, New Zealand 

Qualitative Research in Accounting & Management, Vol. 7 No. 3, 2010 

This has been a very high profile Special Issue for such a young journal, and it is 

anticipated there will be high usage. Not only is it the first accounting journal to tackle 

the subject as an entire entity, it draws on other recent cutting edge research in the 

area around visual representation and cultural aspects of accounting. Perhaps the 

most impressive part of the issue is the caliber of names it managed to attract: Prem 

Sikka is perhaps the most well known accounting scholar in the UK, and writes 

regularly for The Guardian; David Boje is a multi-disciplinary academic who has 

written for Emerald across a number of journals; Kerry Jacobs is a Professor at 

Australia’s No 1 university (ANU); Gudrun Baldvinsdottir is one of the most wellknown 

scholars writing in this area; and Robert Scapens is Professor at the worldleading 

Manchester Business School and Editor of the ISI-ranked Management 

Accounting Review. 

157

Accounting for cities in the 21st century 

Guest Editors: Professor Irvine Lapsley, The University of Edinburgh, UK 

Peter Miller, London School of Economics, UK 

Fabrizio Panozzo, Ca’ Foscari University, Italy 

Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, Vol. 23 No. 3. 2010 

Edited by the renowned Scottish accounting academic Professor Irvine Lapsley at 

Edinburgh University, this Special Issue develops some of the themes presented in 

the Accounting and the Visual Special Issue in AAAJ in 2009. Once again, the journal 

places itself at the frontier of interdisciplinary accounting research by attempting to 

assess the ‘‘increased prevalence of calculative practices in many dimensions of the 

everyday life of citizens’’, which in turn ‘‘sharpens the research focus for 

accountants’’. Special mention in particular should go to the articles by Martin 

Kornberger and Chris Carter on strategy and the very famous social scientist Barbara 

Czarniawska for her thought-provoking piece on ‘‘Accounting for a city project’’. 

Further praise is deserved by the Special Issue Editorial team, which was able to 

deliver the complete issue ahead of schedule at very short notice. 

Emerging multinationals: home and host country determinants and outcomes 

Guest Editors: Peter Gammeltoft, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark 

Jaya Prakash Pradhan, Sardar Patel Institute of Economic and Social Research, 

India 

Andrea Goldstein, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, 

France 

International Journal of Emerging Markets, Vol. 5 No. 3/4, 2010 

The global balance of economic power is shifting from developed to emerging 

markets. Following the global economic crisis, growth rates in developed countries 

have remained below par, whilst the strong performance of companies from 

developing countries – emerging market multinationals (EMNCs) – have ensured that 

future competition will be even fiercer than before the crisis. In short, the EMNCs of 

today will be the global competitors of tomorrow. Studying the development, 

pathways and strategies of the EMNCs is therefore of great interest to scholars of 

international business and strategic management. This double special issue is a 

major contribution to this scholarly effort. 

158

Leading Editor Awards 2011 

The Leading Editor awards acknowledge the high commitment Editors have to their 

journals and reward their efforts to raise and maintain the standing of the journals. In 

recognition of this work, we reward the following editors: 

Mustafa Ozbilgin 

Brunel University, UK 

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion – An International Journal 

Mustafa Ozbilgin is Professor of Human Resource Management at the Brunel 

Business School, Brunel University, UK. His research focuses on equality, diversity 

and inclusion at work from comparative and relational perspectives. He has 

conducted field studies in the UK and internationally and his work is empirically 

informed. He has authored and edited ten books and published large number of 

papers in journals including the Academy of Management Review and the Academy 

of Management Learning and Education. 

Professor Ozbilgin edited Equality, Diversity and Inclusion – An International 

Journal for four years between 2006 and 2010. In this role he transformed the 

journal from a UK oriented title to a highly respected, international publishing outlet. 

On Professor Ozbilgin’s recommendation the journal’s title was changed from Equal 

Opportunities International in 2008 and this further enhanced its profile and 

relevancy. During his tenure the journal gained a reputation for exceptional author 

support, particularly of those experiencing the publishing process for the first time. 

Professor Ozbilgin also commissioned numerous high quality special issues from 

leading scholars in the field and considerably expanded both the journal’s Advisory 

and Review Boards. He founded the annual Equality, Diversity and Inclusion 

Conference and established a key association with the Academy of Management 

(Gender, Diversity and Organization Division) by way of a Best Student Award 

sponsorship. 

Barry Cooper 

Deakin University, Australia 

Philomena Leung 

Macquarie University, Australia 

Managerial Auditing Journal 

Professors Cooper and Leung took over the Editorship of the Managerial Auditing 

Journal in 2005, and in the last five years they have done an outstanding job in 

developing the journal into one of the leading accounting titles and one of the best 

auditing journals in the world. In the five year period of their tenure, they have seen 

article downloads triple to almost 300,000 and have attracted an increasingly high 

quality, international mix of papers on all aspects of the auditing process. Most 

impressively, they have managed this in spite of having extremely successful 

academic careers away from the journal. Barry Cooper is Professor of Accounting 

at Deakin University in Melbourne has been President of AFAANZ and will be only 

the second non-British President of ACCA in 2012. Philomena Leung is now 

Professor of Accounting and Head of Department at Macquarie University in 

Sydney. 

159

Jeryl Whitelock 

University of Bradford, UK 

John Cadogan 

Loughborough University, UK 

International Marketing Review 

Jeryl Whitelock is Professor of International Marketing and Head of Research Cluster 

at Bradford School of Management. Her research interests within international 

marketing include product strategy, international advertising, market entry strategy 

and international brands and branding. She has published on these on topics and 

others in journals such as Journal of International Marketing, Business History, 

European Journal of Marketing, Journal of International Management and 

International Marketing Review. Professor Whitelock is a Fellow of the RSA and of 

the Chartered Institute of Marketing, and has held visiting posts at the University of 

Murcia, Spain, the University of Cartagena, Spain, and the Instituto Technologico de 

Monterrey, Mexico. She is currently Visiting Professor at the University of Metz, 

France and EADA, Barcelona, Spain. 

John W. Cadogan is Professor of Marketing and Deputy Director of Research at the 

Business School, Loughborough University. He has held faculty positions at 

Loughborough University since 2003, and has previously worked on the faculties of 

Swansea University (UK), the University of Wellington (New Zealand), and Aston 

University (UK). He holds a visiting Professorship at the University of Brighton, and is 

a Fellow of the Higher Education Academy. Professor Cadogan researches issues in 

marketing strategy, international marketing and sales, and has published over 30 

journal articles on these topics in a wide range of outlets, including the Journal of the 

Academy of Marketing Science, International Journal of Research in Marketing, 

Journal of Business Research, Journal of International Business Studies and 

European Journal of Marketing. He is committed to developing research talent within 

the marketing academic community, and played a major role in founding and 

co-chairing the Biennial Academy of Marketing Science Doctoral Consortium. 

Jeryl Whitelock has served as Co-Editor of International Marketing Review for over 

ten years. She has been instrumental in the journal’s rise to become one of the top 

two international marketing titles (and one of the top six international business titles) 

in the world. John Cadogan became Co-Editor of International Marketing Review in 

2007, since when the journal’s impact factor has more than doubled (to 1.164) and 

the reputation of the journal has continued to increase. Both are valued as committed 

and careful editors, and their attention to detail and refusal to compromise on the 

quality of published papers has taken IMR from strength to strength. 

Simon Dolan 

ESADE Business School, Spain 


Simon Dolan is Professor of the Department of Human Resource Management and 

Director of the Institute for Labour Studies (IEL) at ESADE Business School, 

Barcelona. He has taught as visiting professor/scholar in many universities (primarily 

on MBA and PhD programmes), including: Boston University, Northeastern 

University, The University of Minnesota and The University of Colorado; Tel Aviv 

University; McGill University, Concordia University and St Mary’s University; Remini 

University of Beijing; Universität Wien, ESSEC-Paris, Université de Toulouse, 

Universidad de Cádiz, Universidad Pablo de Olavide and Universitat Pompeu Fabra; 

Federal University of Rio (Brazil) and ITESM (Mexico). His research interests include 

human resource management, industrial/organizational psychology and 

160

occupational stress, fields on which he has extensively written, having published over 

40 books and over 100 articles in refereed journals. 

Simon Dolan’s impact as Editor-in-Chief of Cross Cultural Management has been 

nothing short of extraordinary. He has taken a struggling journal central to the 

disciplines of international business and HRM, invited a renowned group of regional 

editors and orchestrated a rigorous and professional review process. His contacts in 

the field have enabled the journal to publish key special issues that have made real 

statements about the need to better understand culture when conducting business 

internationally. Simon’s commitment to the journal led to its rapid acceptance into the 

Social Science Citation Index in July 2010, and a 100 per cent increase in article 

usage since 2007. He passionately believes that high quality research must have an 

impact on those outside the walls of academia. 

Derek Walker 

RMIT University, Australia 


Derek is an absolute pleasure to work with. Since the launch of the International 

Journal of Managing Projects in Business in 2008 he has worked with enthusiasm 

and dedication to build the profile and standing of the journal as well as focusing on 

the support of new and emerging scholars. He readily embraces the trials and 

challenges of editing a journal, often applying an innovative and refreshing approach. 

Julie McLeod 

Northumbria University, UK 


Julie McLeod became full time Editor for Records Management Journal (RMJ) in 

2005 after a successful Co-Editorship with her predecessor Catherine Hare. From 

this firm foundation the journal has moved from strength to strength under Julie’s 

energetic and intelligent direction. 

Tangible achievements for the journal in the last five years include: 

. Expansion of the Editorial board to represent more key international regions. 

. Invited contributors from prestigious organizations such as JISC, the NHS and the 

Equality & Human Rights Commission in the UK. Alongside collaborators in the 

US, Australia and Canada. 

. Increasing usage by a factor of 6. 

2010 has also seen the journal’s 20th anniversary which Julie has marked 

prestigiously with not one but three special issues charting the history, current state 

and future of the Records Management Profession. As part of the anniversary 

celebrations Julie has been fully active on the conference circuit delivering keynotes 

and making valuable connections with the leading lights of this field. 

The journal is a prime example of excellence within Emerald’s publishing philosophy 

to create impact across practitioner and academic spheres: Julie’s tireless efforts in 

recent years demonstrate how an outstanding Editor can lead a vibrant community 

and produce thinking of the highest quality which can positively impact on public 

policy and organizational governance. 

161

Leading Books Series Editor Awards 2011 

These awards acknowledge the high commitment Book Series Editors have to their 

series and reward their efforts to raise and maintain the standing of the publications. 

In recognition of this work, we reward the following editors: 

Timothy Devinney 

University of Technology Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 

Torben Pedersen 

Copenhagen Business School, Fredriksberg, Denmark 

Laszlo Tihanyi 

Texas A&M University, Texas, USA 

Advances in International Management 

Since assuming editorship, Tim, Torben and Laszlo have shown a real dedication to 

building upon the impressive reputation set by the previous Editors, Joseph Cheng 

and Michael Hitt. The team co-ordinate an impressive number of events around each 

volume; including panel sessions at both the Academy of International Business and 

the Academy of Management annual conferences, and institutional workshop 

sessions to discuss and refine papers for submission. Their 2010 volume addressing 

‘‘The Past, Present and Future of International Business & Management’’ presents a 

comprehensive read on the topic. 

Future volumes promise to deliver a high calibre of authorship on key topics within 

the subject area. 

Anthony Rotatori 

St Xavier University, Illinois, USA 

Advances in Special Education 

Advances in Special Education always creates a sense of anticipation when it is 

announced on the frontlist. At conferences, it turns delegates’ heads in the direction 

of the Emerald stand. It rarely fails to draw approval from its varied readership. The 

credit for the book series’ success must go to its Series Editor, Anthony F. Rotatori, 

and the trusted and loyal editorial team he has built up since the first publication. 

Publications such as this have helped Emerald move forward as a publisher of social 

sciences and stamp our footprint onto the various subject communities that orbit the 

subject of education. 

Solomon W. Polachek 

Binghamton University, New York, USA 

Konstantinos Tatsiramos 

Institute for the Study of Labor, Bonn, Germany 

Research in Labor Economics 

Their dedication to the field and to the series is exemplary. They constantly sustain 

regular publication and high quality volumes, raising the profile of the title and 

subsequently Emerald. The association with the IZA ensures that wide readership 

and contribution is attracted; it also opens new and valuable networks for promotion 

and development of the series. 

162

Michael Lounsbury 

University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada 

Research in the Sociology of Organizations 

Since Emerald’s acquisition of Research in the Sociology of Organizations at the end 

of 2007, Michael Lounsbury has always produced an extremely high standard of 

work. He is committed and well networked, and produces a high number of 

exceptional volumes every year. Mike ensures the content is current and forwardthinking, 

and works hard to recruit a superb network of contributors. He is full of 

ideas, energy and enthusiasm for the series, and is a delight to work with. Emerald is 

very proud to have Mike as a Series Editor, and would like to take this opportunity to 

thank him for his ongoing hard work and contribution to the field. 

163

Outstanding Service Awards 2011 – 

Journals 

For long standing support and consistently high-standard contributions to Emerald 

journals, we reward the following people. 

Mrs Lucy A. Tedd 

For her work on Program: electronic library and information systems 

Lucy Tedd has been Editor of Program: electronic library and information systems 

since 1984. Lucy is a Lecturer in the DLIS at the University of Aberystwyth, Wales. 

This award marks her retirement from the editorship. During her tenure, Lucy has 

covered a period of startling growth and change in the area of computer-based library 

systems. In 2006, the journal celebrated its 40th anniversary. 

164

Outstanding Service Awards 2011 – Books 

For outstanding support and consistently high contributions to the Emerald book 

series, we reward the following. 

Joel Baum 

For his work on Advances in Strategic Management. 

Joel A.C. Baum is George E. Connell Chair in Organizations and Society, Professor 

of Strategic Management, and Associate Dean, Faculty in the Rotman School of 

Management at the University of Toronto, from which he also received his PhD. He 

also holds a cross-appointment to the university’s Department of Sociology. The main 

focus of his current research is the dynamics of interorganizational relationships in 

diverse industry settings, including liner shipping, biotechnology, investment banking, 

and private military services, as well as computer-simulated environments. He 

served as Series Editor for Advances in Strategic Management from 1998 to 2010. 

He is also a founding coeditor of the journal Strategic Organization. 

After 12 years of continuous service as Series Editor for Advances in Strategic 

Management, Joel Baum decided to stand down from the position with the 2010 

volume, The Globalization of Strategy Research. During his time as Series Editor, 

Joel produced excellent topical volumes year after year, and always recruited an 

outstanding group of contributors. He worked hard to promote the series and always 

ensured the content was timely, relevant and of an extremely high quality. The Series’ 

success is testament to Joel’s tireless enthusiasm for the topic, and we are very 

grateful to Joel for all the hard work he has put in over the years. We welcome Brian 

Silverman to the role of Series Editor from 2011, and wish Joel the very best for the 

future. 

Margo Mastropieri and Tom Scruggs 

For their work on Advances in Learning and Behavioral Disabilities. 

Margo A. Mastropieri is a University Professor and Professor of Special Education in 

the College of Education and Human Development. She received her PhD in Special 

Education from Arizona State University in 1983, her MEd and BA degrees from the 

University of Massachusetts in Amherst. Professor Mastropieri is interested in how 

students with disabilities learn in school and much of her research has focused on 

cognitive strategies designed to promote learning and retention of school-related 

information. She has also studied what happens during inclusive instruction with 

students with disabilities and suggested instructional strategies to facilitate inclusive 

efforts. Her publications include over 180 journal articles, 48 book chapters, and 28 

co-authored or co-edited books. 

Mastropieri is the Editor with Tom Scruggs of the Advances in Learning and 

Behavioral Disabilities journal. 

Tom Scruggs is University Professor and Professor of Special Education in the 

College of Education and Human Development. He received his PhD in 1982 from 

Arizona State University. His major areas of study were special education and 

educational psychology. 

His interests include cognitive and instructional strategies for students with 

disabilities, and research synthesis. In addition to his own experimental research, he 

has conducted several traditional meta-analyses of group-experimental research 

literature, and has pioneered, with Margo Mastropieri, techniques for integrating 

single-subject, survey, and qualitative research literatures. His publication activity 

includes 200 journal articles and 65 equivalent articles, 52 chapters in books, and 30 

co-authored or co-edited books. He has co-directed numerous federal grants totaling 

nearly five million dollars, in test-taking skills, peer tutoring, mnemonic strategy 

instruction, science and social studies education, and in undergraduate and doctoral 

training. His work has been widely cited by others, including over 4,500 Google 

Scholar citations. 

165

Tom Scruggs and Margo Mastropieri are an excellent partnership, as evident in the 

continuing popularity of the series, Advances in Learning and Behavioral Disabilities. 

As editors they tick all the right boxes: professional, engaged, reliable, 

communicable, sound in judgment, as well as demonstrating a solid understanding of 

their subject. The volumes they put forward for publication are always on trend, 

consistently good and respected by the faithful readership the series has built up over 

the years. Editors like Tom and Margo make the job of the publisher easier by 

decreasing (arguably ‘‘sharing’’) the stress whilst increasing the interest. 

166

Outstanding Reviewers 2011 

Accounting Research Journal 

Professor Greg Clinch, University of Melbourne, Australia 

Dr Asher Curtis, University of Utah, USA 

Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal 

Professor Yves Gendron, Universite Laval, Canada 

African Journal of Economic and Management Studies 

Dr John Okpara, Bloomsburg University, USA 

Lartey Godwin Lawson, Denmark 

Asia Pacific Journal of Marketing and Logistics 

Professor Michael Merz, San José State University, USA 

Asia-Pacific Journal of Business Administration 

Professor Alexander Kouzmin, Southern Cross University, Australia 

Asian Journal on Quality 

Professor Jungsuk Oh, Seoul National University, South Korea 


Anne Welsh, University College London, UK 

John Akeroyd, UK 

Baltic Journal of Management 

Professor Tiit Elenurm, Estonian Business School, Estonia 

Professor Ralf Müller, Umea˚ University, Sweden 


Caroline Ritchie, The University of Wales Institute, Cardiff, UK 

John Edwards, Bournemouth University, UK 

Career Development International 

Assistant Professor Hermann A. Ndofor, Texas A&M University, USA 

Assistant Professor Shannon Taylor, Northern Illinois University, USA 

China Agricultural Economic Review 

Ruihua Yang, China Agricultural University, People’s Republic of China 

Collection Building 

Professor Robert P Holley, Wayne State University, USA 

COMPEL 

Andriollo Mauro, Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy 

John Compter, Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands 

167

Competitiveness Review 

Dr Marilyn M Helms, Dalton State College, USA 

Dr Ananda Mukherji, Texas A&M International University, USA 

Construction Innovation 

Professor Peter Love, Curtin University of Technology, Australia 

Dr Wafaa Nadim, British University in Egypt, Egypt 

Corporate Communications 

Professor Alessandra Mazzei, IULM University, Italy 

Corporate Governance 

Professor Mette Morsing, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark 

critical perspectives on international business 

Dr Ernesto Gantman, Universidad de Buenos Aires and 

Universidad de Belgrano, Buenos Aires, Argentina 

Dr Eva Tsahuridu, RMIT University, Australia 


Professor Paul Sparrow, Lancaster University, UK 

Dr Marios Theodosiou, Cyprus University, Republic of Cyprus 

Development and Learning in Organizations 

Dr Roland K Yeo, Kuwait-Maastricht Business School, Kuwait 

Disaster Prevention and Management 

Professor Jieh-Jiuh Wang, Ming Chuan University, Taiwan 

Education + Training 

Ms Linda Riebe, Edith Cowan University, Australia 

Dr Margaret Harris, University of Aberdeen, UK 

Engineering, Construction and Architectural Management 

Dr Mohammed Arif, University of Salford, UK 

EuroMed Journal of Business 

Dr Alkis Thrassou, University of Nicosia, Republic of Cyprus 

European Business Review 

Professor Amjad Hadjikhani, Uppsala University, Sweden 

European Journal of Marketing 

Dr Francois Carrillat, HEC Montreal, Canada 

Dr Andrew M Farrell, Aston University, UK 

Gender in Management 

Dr Dima Jamali, American University of Beirut, Lebanon 

Professor Norma Carr-Ruffino, San Francisco State University, USA 

168


Mrs Venka Simovska, Aarhus University, Denmark 

Professor Jim McKenna, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK 

Industrial Management & Data Systems 

Dr Keng-Boon Ooi, Universiti Tunku Abdul Rahman, Malaysia 

Information Management & Computer Security 

Mr David Emm, Kaspersky Lab, UK 

Dr Andrew Jones, Khalifa University of Science, United Arab Emirates. 

Information Technology & People 

Professor Lynette Kvasny, Pennsylvania State University, USA 

International Journal of Accounting and Information Management 

Professor Xue Wang, Loyola University New Orleans, USA 

Dr Maggie Liu, The University of Winnipeg, Canada 

International Journal of Bank Marketing 

Dr Nicole Koenig Lewis, Swansea University, UK 

Professor Merlin Simpson, Pacific Lutheran University, Washington, USA 

International Journal of Climate Change Strategies and 

Management 

Mr Tiziano Pignatelli, Italian Agency for New Technology Energy and the 

Environment, Italy 

International Journal of Clothing Science and Technology 

Anne Welsh, University College London, UK 

John Akeroyd, UK 

International Journal of Commerce and Management 

Dr Norman Coates, University of Rhode Island, USA 

Dr Hooshang M Beheshti, Radford University, USA 

International Journal of Conflict Management 

Professor Dean Tjosvold, Lingnan University, Hong Kong 

Dr Gerben van Kleef, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands 

International Journal of Contemporary Hospitality Management 

Dr Billy Bai, University of Nevada, USA 

Professor Rob Law, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, 


International Journal of Development Issues 

Professor Deepak Nayyar, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India 

Dr Biru Paksha Paul, State University of New York at Cortland, USA 

169

International Journal of Disaster Resilience in the Built 

Environment 

Professor Raufdeen Rameezdeen, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka 

International Journal of Educational Management 

Professor Dr Miantao Sun, Shenyang Normal University, 


Professor Angela Thody, University of Lincoln, UK 

International Journal of Energy Sector Management 

Dr Andon Blake, Wood Mackenzie, Edinburgh, UK 

International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behaviour & Research 

Dr Teemu Kautonen, Turku School of Economics, Finland 

International Journal of Gender and Entrepreneurship 

Dr Haya Al Dajani, University of East Anglia, UK 

International Journal of Health Care Quality Assurance 

Mehmet Tolga Taner, Gebze Institute of Technology, Turkey 

Ian Callanan, St Vincent’s University Hospital, Ireland 

International Journal of Housing Markets and Analysis 

Dr Hao Wu, University of Melbourne, Australia 

International Journal of Intelligent Computing and Cybernetics 

Dr Hussein A Abbass, University of New South Wales, Australia 

International Journal of Law in the Built Environment 

Mr Michael C Brand, University of New South Wales, Australia 

Dr Penny Brooker, University of Wolverhampton, UK 

The International Journal of Logistics Management 

Professor Booi Kam, RMIT University, Australia 

Professor Zachary Williams, Central Michigan University, USA 


Professor Peter Love, Curtin University of Technology, Australia 

International Journal of Operations & Production Management 

Professor Patrik Jonsson, Chalmers University of Technology, Sweden 

Dr Mattias Johansson, Chalmers University of Technology, Sweden 

International Journal of Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Marketing 

Professor Daniel Friesner, North Dakota State University, USA 

International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics 

Management 

Professor Paul Murphy, John Carroll University, USA 

Professor Theodore P Stank, The University of Tennessee, USA 

170

International Journal of Public Sector Management 

Dr Rhys Andrews, Cardiff Business School, UK 

Dr Paresh Wankhade, Liverpool Hope University, UK 

International Journal of Numerical Methods for Heat & Fluid Flow 

Professor Ioan Pop, University of Cluj, Romania 

International Journal of Social Economics 

Mr Daniel S Mason, University of Maryland, USA 

Professor Orlando Gomes, ISCAL – Lisbon Polytechnic Institute, Portugal 

International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy 

Dr Peter Rodgers, University of Sheffield, UK 

International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education 

Professor Anita Pipere, Daugavpils University, Latvia 

>International Journal of Wine Business Research 

Dr Roberta Veale, The University of Adelaide, Australia 

Mignon Reyneke, Lulea University of Technology, Sweden 

Journal of Accounting & Organizational Change 

Professor Jan Mouritsen, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark 

Journal of Applied Accounting Research 

Dr David Bence, University of the West of England, UK 

Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing 

Dr David Good, King’s College, Cambridge, UK 

Dr Mark P Leach, Loyola Marymount University, USA 

Journal of Chinese Economic and Foreign Trade Studies 

Professor Qiang Wang, University of International Business and Economics, 


Dr Panayotis G Michaelides, National Technical University of Athens, Greece 

Journal of Chinese Entrepreneurship 

Professor Yuli Zhang, Nankai University, People’s Republic of China 

Journal of Chinese Human Resource Management 

Professor Gu, Shanghai Jiaotong University, China 

Journal of Corporate Real Estate 

Dr John Donaghy, Ulster Business School, UK 

Journal of Engineering, Design and Technology 

Dr Abdulaziz M. Jarkas, Al Mazaya Holding Company, Kuwait 

Journal of European Industrial Training 

Professor Bogdan Yamkovenko, Louisiana State University, USA 

Dr Yonjoo Cho, Indiana University at Bloomington, USA 

171

Journal of European Real Estate Research 

Dr Peter Englund, Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden 

Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management 

Phoebe R Apeagyei, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK 

Journal of Financial Economic Policy 

Dr Robert C. Nash, Wake Forest University, USA 

Professor Yue Ma, Hong Kong 

Journal of Historical Research in Marketing 

Dr Tracey Deutsch, University of Minnesota, USA 

Dr Laura Ugolini, University of Wolverhampton, UK 

Journal of Hospitality and Tourism Technology 

Assistant Professor Natasa Christodoulidou, California State University, USA 

Journal of Human Resource Costing & Accounting 

Dr Christian Nielsen, Aalborg University, Denmark 

Journal of Global Responsibility 

Professor Gayle C Avery, Macquarie University, Australia 

Dr Birgit Kleymann, Catholic University of Lille, France 

Journal of Intellectual Capital 

Professor Richard Petty, Hong Kong, China 

Journal of International Trade Law and Policy 

Dr Olufemi Ilesanmi, The Robert Gordon University, UK 

Journal of Islamic Accounting and Business Research 

Professor Mervyn Lewis, University of South Australia, Australia 

Journal of Islamic Marketing 

Dr Ahmad Al-Nakeeb, Al Ain University of Science and Technology, UAE 

Journal of Knowledge Management 

Dr Sudhanshu Rai, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark 

Journal of Management Development 

Dr John Okpara, Bloomsburg University, USA 

Journal of Management History 

Professor Shawn M Carraher, Minot State University, USA 

Journal of Managerial Psychology 

Professor Diana L Deadrick, Old Dominion University, USA 

Dr Gayle Baugh, University of West Florida, USA 

Journal of Property Investment & Finance 

Dr Joseph T. L. Ooi, National University of Singapore, Singapore 

Michael Evans, Corporate Capital Markets, Jones Lang LaSalle, UK 

172

Journal of Science and Technology Policy in China 

Dr Kaihua Chen, Chinese Academy of Sciences, People’s Republic of China 

and Beihang University, People’s Republic of China 

Dr Wei Hong, Tsinghua University, People’s Republic of China 

Journal of Service Management 

Professor Maria Holmlund, Hanken School of Economics, Finland 

Journal of Services Marketing 

Professor Aron O’Cass, University of Newcastle, Callaghan, Australia 


Dr Mujtaba Ahsan, Pittsburg State University, USA 

Journal of Workplace Learning 

Dr Seung Youn Chyung, Boise State University, USA 

Leadership in Health Services 

Donna Dinkin, University of North Carolina, USA 

Randolph Quaye, Ohio Wesleyan University 


Joe Matthews, JRM Consulting Inc, USA 

Steven Sowards, Michigan State, USA 

Management Decision 

Luciano Barin Cruz, HEC Montreal, Canada 

Mr Colin Jones, University of Tasmania, Australia 

Management of Environmental Quality 

Professor Dr Joost Platje, Opole University, Poland 


Professor Haizhi Wang, Illinois Institute of Technology, USA 

Dr James Philpot, Missouri State University, USA 

Management Research: The Journal of the Iberoamerican 

Academy of Management 

Professor Manuela Faia Correia, Universidade Lusíada, Portugal 

Managing Service Quality 

Dr Brian Imrie, Taylor’s University, Malaysia 

Marketing Intelligence & Planning 

Dr Celine Chew, Cardiff University, UK 

Dr Sheila Wright, De Montfort University, UK 

Multidiscipline Modeling in Materials and Structures 

Professor Dr Alan Barhorst, Texas Tech University, USA 

173

Nankai Business Review International 

Professor Jiang Yun, Dongbei University of Finance and Economics, 


Online Information Review 

Professor Dietmar Wolfram, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, USA 

Professor Mike Thelwall, University of Wolverhampton, UK 

Pacific Accounting Review 

Qian Sun, Department of Finance, School of Management, Fudan University, 

Shanghai, China 

Pigment & Resin Technology 

Mr Graham Howarth, USA 

Professor Altaf H. Basta, National Research Centre, Egypt 

Policing: An International Journal of Police Strategies & 

Management 

Professor Michael D. White, Arizona State University, USA 

Quality Assurance in Education 

Professor George Gordon, University of Strathclyde, UK 

Dr Don Houston, Flinders University, Australia 

Rapid Prototyping Journal 

Dr Richard Bibb, Loughborough University, UK 


Katharine Stevenson, Parliamentary Archives, Houses of Parliament, UK 

Reference Services Review 

Mary Ellen Spencer, Virginia Commonwealth University, USA 

David Tyckoson, California State University Fresno, USA 

Review of Accounting and Finance 

Pervaiz Alam, Kent State University, USA 

Social Enterprise Journal 

Professor Jacques Defourny, University of Liege, Belgium 

Mike Bull, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK 

Society and Business Review 

Anne Marchais Roubelat, CNAM, France 

Professor Salma Damak, IHEC Carthageo, Tunisia 


Ms Catherine Gorrell, Formac Inc, USA 

Mr Craig D Henry, Campus Dorr Inc, USA 

Studies in Economics and Finance 

Dr Sabur Mollah, Stockholm University, Sweden 

174

Sustainability Accounting, Management and Policy Journal 

Dr Jan Libich, La Trobe University, Australia 

Professor Dr Stefan Schaltegger, Leuphana University of Luneburg, Germany 

Team Performance Management 

Dr M.P. Ganesh, Indian Institute of Technology Madras, India 


Dr Monica Landoni, University of Lugano, Switzerland 

Alan Butters, SYBIS, Australia 


Professor Kongkiti Phusavat, Kasetsart University, Thailand 

Professor Tauno Kekale, University of Vaasa, Finland 

VINE 

Dr Chin Wei Chong, Multimedia University, Malaysia 


Dr Douglas L. Fugate, Western Kentucky University, USA 

175

Aslib-Emerald Award 2011 

The Aslib-Emerald Award, currently in its eighth year, recognizes the most 

outstanding contribution to information management good practice published during 

2010 in any of the six Aslib-Emerald journals. 

The key feature of this award is that the winning paper is decided by Aslib’s own 

Groups and Branches network voting for the paper that, in their opinion, best reflects 

the aims and objectives of Aslib in bringing cutting edge research and best practice to 

their profession. Additionally, the paper will be well written and presented, clear and 

accessible and provide a significant contribution to the body of knowledge. 

The winning paper for 2011 has been chosen by Aslib as it is an incisive, pragmatic 

and considered examination of a very important issue of today. The winning paper is: 

Document, text and medium: concepts, theories and disciplines 

Niels Windfeld Lund, University of Tromso, Norway 

Journal of Documentation, Vol. 66 No. 5, 2010, pp. 734-49 

176

Emerald Partnership Award – 

Publishing Partner 2011 

The objective of Emerald’s Publishing Partnerships programme is to work with other 

organisations to increase the dissemination of practical management research 

content through a variety of initiatives. Emerald’s Partnerships include, amongst 

others, professional associations wishing to enhance their membership benefits 

through the provision of high quality scholarly research; subject-specific web sites 

and database services wanting to complement their existing product offerings; and 

republication and translation rights agreements which make scholarly research more 

accessible to new markets. 

Emerald Publishing Partnerships strive to enhance and extend the book and journal 

portfolios by combining Emerald’s publishing expertise with the subject specialities of 

other organizations to launch top-quality and sustainable new titles. 

It is our pleasure to announce that the recipient of the Emerald Publishing 

Partnership Award for 2011 is: 

European Aeronautics Science Network Association (EASN) 

EASN was established to create an open and unique European platform from which 

to structure, support and upgrade the research activities of the European Aeronautics 

Universities, as well as to facilitate them to respond to their key role within the 

European Aeronautical research community in incubating new knowledge and 

breakthrough technologies. 

The Association has members throughout Europe and co-ordinates a wide variety of 

interest groups, workshops and key research projects on their behalf. Recent events 

have included a workshop on the Education and Training of Engineers and 

Researchers in European Aeronautics, and a workshop on aerostructures. 

The Association also has partnership links with the major aeronautical networks, 

organizations and research establishments throughout Europe. 

Emerald is pleased to support the development of EASN through partnering together 

to publish the 2010 launch journal, the International Journal of Structural Integrity. 

The new journal, edited by Chris Rodopoulos of the University of Patras, Greece, 

publishes papers on all aspects of structural integrity including fracture analysis, 

structural performance evaluation, repair technologies, surface engineering and 

nanomechanics. 

In its inaugural volume, the journal has been proud to publish a special issue of 

papers from the Iberian Conference on Fracture and Structural Integrity. A further 

special issue looking at advances in laser shock peening theory and practice is 

scheduled for 2011. 

Members of EASN receive discounted subscriptions to IJSI as part of their 

membership benefits. 

The Publishing Partner award is given to EASN in recognition of the ongoing support 

that both the Editor, the EASN Board and the members of the Association have given 

to the new journal during its inaugural year. 

177

Emerald Partnership Award – 

Licensing Partner 2011 

The Emerald Partnership Award is awarded annually and recognises the particular 

efforts of partner organisations in working with Emerald to make relevant, high quality 

Emerald resources more accessible and available to audiences worldwide. 

The winner of the Emerald Licensing Partnership Award for 2011 is: 

The Institution of Engineering and Technology (The IET) 

It is with great pleasure that Emerald awards The IET this accolade for 2011. The 

Institution of Electrical Engineers (IEE) was founded in 1871 and was renamed the 

IET in 2006 following the merger of the IEE and the Institution of Incorporated 

Engineers (IIE). 

The IET launched the INSPEC database in 1968 and now has almost 12 million 

records which are of great importance to the publishing world. Through Emerald’s 

agreement with The IET, over 150 Emerald journals are currently indexed in the 

INSPEC database and each year thousands of INSPEC subscribers purchase 

Emerald articles as a result. 

Our partnership grows year on year and Emerald looks forward to a long and 

successful relationship with The IET. 

178

General enquiries: UK Head Office 

Emerald Group Publishing Limited 

Howard House, Wagon Lane 

Bingley BD16 1WA 


T +44 (0) 1274 777700 

F +44 (0) 1274 785201 

E emerald@emeraldinsight.com 

International enquiries: 

Emerald Mexico 

(Mexico City) 

Emerald Group Publishing Inc. is a subsidiary company 

Emerald Poland 

(Gdansk) 

Emerald Group 

Publishing Inc. 

(Boston) 

Emerald Group Publishing Limited 

Howard House 

(Bingley, UK) 

Emerald Turkey 

(Ankara) 

Emerald Czech Republic 

(Prague) 

Emerald Brazil 

(São Paulo) Emerald South Africa 

(Johannesburg) 

Emerald UAE 

(Dubai) 

Emerald India 

(Delhi) 

Emerald Australia 

(Melbourne) 

Emerald China 

(Beijing) 

Emerald South Korea 

(Seoul) 

Emerald Japan 

(Yokohama) 

Emerald Taiwan 

(Taipei) 

Emerald 

South East Asia 

(Kuala Lumpur) 

For contact details of our regional offices and representatives in USA, Canada, Brazil, UAE, Poland, Malaysia, China, India, Japan and 

Australasia please visit www.emeraldinsight.com/offices

Outstanding Paper - Emerald

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?